- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                              -------------------
                                   FORM 10-K
                              -------------------
 
(MARK ONE)
 
X FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
 
                                       OR
 
/ / FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM                  TO                  .
 
                          COMMISSION FILE NO. 1-10410
                          HARRAH'S ENTERTAINMENT, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
                                            
                  DELAWARE                                 I.R.S. NO. 62-1411755
          (State of Incorporation)                 (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
1023 CHERRY ROAD MEMPHIS, TENNESSEE 38117 (Address of principal executive offices) (zip code) REGISTRANT'S TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE: (901) 762-8600 ------------------- SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(B) OF THE ACT:
TITLE OF EACH CLASS NAME OF EACH EXCHANGE ON WHICH REGISTERED - --------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------ Common Capital Stock, Par Value $0.10 per share* NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE CHICAGO STOCK EXCHANGE PACIFIC STOCK EXCHANGE PHILADELPHIA STOCK EXCHANGE 10 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2002 of Harrah's NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE Operating Company, Inc.**
- ------------ * Common Capital Stock also has special stock purchase rights listed on each of the same exchanges ** Securities guaranteed by Registrant SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(G) OF THE ACT: None Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes X No / / Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. X The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant based upon the closing price of $27.50 for the Common Stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape on January 31, 1996, is $2,760,655,067.50. Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer's classes of common stock, as of January 31, 1996. Common Stock........................................... 102,770,552 Shares
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE Portions of the definitive Proxy Statement for the 1996 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year, are incorporated by reference into Part III hereof and portions of the Company's Annual Report to Stockholders for the year ended December 31, 1995 are incorporated by reference into Parts I and II hereof. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PART I ITEMS 1 AND 2. BUSINESS AND PROPERTIES. Harrah's Entertainment, Inc. (referred to herein, together with its subsidiaries where the context requires, as the "Company" or "Harrah's") is one of the leading casino entertainment companies in the United States. It currently operates casino entertainment facilities in fourteen different markets. Harrah's, formerly named The Promus Companies Incorporated ("Promus"), was incorporated on November 2, 1989 under Delaware law. On June 30, 1995, Promus transferred its hotel business to a new entity, Promus Hotel Corporation ("PHC"), and spun-off PHC as a separate public corporation which is not affiliated with the Company. Promus retained ownership of its casino entertainment business and changed its name to Harrah's Entertainment, Inc. Harrah's conducts its business through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Harrah's Operating Company, Inc. ("HOC") (formerly named Embassy Suites, Inc. ("Embassy")), and through HOC's subsidiaries. The principal asset of Harrah's is the stock of HOC, which holds, directly or indirectly through subsidiaries, substantially all of the assets of the Company's businesses. The principal executive offices of Harrah's are located at 1023 Cherry Road, Memphis, Tennessee 38117, telephone (901) 762-8600. Operating data for the three most recent fiscal years, together with corporate expense, interest expense and other income, is set forth on page 35 of the Annual Report. Information regarding mortgages on properties of the Company is set forth on pages 40 through 42 of the Annual Report. The preceding pages of the Annual Report are incorporated herein by reference. For information on operating results and a discussion of those results, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis--Results of Operations" on pages 25 through 28 of the Annual Report, which pages are incorporated herein by reference. CASINO ENTERTAINMENT GENERAL Harrah's casino business commenced operations more than 58 years ago and is unique among casino entertainment companies in its broad geographic diversification. Harrah's operates casino hotels in the five traditional U.S. gaming markets of Reno, Lake Tahoe, Las Vegas and Laughlin, Nevada and Atlantic City, New Jersey. It also operates riverboat casinos in Joliet, Illinois; dockside casinos in Vicksburg and Tunica, Mississippi, Shreveport, Louisiana and North Kansas City, Missouri; limited stakes casinos in Central City and Black Hawk, Colorado; and casinos on two Indian reservations, one near Phoenix, Arizona and the other north of Seattle, Washington. On February 2, 1996, the Company commenced operations of a land-based casino in Auckland, New Zealand. As of December 31, 1995, Harrah's operated a total of approximately 547,200 square feet of casino space, 15,335 slot machines, 801 table games, 5,736 hotel rooms or suites, approximately 79,100 square feet of convention space, 56 restaurants, 5 showrooms and 4 cabarets. Harrah's marketing strategy is designed to appeal primarily to the broad middle-market gaming customer segment. Harrah's strategic direction is focused on establishing a well-defined brand identity that communicates a consistent message of high quality and excellent service. LAND BASED CASINOS ATLANTIC CITY The Harrah's Atlantic City casino hotel ("Harrah's Atlantic City") is situated on 21.4 acres in the Marina area of Atlantic City and has approximately 65,500 square feet of casino space with 2,012 slot 1 machines and 89 table games. It consists of dual 16-story hotel towers with 268 suites and 492 regular rooms and adjoining low rise buildings which house the casino space and the 26,100 square foot convention center. The facilities include eight restaurants, an 850-seat showroom, a pool, health club, teen center with video games, child care facilities and parking for 2,341 cars. The property also has a 76-slip marina. In August 1995, the Company announced a major expansion of the property, with project costs estimated at $80.7 million. The expansion plans include increasing the casino space by approximately 13,500 square feet, construction of a new 416-room, 16-story hotel tower, increased parking and enhancement of the facility's restaurant offerings. Construction on the casino expansion commenced in October 1995, with completion expected in July 1996. Hotel tower construction is expected to begin in April 1996 with a targeted completion in July 1997. In June 1995, the Company acquired approximately 8.45 acres of land adjacent to Harrah's Atlantic City along with 170 acres of wetlands in the Marina area of Atlantic City and received cash in exchange for approximately 4.5 acres of undeveloped property on Atlantic City's Boardwalk. Most of the casino's customers arrive by car from within a 150-mile radius which includes Philadelphia, New York and northern New Jersey, Harrah's Atlantic City's primary feeder markets. LAS VEGAS Harrah's Las Vegas is located on approximately 17.8 acres of the Strip in Las Vegas and consists of a 15-floor hotel tower, a 23-floor hotel tower, a 35-story hotel tower, and adjacent low-rise buildings which house the 15,000 square foot convention center and the casino. The hotel has 1,641 regular rooms and 56 suites. The Harrah's Las Vegas complex has approximately 73,800 square feet of casino space, with 1,769 slot machines and 87 table games. Also included are five restaurants, the 525-seat Commander's Theatre, a health club and a heated pool. There are 2,863 parking spaces available, including a substantial portion in a self-park garage. In August 1995, the Company announced plans for a $150 million expansion of Harrah's Las Vegas, including a new 35-story hotel tower, with 660 standard rooms and 28 suites, 17,000 square feet of additional casino space and new restaurant facilities, as well as a renovation of the facade of the casino located on the Las Vegas Strip. Construction is expected to begin in first quarter 1996, with completion of the casino expansion expected in September 1996 and the hotel tower completion targeted for October 1997. The casino's primary feeder markets are the Midwest, California and Canada. LAKE TAHOE Harrah's Lake Tahoe is situated on 22.9 acres near Lake Tahoe and consists of an 18-story tower and adjoining low-rise building which house a 16,500 square foot convention center and approximately 63,200 square feet of casino space, with 1,872 slot machines and 126 table games. The casino hotel, with 79 suites and 453 luxury rooms, has nine restaurants, the 800-seat South Shore Showroom, a health club, retail shops, a heated pool and an arcade. The facility has customer parking for 854 cars in a garage and 1,098 additional spaces in an adjoining lot. Harrah's also operates Bill's Lake Tahoe Casino which is located on a 2.1 acre site adjacent to Harrah's Lake Tahoe casino hotel. The casino includes approximately 18,000 square feet of casino space, with 653 slot machines and 29 table games and two casual on-premise restaurants, Bennigan's and McDonald's, operated by non-affiliated restaurant companies. The primary feeder markets for both casinos are California and the Pacific Northwest. 2 RENO Harrah's Reno, situated on approximately 3.7 acres, consists of a casino hotel complex with a 24-story structure, a 14,500 square foot convention center and 58,300 square feet of casino space, with 1,599 slot machines and 75 table games. The hotel, with eight suites and 557 rooms, has seven restaurants, including a Planet Hollywood restaurant and lounge operated by a non-affiliated company, the 420-seat Sammy's Showroom, a pool, a health club and an arcade. The complex can accommodate guest parking for 1,739 cars, including a valet parking garage, a self-park garage and off-site valet parking. In October 1995, the Company opened a new 408-room 26-story Hampton Inn hotel adjacent to Harrah's Reno. The hotel, which is operated by Harrah's pursuant to a license agreement from Promus Hotels, Inc. (a subsidiary of PHC), provides an additional supply of high-quality, moderately-priced guest rooms. The primary feeder markets for Harrah's Reno are northern California, the Pacific Northwest and Canada. LAUGHLIN Harrah's Laughlin is located in Laughlin, Nevada on a 44.9 acre site in a natural cove on the Colorado River and features a hotel with 1,635 standard rooms and 22 suites, a 90-seat cabaret and seven restaurants, including a McDonald's and a Baskin Robbins which are operated by non-affiliated companies. It is the only property in Laughlin with a developed beachfront on the river. Harrah's Laughlin has approximately 47,000 square feet of casino space, with 1,396 slot machines and 44 table games, and approximately 7,000 square feet of convention center space. The facility has customer parking for 2,789 cars, including a covered parking garage, and a park for recreational vehicles. The casino's primary feeder markets are the Los Angeles and Phoenix metropolitan areas where a combined total of more than 17 million people reside. CENTRAL CITY AND BLACK HAWK The Company owns an approximate 21.7 percent interest in Eagle Gaming, L.P. and its related entities ("Eagle"). Eagle owns casinos in Central City and Black Hawk, Colorado that Harrah's manages for a fee. Both of the casinos are approximately 45 minutes from downtown Denver. Harrah's Central City is located in four historic buildings decorated in authentic 1800's Victorian furnishings. The casino, with approximately 8,000 square feet of casino space, 465 slot machines and 9 table games, features the 100 year old Glory Hole Bar and the Gilded Garter Cabaret, with live entertainment, two restaurants and a gift shop. Harrah's Black Hawk is located in the historic mining town of Black Hawk and is on three levels in buildings decorated in Victorian design reminiscent of the gold rush days in the late 1800's. At year end, the casino had approximately 18,100 square feet of casino space, 659 slot machines, 14 table games, a restaurant and a gift shop. In July 1995, Eagle purchased the Blazing Saddles Casino adjacent to Harrah's Black Hawk and the remaining 50% interest in a remote parking lot. The acquisition added approximately 2,000 square feet of casino space to Harrah's Black Hawk. Eagle is constructing a valet parking staging area behind its Black Hawk facility. Both of these casinos offer limited stakes gaming pursuant to Colorado law. Complimentary shuttle service is available between Harrah's Black Hawk and Harrah's Central City, a distance of approximately one mile. The primary feeder market for both casinos is the Denver/Boulder metropolitan area. 3 The Company has guaranteed repayment of $5 million of partnership bank financing in connection with the Black Hawk and Central City facilities. The Company has also committed to loan additional funds to Eagle in the approximate amount of $2.1 million, to be funded on an as needed basis. Approximately $900,000 of this commitment has been funded during 1996. The Company has fully reserved its investments in Eagle except for the guarantee and commitments described above. NEW ZEALAND Harrah's Sky City, a casino entertainment facility in Auckland, New Zealand, opened in February 1996, with approximately 45,000 square feet of casino space, 1,042 slot machines and 97 table games. The facility also features four restaurants, several lounges, retail shopping outlets and underground garage visitor parking for 1,950 cars as well as additional surface parking. Scheduled to open later in 1996 will be a 344-room hotel, a 770-seat theater and conference and meeting rooms. A special attraction of the facility is a 1,076-foot Sky Tower, which is scheduled to open by mid-1997. The project is owned and being developed by a New Zealand corporation in which Harrah's ownership is 12.5%. Harrah's manages the facility for a fee under a long-term management contract. Construction of the US$340 million facility was funded through a combination of equity contributions and non-recourse debt. The Company's investment in the partnership is approximately US$17 million. NEW ORLEANS Harrah's New Orleans Investment Company, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company ("Harrah's Investment"), is the owner of an approximate 47% interest in a partnership named Harrah's Jazz Company ("Harrah's Jazz"). The other partners are Grand Palais Casino, Inc. and New Orleans/Louisiana Development Corporation ("NOLDC"). On November 22, 1995, Harrah's Jazz and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Harrah's Jazz Finance Corp., filed for reorganization under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. Prior to the filing, Harrah's Jazz was operating a temporary casino in the New Orleans, Louisiana Municipal Auditorium (the "Temporary Casino") and constructing a new permanent casino facility on the site of the former Rivergate Convention Center in downtown New Orleans (the "Permanent Casino"). Harrah's Jazz ceased operation of the Temporary Casino and construction of the Permanent Casino on November 22, 1995 prior to the bankruptcy filings. On November 19, 1995, representatives of the Harrah's Jazz bank syndicate informed Harrah's Jazz that the bank syndicate would not disburse funds to Harrah's Jazz under the terms of Harrah's Jazz's $175 million bank credit facility (the "Bank Credit Facility"). Faced with an absence of funding, on November 21, 1995, Harrah's Jazz decided to cease Temporary Casino operations and construction on the Permanent Casino, as well as to file for bankruptcy protection. The Bank Credit Facility was accelerated and terminated by the bank lenders on November 21, 1995. Thereafter, on November 22, 1995, the bankruptcy filings were made. In connection with the closing in November 1994 of the 14.25% First Mortgage Notes due 2001 of Harrah's Jazz (the "Public Debt") and the Bank Credit Facility, the Company delivered completion guaranties to the trustee under the Public Debt (under which the City of New Orleans (the "City") was an express third party beneficiary), the bank lenders under the Bank Credit Facility and the Louisiana Economic Development and Gaming Corporation (the state agency regulating Harrah's Jazz ("LEDGC")). Each completion guaranty was subject to certain conditions, exceptions and qualifications. The Company believes that the failure of Harrah's Jazz to obtain the funds under the Bank Credit Facility and the acceleration of the loan by the bank syndicate terminated the Company's obligations under the completion guaranties. 4 Harrah's Investment made total capital contributions to the project of approximately $90 million, and Harrah's New Orleans Management Company has outstanding advances to the project of approximately $25 million. In addition, in December 1995, the Company acquired from a commercial bank a $16 million loan to NOLDC in satisfaction of the Company's obligations under a preexisting agreement with the bank. The Company has written off these investments and other related costs in the project. Harrah's Investment currently owns approximately 47% of the general partnership interests of Harrah's Jazz. The debt of Harrah's Jazz is not consolidated with the Company's financial statements for accounting purposes. Harrah's Jazz has until March 21, 1996, which date may be extended by the Bankruptcy Court, the exclusive right under the bankruptcy laws to submit a plan of reorganization. Discussions concerning the reorganization plan have occurred among certain interested parties, but a number of issues remain to be resolved and there can be no assurance that such discussions will lead to an agreement among all necessary parties. The Company has offered to invest an additional $75 million in the project and deliver a new completion guaranty if a reorganization plan approved by the Company is consummated. The Company has also offered to invest, prior to plan consummation, up to $10 million in the form of debtor-in-possession financing (such financing would be repaid or converted into equity (and count toward the $75 million investment referred to above) upon consummation of a reorganization plan approved by the Company) if the Company and other interested parties reach an agreement in principle as to the key elements of the plan. There can be no assurance that any agreements will be reached or a reorganization plan consummated. On March 4, 1996, Harrah's Jazz entered into a preliminary agreement with the City which provides for, among other things, an immediate $4.3 million cash payment by Harrah's Jazz to the City, of which $2.5 million is being funded by the Company as debtor-in-possession financing and the balance is being funded from Harrah's Jazz's assets. Although the $2.5 million loan is an administrative priority claim in the bankruptcy, there can be no assurance that the loan will be repaid. In exchange for these agreements by Harrah's Jazz, the City agreed to waive any requirements to reopen the Temporary Casino and negotiate in good faith numerous specified issues relating to the lease of the Permanent Casino site. In December 1995 Harrah's Investment filed a voluntary bankruptcy petition under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. The filing was made to facilitate efforts to reorganize Harrah's Jazz. See "Legal Proceedings" herein for a discussion of legal actions filed in connection with the New Orleans project. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis--Harrah's Jazz Company" on pages 28 and 29 of the Annual Report for further information regarding New Orleans. RIVERBOAT CASINOS JOLIET Harrah's Joliet, the Company's first riverboat casino operation, is located in downtown Joliet, Illinois, on the Des Plaines River. The facilities include two riverboats. The Harrah's Northern Star, a modern 210-foot mega-yacht, has 17,000 square feet of casino space with 30 table games and 477 slot machines. This riverboat, which has three levels, has the capacity to accommodate approximately 825 guests per cruise. It offers six cruises per day. The second riverboat casino, the newly renovated Southern Star II (formerly the Shreveport Rose), which replaced the Harrah's Southern Star vessel in November 1995, is a 210-foot long riverboat and contains approximately 20,200 square feet of casino space. The riverboat features 495 slot machines, 28 table games, and can accommodate up to 825 guests per cruise. It offers eight cruises per day. With both riverboats in operation on a typical weekday, Harrah's can serve 11,550 customers based on a combined total of 14 excursions. Dockside facilities 5 include a 35,000 square foot pavilion with a buffet restaurant, one lounge and a retail shop. Parking is available for 1,071 cars, including a 4-story parking garage with 580 spaces. In September 1995, the Company commenced construction of an expansion of and improvements to the shoreside pavilion at Harrah's Joliet involving an approximate cost of $8 million. The expansion, which is expected to be completed in second quarter 1996, will increase the pavilion by approximately 4,400 square feet, and will include new meeting room facilities, enhanced restaurant facilities and improvements to the public area. A partnership, in which an indirect subsidiary of the Company is the 80 percent general partner, developed and owns the dockside facilities, the Harrah's Northern Star and the Southern Star II vessels, and the riverboat businesses. The businesses are operated by Harrah's for a fee under a long-term management contract. The Chicago metropolitan area is the primary feeder market for Harrah's Joliet, with Joliet being only 30 miles from downtown Chicago. TUNICA Harrah's Tunica is a dockside riverboat casino located in Tunica, Mississippi, approximately 30 miles south of downtown Memphis, Tennessee. The stationary riverboat, with a classic antebellum design, has 27,000 square feet of casino space on two levels, with 992 slot machines, 34 table games and an entertainment lounge. On the third level there is approximately 3,000 square feet for conventions, meetings and special events. Adjacent to the riverboat casino is a 30,000 square foot pavilion that houses two restaurants, employee facilities and executive offices. On-site parking is available for 1,336 cars with valet parking available. A partnership, of which the Company is the 83% general partner, owns the constructed facilities and the casino business. The underlying land, including adjoining land used for a private access road and a sewage treatment facility, is under long term lease to the partnership with options to purchase. The riverboat casino business is operated by Harrah's for a fee under a long-term management contract. The primary feeder market for Harrah's Tunica is the Memphis metropolitan area. In July 1995, a partnership, of which the Company is the 83% general partner, acquired at bankruptcy auction the leasehold and improvements constituting the former Southern Belle casino entertainment property located near the existing Harrah's casino in Tunica County, Mississippi. The Southern Belle is currently under renovation, including the addition of a hotel with approximately 200 rooms. The renovated facility, to be called Harrah's Tunica Mardi Gras Casino, is expected to be completed during second quarter 1996 and will feature approximately 50,000 square feet of casino space, with 1,189 slot machines and 56 table games, three food outlets, a child care facility, retail shop, a 15,400 square foot entertainment/ballroom area and customer parking for 2,712 cars. The total project cost for the Harrah's Tunica Mardi Gras Casino, including the cost of acquisition, is estimated at $87.2 million. Under current plans, the Company's existing Harrah's Tunica facility is expected to remain open after the opening of the second facility. The opening of the second facility is subject to receipt of necessary regulatory approvals. VICKSBURG Harrah's Vicksburg is the Company's dockside casino entertainment complex in Vicksburg, Mississippi. The complex, which is located in downtown Vicksburg on the Yazoo Diversion Canal of the Mississippi River, includes a 297-foot long stationary riverboat casino designed in the spirit of a traditional 1800's riverboat with approximately 11,800 square feet of casino space, 574 slot machines and 40 table games. The casino is docked next to the Company's shoreside entertainment complex which features a buffet, a restaurant/lounge, a child care facility, a retail outlet and meeting rooms/convention area. Adjacent to the riverboat is a 117-room Harrah's hotel owned and operated by 6 the Company and two covered parking garages are across the street with combined parking for 839 cars. The Company owns the riverboat and holds long-term rights to all real property pertaining to the project. The casino's primary feeder markets are western and central Mississippi and eastern Louisiana. SHREVEPORT Harrah's Shreveport is the Company's dockside riverboat casino in downtown Shreveport, Louisiana. In February 1995, the Company replaced its initial riverboat in Shreveport with a 254-foot long 19th-century design paddlewheeler riverboat. The new riverboat, the ShreveStar, has 30,000 square feet of gaming space with 928 slot machines and 49 table games. A 42,000 square foot pavilion adjoins the casino on the banks of the Red River and includes a 4,100 square foot area for private parties and group functions and three restaurants. The casino and related facilities were developed by a partnership in which an indirect subsidiary of the Company is the 99% general partner. In February 1996, a separate indirect subsidiary of the Company acquired the remaining one percent interest in the partnership not owned by the Company and accordingly, the Company now owns 100% of this casino and related facilities. The primary feeder markets for the casino are northeastern Louisiana and east Texas, including the Dallas/Fort Worth metropolitan area. NORTH KANSAS CITY The Company owns and operates a riverboat casino in North Kansas City, Missouri. The facilities include a 295-foot long classic sternwheeler designed stationary riverboat with approximately 31,600 square feet of casino space, with 969 slot machines and 80 table games. Shoreside facilities include a 53,100 square foot pavilion that houses three restaurants, a meeting room, employee facilities and administrative offices. On-site parking is available for 1,800 cars. In June 1995, the Company announced a $78 million expansion of Harrah's North Kansas City, to include a second riverboat casino with approximately 30,000 square feet of casino space, 45 table games and 879 slot machines. Also included in the expansion is a 200 room hotel, a 30,500 square feet addition to the shoreside pavilion, enhanced restaurant facilities and additional parking areas, including a three-story 1,060-space parking garage. Construction of the expansion commenced in fourth quarter 1995, with completion expected in stages as follows: the parking garage in March 1996, the second riverboat casino in June 1996, the pavillion addition and enhanced restaurant facilities in October 1996 and the hotel in December 1996. The opening of the second riverboat is subject to receipt of all necessary regulatory approvals. The casino's primary feeder market is the Kansas City metropolitan area. UNDER DEVELOPMENT ST. LOUIS-RIVERPORT The Company is currently constructing a riverboat casino project along the Missouri River in Maryland Heights, Missouri, in northwest St. Louis County, 16 miles from downtown St. Louis, with Players International, Inc. ("Players"). The partnership formed by Harrah's and Players will lease space to both Harrah's and Players in which to operate their separately branded casinos and specialty restaurants. Each company will operate two riverboat casinos. Each of the Company's riverboats will include approximately 30,000 square feet of gaming space. A 330,000 square foot shoreside pavilion will include a buffet restaurant, lounge, retail space and conference facilities. Also included in the shoreside facilities will be a 7-story 291-room Harrah's hotel, a 1,500-car parking garage and surface parking for 3,600 cars. Harrah's will manage the shoreside pavilion, hotel and parking areas for a fee. 7 Approximately 74 acres of land being used for the development is owned by the Company and leased to the partnership. Approximately 140 acres of additional land to be used for the development was purchased by the partnership. The total estimated investment by the Company will be $166 million. Construction on the project commenced in October 1995, with completion targeted for first quarter 1997. Opening of the project is subject to various regulatory and other necessary approvals. INDIAN GAMING AK-CHIN Harrah's Phoenix Ak-Chin casino is owned by the Ak-Chin Indian Community and is located on the Community's reservation, approximately 25 miles south of Phoenix, Arizona. The casino includes 32,000 square feet of casino space with 475 slot machines, 23 poker tables, bingo, keno, a restaurant, an entertainment lounge, meeting rooms and a retail shop. The complex has customer parking for approximately 1,000 cars and has valet parking available. Harrah's manages the casino for a fee under a management contract that has a five year term, expiring in December 1999. Renewal of the contract would require mutual agreement between Harrah's and the Ak-Chin Community and approval by the NIGC. The Company has guaranteed repayment of a bank loan, the proceeds of which were used to construct the Ak-Chin facility, and Sodak Gaming, Inc. ("Sodak") has provided a guarantee to Harrah's for one-half of this financing. Approximately $13.2 million of the loan was outstanding as of December 31, 1995. The primary feeder markets for the casino are Phoenix and Tucson. UPPER SKAGIT Harrah's Skagit Valley casino opened in December 1995 and is located on the Upper Skagit Indian Reservation, approximately 70 miles north of Seattle, Washington. The casino includes 26,000 square feet of casino space with an 800-seat bingo parlor which also serves as a showroom, 44 gaming tables, poker, keno and pull tabs. Non-gaming amenities include nightly live entertainment, two restaurants as well as an arcade and gift shop. The complex has customer parking for approximately 1,000 cars. Harrah's manages the casino for a fee under a management contract that has a five year term, expiring in December 2000. Renewal of the contract would require mutual agreement between Harrah's and the Upper Skagit Indian Tribe and approval by the NIGC. The Company has guaranteed the Tribe's repayment of a bank loan of $22.8 million, the proceeds of which were used to construct the Upper Skagit facility. At year end 1995, $18.7 million of the loan had been drawn and was outstanding. The primary feeder markets for the casino are northwestern Washington state and southwestern Canada, including the Seattle and Bellingham, Washington and Vancouver, British Columbia metropolitan areas. SODAK GAMING, INC. The Company owns a 14.1% ownership interest in Sodak. Sodak is a leading distributor of electronic gaming machines and gaming-related products and systems. Under terms of an agreement with International Game Technology ("IGT") expiring in May 1998, Sodak is the exclusive distributor for IGT of its gaming equipment in the states of North Dakota, South Dakota and Wyoming, and on 8 Native American Reservations in the United States (except Nevada, New Jersey and Hawaii). This distribution agreement continues from year to year after May 1998, until it is cancelled. Sodak also has an international distributorship agreement with IGT for gaming equipment. In addition, Sodak has also entered the business of financing, developing and managing Native American and commercial casino businesses in the United States and abroad. PROPOSED DEVELOPMENTS The Company has entered into preliminary management and development agreements with certain other Indian communities in connection with the proposed development of casino entertainment facilities on lands owned by the respective tribes. These agreements are subject to various conditions including approval by the NIGC. Development of the casino facilities, which would be managed by the Company for a fee, will not commence until NIGC approval and other required approvals are received. The Company expects the proposed projects will be financed by bank loans that would be guaranteed by the Company. OTHER In addition to the above, the Company is actively pursuing numerous casino entertainment opportunities in various jurisdictions both domestically and abroad, including land-based, riverboat casino and Indian gaming projects in the United States. A number of these projects, if they go forward, would require significant capital investments by the Company. TRADEMARKS The following trademarks used herein are owned by the Company: Harrah's(R); Bill's(R); Harrah's Northern Star(sm); Harrah's Southern Star(sm); Harrah's Southern Star II(sm); ShreveStar(sm); Southern Belle(sm); Harrah's Tunica Mardi Gras Casino(sm); and Harrah's Jazz Company(sm). The name "Harrah's" is registered as a service mark in the United States and in certain foreign countries, including New Zealand. The Company considers all of these marks, and the associated name recognition, to be valuable to its business. COMPETITION Harrah's, which operates land-based, dockside, riverboat, Indian and limited stakes casino facilities in all of the traditional, and many of the new, U.S. casino entertainment jurisdictions, as well as a land based casino in New Zealand, competes with numerous casinos and casino hotels of varying quality and size in the market areas where its properties are located, with other resorts and vacation areas, and with various other casino entertainment businesses. The casino entertainment business is characterized by competitors which vary considerably by their size, number of operations, growth strategies and geographic diversity. In certain areas such as Las Vegas, Harrah's competes with a wide range of casinos, some of which are significantly larger and newer and offer substantially more non-gaming activities to attract customers. In most markets, Harrah's competes directly with other casino facilities operating in the immediate and surrounding market areas. In major casino destinations, such as Las Vegas and Atlantic City, Harrah's faces competition from other markets in addition to direct competition in its market areas. Harrah's believes it is well positioned to take advantage of any new jurisdictions which allow casino gaming, the trend of positive consumer acceptance of casino gaming as an entertainment activity, and 9 increased visitation to casino facilities. However, the expansion of casino entertainment presents competitive issues for Harrah's and as casino entertainment properties increase, competition within markets and among different markets could intensify. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Effects of Current Economic and Political Conditions" on pages 32 and 33 of the Annual Report, which pages are incorporated herein by reference. GOVERNMENTAL REGULATION GAMING-NEVADA The ownership and operation of casino gaming facilities in Nevada are subject to: (i) the Nevada Gaming Control Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder (collectively, "Nevada Act"); and (ii) various local ordinances and regulations. Harrah's gaming operations are subject to the licensing and regulatory control of the Nevada Gaming Commission ("Nevada Commission"), the Nevada State Gaming Control Board ("Nevada Board"), the Clark County Liquor and Gaming Licensing Board ("CCLGLB"), the City of Reno ("Reno"), and the Douglas County Sheriff's Department ("Douglas"). The Nevada Commission, the Nevada State Gaming Control Board, the CCLGLB, Reno, and Douglas are collectively referred to as the "Nevada Gaming Authorities." The laws, regulations and supervisory procedures of the Nevada Gaming Authorities are based upon declarations of public policy which are concerned with, among other things: (i) the prevention of unsavory or unsuitable persons from having a direct or indirect involvement with gaming at any time or in any capacity; (ii) the establishment and maintenance of responsible accounting practices and procedures; (iii) the maintenance of effective controls over the financial practices of licensees, including the establishment of minimum procedures for internal fiscal affairs and the safeguarding of assets and revenues, providing reliable record keeping and requiring the filing of periodic reports with the Nevada Gaming Authorities; (iv) the prevention of cheating and fraudulent practices; and (v) providing a source of state and local revenues through taxation and licensing fees. Changes in such laws, regulations and procedures could have an adverse effect on Harrah's Nevada gaming operations. Harrah's Operating Company, Inc. ("HOC"), a direct subsidiary of Harrah's, and Harrah's Las Vegas, Inc. and Harrah's Laughlin, Inc., each an indirect subsidiary of Harrah's (hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Gaming Subsidiaries"), are required to be licensed by the Nevada Gaming Authorities to enable Harrah's to operate casinos at Harrah's Lake Tahoe, Bill's Lake Tahoe Casino, Harrah's Reno, Harrah's Las Vegas, and Harrah's Laughlin. The gaming licenses require the periodic payment of fees and taxes and are not transferable. Harrah's is registered with the Nevada Commission as a publicly traded corporation ("Registered Corporation"), and as such, it is required periodically to submit detailed financial and operating reports to the Nevada Commission and furnish any other information which the Nevada Commission may require. No person may become a stockholder of, or receive any percentage of profits from, the Gaming Subsidiaries without first obtaining licenses and approvals from the Nevada Gaming Authorities. Harrah's and the Gaming Subsidiaries have obtained from the Nevada Gaming Authorities the various registrations, approvals, permits and licenses required in order to engage in gaming activities in Nevada. Harrah's has been found suitable to be the sole shareholder of HOC, which, in addition to being a gaming licensee, is a Registered Corporation (by virtue of being the obligor on certain outstanding debt securities) and has been found suitable to be the sole shareholder of Harrah's Las Vegas, Inc. and Harrah's Laughlin, Inc. HOC is also licensed as a manufacturer and distributor of gaming devices. Harrah's may not sell or transfer beneficial ownership of any of HOC's voting securities without prior approval of the Nevada Commission. The Nevada Gaming Authorities may investigate any individual who has a material relationship to, or material involvement with, Harrah's or the Gaming Subsidiaries in order to determine whether such individual is suitable or should be licensed as a business associate of a gaming licensee. Officers, 10 directors and certain key employees of the Gaming Subsidiaries (except HOC) must file applications with the Nevada Gaming Authorities and may be required to be licensed or found suitable by the Nevada Gaming Authorities. Officers, directors and key employees of Harrah's and HOC who are actively and directly involved in gaming activities of the Gaming Subsidiaries may be required to be licensed or found suitable by the Nevada Gaming Authorities. The Nevada Gaming Authorities may deny an application for licensing for any cause which they deem reasonable. A finding of suitability is comparable to licensing, and both require submission of detailed personal and financial information followed by a thorough investigation. The applicant for licensing or a finding of suitability must pay all the costs of the investigation. Changes in licensed positions must be reported to the Nevada Gaming Authorities and in addition to their authority to deny an application for a finding of suitability or licensure, the Nevada Gaming Authorities have jurisdiction to disapprove a change in a corporate position. If the Nevada Gaming Authorities were to find an officer, director or key employee unsuitable for licensing or unsuitable to continue having a relationship with Harrah's or the Gaming Subsidiaries, the companies involved would have to sever all relationships with such person. In addition, the Nevada Commission may require Harrah's or the Gaming Subsidiaries to terminate the employment of any person who refuses to file appropriate applications. According to the Nevada Act, determinations of suitability or of questions pertaining to licensing are not subject to judicial review in Nevada. Harrah's and the Gaming Subsidiaries are required to submit detailed financial and operating reports to the Nevada Commission. Substantially all material loans, leases, sales of securities and similar financing transactions by the Gaming Subsidiaries must be reported to, or approved by, the Nevada Commission. If it were determined that the Nevada Act was violated by the Gaming Subsidiaries, the gaming licenses they hold could be limited, conditioned, suspended or revoked, subject to compliance with certain statutory and regulatory procedures. In addition, the Gaming Subsidiaries, Harrah's and the persons involved could be subject to substantial fines for each separate violation of the Nevada Act at the discretion of the Nevada Commission. Further, a supervisor could be appointed by the Nevada Commission to operate Harrah's gaming properties and, under certain circumstances, earnings generated during the supervisor's appointment (except for the reasonable rental value of the Company's gaming properties) could be forfeited to the State of Nevada. Limitation, conditioning or suspension of any gaming license or the appointment of a supervisor could (and revocation of any gaming license would) materially adversely affect Harrah's gaming operations. Any beneficial holder of Harrah's voting securities, regardless of the number of shares owned, may be required to file an application, be investigated, and have his suitability as a beneficial holder of Harrah's voting securities determined if the Nevada Commission has reason to believe that such ownership would otherwise be inconsistent with the declared policies of the state of Nevada. The applicant must pay all costs of investigation incurred by the Nevada Gaming Authorities in conducting any such investigation. The Nevada Act requires any person who acquires more than 5% of Harrah's voting securities to report the acquisition to the Nevada Commission. The Nevada Act requires that beneficial owners of more than 10% of Harrah's voting securities apply to the Nevada Commission for a finding of suitability within thirty days after the Chairman of the Nevada Board mails the written notice requiring such filing. Under certain circumstances, an "institutional investor," as defined in the Nevada Act, which acquires more than 10%, but not more than 15%, of Harrah's voting securities may apply to the Nevada Commission for a waiver of such finding of suitability if such institutional investor holds the voting securities for investment purposes only. An institutional investor shall not be deemed to hold voting securities for investment purposes unless the voting securities were acquired and are held in the ordinary course of business as an institutional investor and not for the purpose of causing, directly or indirectly, 11 the election of a majority of the members of the board of directors of Harrah's, any change in Harrah's corporate charter, bylaws, management, policies or operations of Harrah's, or any of its gaming affiliates, or any other action which the Nevada Commission finds to be inconsistent with holding Harrah's voting securities for investment purposes only. Activities which are not deemed to be inconsistent with holding voting securities for investment purposes only include: (i) voting on all matters voted on by stockholders; (ii) making financial and other inquiries of management of the type normally made by securities analysts for informational purposes and not to cause a change in its management, policies or operations; and (iii) such other activities as the Nevada Commission may determine to be consistent with such investment intent. If the beneficial holder of voting securities who must be found suitable is a corporation, partnership or trust, it must submit detailed business and financial information including a list of beneficial owners. The applicant is required to pay all costs of investigation. Any person who fails or refuses to apply for a finding of suitability or a license within thirty days after being ordered to do so by the Nevada Commission or the Chairman of the Nevada Board may be found unsuitable. The same restrictions apply to a record owner if the record owner, after request, fails to identify the beneficial owner. Any stockholder found unsuitable and who holds, directly or indirectly, any beneficial ownership of the common stock of a Registered Corporation beyond such period of time as may be prescribed by the Nevada Commission may be guilty of a criminal offense. Harrah's is subject to disciplinary action if, after it receives notice that a person is unsuitable to be a stockholder or to have any other relationship with Harrah's or the Gaming Subsidiaries, it: (i) pays that person any dividend or interest upon voting securities of Harrah's; (ii) allows that person to exercise, directly or indirectly, any voting right conferred through securities held by that person; (iii) pays remuneration in any form to that person for services rendered or otherwise; or (iv) fails to pursue all lawful efforts to require such unsuitable person to relinquish his voting securities for cash at fair market value. Additionally, the CCLGLB requires that any person who is required to be licensed or found suitable by the Nevada Commission must file a license application with the CCLGLB. The Nevada Commission may, in its discretion, require the holder of any debt security of a Registered Corporation to file applications, be investigated and be found suitable to own the debt security of a Registered Corporation. If the Nevada Commission determines that a person is unsuitable to own such security, then pursuant to the Nevada Act, the Registered Corporation can be sanctioned, including the loss of its approvals, if without the prior approval of the Nevada Commission, it: (i) pays to the unsuitable person any dividend, interest, or any distribution whatsoever; (ii) recognizes any voting right by such unsuitable person in connection with such securities; (iii) pays the unsuitable person remuneration in any form; or (iv) makes any payment to the unsuitable person by way of principal, redemption, conversion, exchange, liquidation, or similar transaction. Harrah's would normally be required to maintain a current stock ledger in Nevada which may be examined by the Nevada Gaming Authorities at any time, but instead, it has been required by the Nevada Commission to maintain its stock ledgers in its executive offices in Memphis, Tennessee which may be examined by the Nevada Board at any time. If any securities are held in trust by an agent or by a nominee, the record holder may be required to disclose the identity of the beneficial owner to the Nevada Gaming Authorities. A failure to make such disclosure may be grounds for finding the record holder unsuitable. Harrah's also is required to render maximum assistance in determining the identity of the beneficial owner. The Nevada Commission has the power to require the Company's stock certificates to bear a legend indicating that the securities are subject to the Nevada Act. However, to date, the Nevada Commission has not imposed such a requirement on Harrah's. Harrah's and HOC may not make a public offering of their securities without the prior approval of the Nevada Commission if the securities or the proceeds therefrom are intended to be used to construct, acquire or finance gaming facilities in Nevada, or to retire or extend obligations incurred for such purposes. On April 20, 1995, the Nevada Commission granted Harrah's and HOC prior approval to make offerings for a period of one year, subject to certain conditions ("Shelf Approval"). The Shelf 12 Approval does not constitute a finding, recommendation or approval by the Nevada Commission or the Nevada Board as to the accuracy or adequacy of the prospectus or the investment merits of the securities offered. Any representation to the contrary is unlawful. Harrah's and HOC are in the process of seeking a one year renewal of the Shelf Approval. Changes in control of Harrah's through merger, consolidation, stock or asset acquisitions, management or consulting agreements, or any act or conduct by a person whereby he obtains control, may not occur without the prior approval of the Nevada Commission. Entities seeking to acquire control of a Registered Corporation must satisfy the Nevada Board and Nevada Commission in a variety of stringent standards prior to assuming control of such Registered Corporation. The Nevada Commission may also require controlling stockholders, officers, directors and other persons having a material relationship or involvement with the entity proposing to acquire control, to be investigated and licensed as part of the approval process relating to the transaction. The Nevada legislature has declared that some corporate acquisitions opposed by management, repurchases of voting securities and corporate defense tactics affecting Nevada gaming licensees, and Registered Corporations that are affiliated with those operations, may be injurious to stable and productive corporate gaming. The Nevada Commission has established a regulatory scheme to ameliorate the potentially adverse effects of these business practices upon Nevada's gaming industry and to further Nevada's policy to: (i) assure the financial stability of corporate gaming operators and their affiliates; (ii) preserve the beneficial aspects of conducting business in the corporate form; and (iii) promote a neutral environmental for the orderly governance of corporate affairs. Approvals are, in certain circumstances, required from the Nevada Commission before the Registered Corporation can make exceptional repurchases of voting securities above the current market price thereof and before a corporate acquisition opposed by management can be consummated. The Nevada Act also requires prior approval of a plan of recapitalization proposed by the Registered Corporation's Board of Directors in response to a tender offer made directly to the Registered Corporation's stockholders for the purposes of acquiring control of the Registered Corporation. License fees and taxes, computed in various ways depending on the type of gaming or activity involved, are payable to the State of Nevada and to the counties and cities in which the Gaming Subsidiaries' respective operations are conducted. Depending upon the particular fee or tax involved, these fees and taxes are payable either monthly, quarterly or annually and are based upon either: (i) a percentage of the gross revenues received; (ii) the number of gaming devices operated; or (iii) the number of table games operated. A casino entertainment tax is also paid by casino operations where entertainment is furnished in connection with the selling of food or refreshments. Nevada licensees that hold a license as an operator of a slot route, or a manufacturer's or distributor's license, also pay certain fees and taxes to the State of Nevada. Any person who is licensed, required to be licensed, registered, required to be registered, or is under common control with such persons (collectively, "Licensees") and who proposes to become involved in a gaming venture outside of Nevada is required to deposit with the Nevada Board, and thereafter maintain, a revolving fund in the amount of $10,000 to pay the expenses of investigation of the Nevada Board of their participation in such foreign gaming. The revolving fund is subject to increase or decrease in the discretion of the Nevada Commission. Thereafter, Licensees are required to comply with certain reporting requirements imposed by the Nevada Act. Licensees are also subject to disciplinary action by the Nevada Commission if they knowingly violate any laws of the foreign jurisdiction pertaining to the foreign gaming operation, fail to conduct the foreign gaming operation in accordance with the standards of honesty and integrity required of Nevada gaming operations, engage in activities that are harmful to the State of Nevada or its ability to collect gaming taxes and fees, or employ a person in the foreign operation who has been denied a license or finding of suitability in Nevada on the ground of personal unsuitability. 13 The Company is in present material compliance with all applicable gaming laws, rules and regulations promulgated by the State of Nevada. GAMING-NEW JERSEY As a holding company of Marina Associates ("Marina"), which holds a license to operate Harrah's Atlantic City in New Jersey, Harrah's is subject to the provisions of the New Jersey Casino Control Act (the "New Jersey Act"). The ownership and operation of casino hotel facilities in Atlantic City, New Jersey, are the subject of pervasive state regulation under the New Jersey Act and the regulations adopted thereunder by the New Jersey Casino Control Commission (the "New Jersey Commission"). The New Jersey Commission is empowered to regulate a wide spectrum of gaming and non-gaming related activities and to approve the form of ownership and financial structure of not only the casino licensee, Marina, but also its intermediary and ultimate holding companies, including Harrah's and HOC. In addition to taxes imposed by the State of New Jersey on all businesses, the New Jersey Act imposes certain fees and taxes on casino licensees, including an 8% gross gaming revenue tax, an investment alternative obligation of 1.25% (or an investment alternative tax of 2.5%) of gross gaming revenue (generally defined as gross receipts less payments to customers as winnings) and various license fees. No casino hotel facility may operate unless the appropriate licenses and approvals are obtained from the New Jersey Commission, which has broad discretion with regard to the issuance, renewal and revocation or suspension of the non-transferable casino license (which licenses are issued initially for a one-year period and renewable for one-year periods for the first two renewals and four-year periods thereafter), including the power to impose conditions which are necessary to effectuate the purposes of the New Jersey Act. Each applicant for a casino license must demonstrate, among other things, its financial stability (including establishing ability to maintain adequate casino bankroll, meet ongoing operating expenses, pay all local, state and federal taxes, make necessary capital improvements and pay, exchange, refinance, or extend all long and short term debt due and payable during the license term), its financial integrity and responsibility, its reputation for good character, honesty and integrity, the suitability of the casino and related facilities and that it has sufficient business ability and casino experience to establish the likelihood of creation or maintenance of a successful, efficient casino operation. With the exception of licensed lending institutions and certain "institutional investors" waived from the qualification requirements under the New Jersey Act, each applicant is also required to establish the reputation of its financial sources including, but not limited to, its financial backers, investors, mortgagees and bond holders. The New Jersey Act requires that all officers, directors and principal employees of the casino licensee be licensed. In addition, each person who directly or indirectly holds any beneficial interest or ownership of the casino licensee and any person who in the opinion of the New Jersey Commission has the ability to control the casino licensee must obtain qualification approval. Each holding and intermediary company having an interest in the casino licensee must also obtain qualification approval by meeting essentially the same standards as that required of the casino licensee. All directors, officers and persons who directly or indirectly hold any beneficial interest, ownership or control in any of the intermediary or ultimate holding companies of the casino licensee may have to seek qualification from the New Jersey Commission. Lenders, underwriters, agents, employees and security holders of both equity and debt of the intermediary and holding companies of the casino licensee and any other person whom the New Jersey Commission deems appropriate may also have to seek qualification from the New Jersey Commission. Since Harrah's and HOC are publicly-traded holding companies (as defined by the New Jersey Act), however, the persons described in the two previous sentences may be waived from compliance with the qualification process if the New Jersey Commission, with the concurrence of the Director of the New Jersey Division of Gaming Enforcement, determines that they are not significantly involved in the activities of Marina and, in the case of security holders, that they do not have the ability 14 to control Harrah's (or its subsidiaries) or elect one or more of its directors. Any person holding 5% or more of a security in an intermediary or ultimate holding company, or having the ability to elect one or more of the directors of a company, is presumed to have the ability to control the company and thus may be required to seek qualification unless the presumption is rebutted. Notwithstanding this presumption of control, the New Jersey Act permits the waiver of the qualification requirements for passive "institutional investors" (as defined by the New Jersey Act), when such institutional holdings are for investment purposes only and where such securities represent less than 10% of the equity securities of a casino licensee's holding or intermediary companies or debt securities of a casino licensee's holding or intermediary companies not exceeding 20% of a company's total outstanding debt or 50% of an individual debt issue. The waiver, which is subject to certain specified conditions including, upon request, the filing of a certified statement that the investor has no intention of influencing the affairs of the issuer, may be granted to an "institutional investor" holding a higher percentage of such securities upon a showing of good cause. If an "institutional investor" is granted a waiver of the qualification requirements and subsequently changes its investment intent, the New Jersey Act provides that no action other than divestiture may be taken by the investor without compliance with the Interim Casino Authorization Act (the "Interim Act") described below. In the event a security holder of either equity or debt is required to qualify under the New Jersey Act, the provisions of the Interim Act may be triggered requiring, among other things, either: (i) the filing of a completed application for qualification within 30 days after being ordered to do so, which application must include an approved Trust Agreement pursuant to which all securities of Harrah's (or its respective subsidiaries) held by the security holder must be placed in trust with a trustee who has been approved by the New Jersey Commission; or (ii) the divestiture of all securities of Harrah's (or its respective subsidiaries) within 120 days after the New Jersey Commission determines that qualification is required or declines to waive qualification, provided the security holder files a notice of intent to divest within 30 days after the determination of qualification. If a security holder files an application under the Interim Act, during the period the Trust Agreement remains in place, such holder may, through the approved trustee, continue to exercise all rights incident to the ownership of the securities with the exception that: (i) the security holder may only receive a return on its investment in an amount not to exceed the actual cost of the investment (as defined by the New Jersey Act) until the New Jersey Commission finds such holder qualified; and (ii) in the event the New Jersey Commission finds there is reasonable cause to believe that the security holder may be found unqualified, the Trust Agreement will become fully operative vesting the trustee with all rights incident to ownership of the securities pending a determination on such holder's qualifications; provided, however, that during the period the securities remain in trust, the security holder may petition the New Jersey Commission to: (a) direct the trustee to dispose of the trust property; and (b) direct the trustee to distribute proceeds thereof to the security holder in an amount not to exceed the lower of the actual cost of the investment or the value of the securities on the date the Trust became operative. If the security holder is ultimately not found to be qualified, the trustee is required to sell the securities and to distribute the proceeds of the sale to the applicant in an amount not exceeding the lower of the actual cost of the investment or the value of the securities on the date the Trust became operative (if not already sold and distributed at the direction of the security holder) and to distribute the remaining proceeds to the Casino Revenue Fund. If the security holder is found qualified, the Trust Agreement will be terminated. The New Jersey Commission can find that any holder of the equity or debt securities issued by Harrah's or its subsidiaries is not qualified to own such securities. If a security holder of Harrah's or its subsidiaries is found disqualified, the New Jersey Act provides that it is unlawful for the security holder to: (i) receive any dividends or interest payment on such securities; (ii) exercise, directly or indirectly, any rights conferred by the securities; or (iii) receive any remuneration from the company in which the security holder holds an interest. To implement these provisions, the New Jersey Act requires, among other things, casino licensees and their holding companies to adopt provisions in their certificate of incorporation providing for certain remedial action in the event that a holder of any security of such 15 company is found disqualified. The required certificate of incorporation provisions vary depending on whether such company is a publicly or privately traded company as defined by the New Jersey Act. The Certificates of Incorporation of Harrah's and HOC (both "publicly-traded companies" as defined by the New Jersey Act) contain provisions which provide Harrah's and HOC, respectively, with the right to redeem the securities of disqualified holders, if necessary, to avoid any regulatory sanctions, to prevent the loss or to secure the reinstatement of any license or franchise held by Harrah's or HOC or their affiliates, or if such holder is determined by any gaming regulatory agency to be unsuitable, has an application for a license or permit rejected, or has a previously issued license or permit rescinded, suspended, revoked or not renewed. The Certificates of Incorporation of Harrah's and HOC also contain provisions defining the redemption price and the rights of a disqualified security holder. In the event a security holder is disqualified, the New Jersey Commission is empowered to propose any necessary action to protect the public interest, including the suspension or revocation of the casino license of Marina. The New Jersey Act provides, however, that the New Jersey Commission shall not take action against a casino licensee or its parent companies with respect to the continued ownership of the security interest by the disqualified holder, if the New Jersey Commission finds that: (i) such company has a certificate of incorporation provision providing for the disposition of such securities as discussed above; (ii) such company has made a good faith effort to comply with any order requiring the divestiture of the security interest held by the disqualified holder; and (iii) the disqualified holder does not have the ability to control the casino licensee or its parent companies or to elect one or more members to the board of directors of such company. The Certificate of Incorporation of HOC further provides that debt securities issued by HOC are held subject to the condition that if a holder is found unsuitable by any governmental agency the corporation shall have the right to redeem the securities. If, at any time, it is determined that Marina or its holding companies have violated the New Jersey Act or regulations promulgated thereunder or that such companies cannot meet the qualification requirements of the New Jersey Act, Marina could be subject to fines or its license could be suspended or revoked. If Marina's license is suspended or revoked, the New Jersey Commission could appoint a Conservator to operate and dispose of the casino hotel facilities of Marina. A Conservator would be vested with title to the assets of Marina, subject to valid liens, claims and encumbrances. The Conservator would be required to act under the general supervision of the New Jersey Commission and would be charged with the duty of conserving, preserving and, if permitted, continuing the operation of the casino hotel. During the period of any such conservatorship, the Conservator may not make any distributions of net earnings without the prior approval of the New Jersey Commission. The New Jersey Commission may direct that all or part of such net earnings be paid to the Casino Revenue Fund, provided, however, that a suspended or former licensee is entitled to a fair rate of return. The New Jersey Commission granted Marina a plenary casino license in connection with Harrah's Atlantic City in November 1981, and it has been renewed since then. In April 1994, the New Jersey Commission renewed the license for a two-year period and also found Harrah's and HOC to be qualified as holding companies of Marina. Harrah's is in the process of completing its renewal application for a four-year license commencing April 1996. The Company is in present material compliance with all applicable gaming laws, rules and regulations promulgated by the State of New Jersey. GAMING-COLORADO The ownership and operation of limited gaming facilities in the State of Colorado are subject to extensive state and local regulation. In Colorado, the two casinos managed and partially owned by subsidiaries of Harrah's (Harrah's Central City and Harrah's Black Hawk) are subject to licensing by and regulatory control of both the State of Colorado Limited Gaming Control Commission and the State of Colorado Division of Gaming (hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Colorado Gaming 16 Authorities"). As Harrah's is a public company, the casinos must comply with specific rules relating to public companies involved in limited gaming. The Colorado Gaming Authorities examine and decide upon the suitability of persons owning any interest in a limited gaming establishment, as well as those persons associated with such owners. Persons employed in connection with gaming operations must also be licensed as either "key employees" or "support employees." The State of Colorado Limited Gaming Control Commission also has the power to levy substantial taxes with respect to gaming revenues, and with respect to gaming devices. The licenses held by Harrah's Central City and Harrah's Black Hawk are not transferable, and must be renewed on an annual basis. A Colorado constitutional amendment passed in November 1990, legalized limited stakes gaming ($5.00 or less per bet) in three Colorado cities: Central City, Black Hawk, and Cripple Creek. The constitutional amendment restricts limited gaming to the commercially zoned districts of each respective city. At each limited gaming location, no more than thirty-five percent (35%) of the total square footage of a building, and no more than fifty percent (50%) of the square footage of any single floor may be used for limited gaming purposes. The Colorado Gaming Authorities have broad power to insure compliance with the statute and regulations currently in force in the State of Colorado. The Colorado Gaming Authorities may inspect, without notice, any premises where gaming is being conducted, and may seize, impound, or remove any gaming device. The statute and regulations require licensees to maintain certain minimum operating, security and payoff procedures, as well as books and records that are audited on an annual basis. There are specific reporting procedures and approval requirements for transfers of interests and other involvement with publicly traded corporations directly or indirectly involved in limited gaming in the State of Colorado. In addition to the reporting requirements, certain provisions must be included in the Articles of Organization or other similar chartering documents of any entity licensed as either an operator or retailer in the State of Colorado. The State of Colorado Limited Gaming Control Commission may require that any individual who has a material relationship to or a material involvement with a licensee, or otherwise, must apply for a finding of suitability by the Commission, or apply for a key employee license. If an individual or person has been deemed to be unsuitable by the State of Colorado Limited Gaming Control Commission, the Commission may require a licensee to pursue all lawful efforts to require that the unsuitable person relinquish all voting securities in addition to certain other powers granted to the Commission. The Colorado Gaming Authorities have full and complete access to any records of a licensee, as well as individuals associated with licensees, investigate the background and conduct of licensees and their employees, and are empowered to bring disciplinary actions against licensees. The Colorado Gaming Authorities have the power to investigate the background of creditors of licensees as well. No interest in a licensee, once approved by the Commission, may be alienated in any fashion without the prior approval of the State of Colorado Limited Gaming Control Commission. Any person or entity may not have an interest in more than three retail gaming licenses. All persons, places or practices connected with limited gaming must be "suitable" as determined by the Colorado Gaming Authorities. In this regard, the burden is always on any applicant to prove by clear and convincing evidence that the applicant is qualified for the licenses applied for. Thus, licensees must be able to demonstrate that any equity holder, or any person providing financing in connection with the establishment or operation of a licensee, must be: (i) of good moral character; (ii) a person whose prior activities, criminal record, reputation, habits and associations do not pose a threat to the public interests of the State of Colorado; (iii) a person who has not served a sentence upon a conviction of a felony or been under the supervision of a probation department within ten years prior to the date of application; (iv) and, a person who has not seriously or repeatedly violated the provisions of the "Limited Gaming Act of 1991" in Colorado. At the request of the Colorado Gaming Authorities, any person connected with limited gaming must disclose personal background and financial information, including criminal records, and any and all other information requested by the Colorado Gaming Authorities. 17 The constitutional amendment gave the State of Colorado Limited Gaming Control Commission the power to tax up to forty percent (40%) of the adjusted gross proceeds (generally defined as gross receipts less payments to customers as winnings) received by a licensee from limited gaming. Effective October 1, 1994, the tax schedule for the gaming year (October 1 to September 30) is as follows:
PERCENTAGE ADJUSTED GROSS PROCEEDS TAX - ----------------------------------------------------------------- ---------- Up to $2,000,000................................................. 2% $2,000,001 to $4,000,000......................................... 8% $4,000,001 to $5,000,000......................................... 15% $5,000,001 and over.............................................. 18%
For the same gaming year, the State gaming device fee is Seventy-Five Dollars ($75) per gaming device. In addition, local device fees are assessed by both Central City and Black Hawk. In Central City the current device fee is One Thousand Two Hundred Sixty-Five Dollars ($1,265) per device per year. In Black Hawk, Seven Hundred Fifty Dollars ($750) per device per year is the current device fee. Changes in this regulatory scheme could adversely affect the operation of the Colorado properties. The Company is in present material compliance with all applicable gaming laws, rules and regulations promulgated by the State of Colorado. GAMING-LOUISIANA (NEW ORLEANS) On November 22, 1995, Harrah's Jazz Company (the "Casino Operator"), the partnership in which an indirect subsidiary of Harrah's owns an approximate 47% interest, and which has the contract (the "Casino Operating Contract") with the LEDGC to operate the sole land-based casino (the "Gaming Facilities") in New Orleans, Louisiana, filed for protection under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code and ceased operation of the Temporary Casino. See "New Orleans" and "Legal Proceedings" herein for further discussions of the New Orleans project and the legal proceedings filed in connection with the New Orleans project. Under the Casino Operating Contract, the Casino Operator has the authority to engage a separate indirect subsidiary of Harrah's, Harrah's New Orleans Management Company (the "Casino Manager"), to manage the Gaming Facilities. The ownership and operation of the Gaming Facilities are subject to pervasive governmental regulation, including regulation by the LEDGC in accordance with the terms of the Louisiana Economic Development and Gaming Corporation Law (the "Gaming Act"), the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time, and the Casino Operating Contract. Since the Casino Operator is presently in bankruptcy, enforcement of the Casino Operating Contract and the rules and regulations promulgated under the Gaming Act, including, without limitation, the restrictions imposed by the Casino Operating Contract and the LEDGC's rules and regulations on the transferability of the Casino Operating Contract or interests in the Casino Operator, is subject to, and limited by, the bankruptcy laws. In addition, if a plan of reorganization of the Casino Operator is consummated in the bankruptcy, it is uncertain whether the Casino Operating Contract and such rules and regulations will remain in their present form. Any changes to the Casino Operating Contract or such rules and regulations may be material. In addition, under the bankruptcy laws, the Casino Operating Contract is considered an executory contract which, subject to bankruptcy court approval, may be rejected or assumed by the Casino Operator. In order to assume or assume and assign the Casino Operating Contract, the Casino Operator must satisfy 18 certain requirements under the bankruptcy laws, including, without limitation, the curing, or providing adequate assurance of the prompt curing of, defaults under the Casino Operating Contract except for certain types of defaults. Unless the bankruptcy court otherwise orders, the Casino Operator may assume or reject the Casino Operating Contract at any time prior to or simultaneously with the confirmation of its plan of reorganization. The Governor of the State of Louisiana has stated his intent to call a special legislative session beginning March 17, 1996 to consider legislation relating to all forms of gaming in Louisiana (including the Gaming Facilities). The Governor and various legislative leaders have expressed their support for legislation which would provide for a public referendum on such gaming (including the Gaming Facilities). The nature and scope of any referendum and any effect it could have on the Gaming Facilities is uncertain at this time. There could be other legislation relating to the Gaming Facilities introduced at this session or the Legislature's next regular session beginning April 29, 1996. There can be no assurance that legislation will not be enacted or a public referendum not called and held which in either case could have a material adverse effect on the Gaming Facilities. The LEDGC. The Gaming Act established the LEDGC as a special public purpose corporation to regulate land-based gaming in Louisiana. The Gaming Act provides that the LEDGC is not a state agency except as specifically provided therein, and none of its obligations is subject to or backed by the full faith and credit of the State of Louisiana. The affairs of the LEDGC are supervised by a nine member board of directors appointed by the governor and confirmed by the Louisiana Senate. On December 4, 1995, the Attorney General of the State of Louisiana assumed control of the business and staff functions of the LEDGC, terminating all but a few employees. The stated reason for the action was that the LEDGC was without funds to operate in light of the shutdown of the Temporary Casino, which had provided such funds. The future existence and extent of operation of the LEDGC is unknown at this time. LEDGC's Authority to Enter Into Casino Operating Contract. The Casino Operating Contract was entered into by the LEDGC pursuant to authority granted under the Gaming Act. Under the Casino Operating Contract, the Casino Operator can conduct gaming operations at a single official land-based gaming establishment located at the site of the Rivergate Convention Center. The term of the Casino Operating Contract is 20 years with one 10-year renewal option. Under the Casino Operating Contract, the Casino Operator was required to pay the LEDGC an initial payment of $125 million (the "Initial Payment") in installments, and the entirety of the Initial Payment was paid timely. In addition to the Initial Payment, the Casino Operating Contract requires the Casino Operator to pay to the LEDGC a share of annual gross gaming revenues (generally defined as gross receipts less payments to customers as winnings) from the Permanent Casino equal to the greater of (a) $100 million or (b) a percentage of annual gross gaming revenue as follows: (i) 19% of gross gaming revenue up to and including $600 million; plus (ii) 20% of gross gaming revenue in excess of $600 million up to and including $700 million; plus (iii) 22% of gross gaming revenue in excess of $700 million up to and including $800 million; plus (iv) 24% of gross gaming revenue in excess of $800 million up to and including $900 million; plus 19 (v) 25% of gross gaming revenue in excess of $900 million. Under the Gaming Act, the gaming activities that may be conducted, subject to the rule-making authority of the LEDGC, include any banking or percentage game that is played with cards, dice or any electronic, electrical or mechanical device or machine for money, property or any thing of value, but exclude lottery, bingo, charitable games, raffles, electronic video bingo, pull tabs, cable television bingo, wagering on dog or horse races, sports betting or wagering on any type of sports contest or event. The Gaming Act provides that the LEDGC shall adopt rules for the conduct of specific games and gaming operations, including the types of games to be conducted and the granting of credit to a patron. The Gaming Act provides that the LEDGC is authorized to permit the casino operator to conduct limited temporary gaming operations in Orleans Parish at a location designated by the casino operator and approved by the LEDGC. The compensation payable to the LEDGC from gaming operations at the Temporary Casino is 25% of gross gaming revenues with the remainder to the Casino Operator, the net proceeds therefrom after deducting operating expenses to be used to perform and complete the obligations of the Casino Operator as contained in the Casino Operating Contract. The Gaming Act requires that gaming operations at the Temporary Casino cease upon the commencement of gaming operations at the Permanent Casino. The Gaming Act requires the casino operator to agree to maintain its suitability at all times during the existence of the casino operating contract. The Gaming Act provides that the LEDGC has the right but is not required to set aside or renegotiate the provisions of the casino operating contract if the casino operator is voluntarily or involuntarily placed in bankruptcy, receivership, conservatorship or similar status. Regulations. Under the Gaming Act, the LEDGC has broad discretionary authority to regulate all aspects of the casino operator's operations, and it has exercised that authority by adopting wide-ranging administrative rules and regulations governing all aspects of licensing, suitability, transfers of interest and other financial transactions and the conduct of gaming operations. The Gaming Act gives the LEDGC the power, among other things, to (i) investigate the qualifications of the gaming operator and each applicant for a license or permit, (ii) investigate violations of the Gaming Act and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and any other incidents or transactions which it deems appropriate, (iii) conduct hearings and proceedings concerning, and review and inspections of, gaming operations and related activities, (iv) inspect and examine all premises, and all equipment or supplies thereon, where gaming activities are conducted or gaming devices or equipment are manufactured, sold, or distributed, and summarily seize and remove from such premises and impound any equipment or supplies for the purpose of examination and inspection, (v) audit the records of applicants and gaming operators respecting all revenues produced by any gaming operations, (vi) issue interrogatories and subpoenas, and (vii) monitor the conduct of all casino operators, licensees, permittees and other persons having a material involvement directly or indirectly with a casino operator. Issuance of Licenses and Permits. Under the Gaming Act, the LEDGC is required to issue licenses or permits to certain persons associated with gaming operations, including: (i) certain employees of the casino operator, (ii) certain manufacturers, distributors and suppliers of gaming devices; (iii) certain suppliers of goods or services; (iv) any person who furnishes services or property to the casino operator under an arrangement pursuant to which the person receives payments based on earnings, profits or receipts from gaming operations; and (v) any other persons deemed necessary by the LEDGC. The securing of the requisite licenses and permits under the Gaming Act is a prerequisite for conducting, operating or performing any activity regulated by the LEDGC or the Gaming Act. The Gaming Act provides that the LEDGC has full and absolute power to deny an application, or to limit, condition, restrict, revoke or suspend any license, permit or approval, or to fine any person licensed, permitted or approved for any cause specified in the Gaming Act or rules promulgated by the LEDGC. 20 The Rules and Regulations provide that the LEDGC may take any of the foregoing actions with respect to any person licensed, permitted, or approved, or any person registered, found suitable, or holding a contract, for any cause deemed reasonable. The Gaming Act provides that it is the express intent, desire and policy of the legislature that no holder of the casino operating contract, applicant for a license, permit, contract or other thing existing, issue or let as a result of the Gaming Act shall have any right or action to obtain any license, permit, contract or the granting of the approval sought except as provided for and authorized by the Gaming Act. Any license, permit, contract, approval or thing obtained or issued pursuant to the provisions of the Gaming Act has been expressly declared by the legislature to be a pure and absolute revocable privilege and not a right, property or otherwise, under the constitutions of the United States or of the State of Louisiana. The Gaming Act also provides that no holder acquires any vested right therein or thereunder. Suitability. Under the Gaming Act, no person is eligible to receive a license or enter into a contract to conduct casino gaming operations unless, among other things, the LEDGC is satisfied the applicant is suitable. Suitability requires a demonstration by each applicant, by clear and convincing evidence, that, among other things, (i) the applicant is a person of good character, honesty and integrity; (ii) the applicant's prior activities, criminal record, if any, reputation, habits and associations do not pose a threat to the public interest of the State or the regulation and control of casino gaming or create or enhance the dangers of unsuitable, unfair or illegal practices, methods and activities in the conduct of gaming or the carrying on of the business and financial arrangements incidental thereto; and (iii) the applicant is capable of and is likely to conduct the activities for which a license or contract is sought. In addition, to be found suitable for purposes of the casino operating contract, the casino operator must demonstrate by clear and convincing evidence that: (a) it has or guarantees acquisition of adequate business competence and experience in the operation of casino gaming operations; (b) the proposed financing is adequate for the proposed operation and is from suitable sources; and (c) it has or is capable of and guarantees the obtaining of a bond or satisfactory financial guarantee of sufficient amount, as determined by the LEDGC, to guarantee successful completion of and compliance with the casino operating contract or such other projects which are regulated by the LEDGC. The Rules and Regulations provide that an applicant shall release all claims and accept any risk of adverse publicity, embarrassment, criticism, or other action, or financial loss which may result or occur from action with respect to an application and expressly waive any claim for damages as a result thereof. Under the Gaming Act, the LEDGC may not award the casino operating contract or a license to a person disqualified on the basis of any of the following criteria: (i) failures of the applicant to prove suitability in accordance with the provisions of the Gaming Act; (ii) failure of the applicant to provide information and documentation material to a suitability determination, or providing untrue or misleading material information pertaining to the qualification criteria; (iii) conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere by, or current prosecution of, or pending charges in any jurisdiction against, the applicant, or of any person required to be qualified under the Gaming Act as a condition for a contract, for an offense punishable by imprisonment for more than one year; (iv) if the applicant is a corporation that is owned by a parent or other corporation or person, then the applicant shall be disqualified if any person owning more than 5% of the common stock of the parent corporation has been convicted of, or pled guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony offense; or (v) if the applicant is a corporation or other entity of which any individual holding 5% or more interest in the profits or loss has been convicted of, or pled guilty or nolo contendere to, an offense that at the time of conviction is punishable as a felony. The Rules and Regulations further provide that a license or contract shall not be granted to an applicant that has been found unsuitable or has been denied a gaming license or permit or has had a gaming license or permit suspended or revoked in another gaming jurisdiction, unless the LEDGC determines that such action is not contrary to the interest of the State. The Rules and Regulations provide that no person shall knowingly be or remain employed by the casino operator, nor shall they be licensed or receive a permit, if they are not current in filing all applicable tax returns and in the payment of all taxes, interest and penalties owed to the State of Louisiana and the Internal Revenue Service, with certain exceptions. 21 The Rules and Regulations provide that the LEDGC may deny, revoke, suspend, limit, condition, or restrict any finding of suitability or application therefor upon the same grounds as it may take such action with respect to licensees and permittees, without exclusion of any other grounds. The Rules and Regulations provide that the LEDGC may further take such action on the grounds that the registrant or person found suitable is associated with, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, an unsuitable or disqualified person. The Rules and Regulations also provide that the LEDGC has full and absolute authority to deny the application, or to limit, condition or restrict any license, contract or finding of suitability. The LEDGC can find that the holder of any equity interest in, or debt securities issued by, the casino operator or its affiliated companies, must be found suitable to own such interest or securities. The Gaming Act provides that every person that has or controls more than a 5% ownership, income or profit interest in an entity that has or applies for a contract in accordance with the provisions of the Gaming Act or has the ability, in the opinion of the LEDGC, to exercise significant influence over the activities of the casino operator, must meet all suitability requirements and qualifications for licensees. The Gaming Act provides that the LEDGC may also issue, under penalty of revocation of a license, a condition of disqualification naming the person or persons and declaring that such person or persons may not: (i) receive dividends or interest on securities of the casino operator; (ii) exercise directly or indirectly, including through a trustee or nominee, a right conferred by securities of the casino operator; (iii) receive remuneration from the casino operator; (iv) receive any economic benefit from the casino operator; or (v) continue in an ownership or economic interest in a casino gaming operation contract or remain as a manager, officer, director or partner of the casino operator (collectively, "Ownership Benefits"). Under the Rules and Regulations, if at any time the LEDGC finds that any person required to be and remain suitable has failed to demonstrate suitability, the LEDGC may, consistent with the Gaming Act and the casino operating contract, take any action that the LEDGC deems necessary to protect the public interest. The Rules and Regulations provide, however, that if a person associated with the casino operator or an affiliate, intermediary, or holding company thereof has failed to be found or remain suitable, the LEDGC shall not declare the casino operator or its affiliate, intermediary, or holding company, as the case may be, unsuitable as a result if such companies comply with the conditional licensing provisions, take immediate good faith action and comply with any order of the LEDGC to cause such person to dispose of its interest, and, before such disposition, ensure that the disqualified person does not receive any Ownership Benefits. The above safe harbor protections do not apply if: (i) the casino manager has failed to remain suitable, (ii) the casino operator engaged in a relationship with the unsuitable person and had actual or constructive knowledge of the wrongdoing causing the LEDGC's action, (iii) the casino operator is so tainted by such person that it affects the suitability standards contained in the Gaming Act and the Rules and Regulations. The Gaming Act provides that every person who is required to be found suitable has a continuing duty to maintain such person's suitability. The casino operator and all licensees, permittees, registrants and persons required to be qualified under the Gaming Act have a continuing duty to inform the LEDGC of any action that they believe would constitute a violation of the Gaming Act. Transfers. The sale, transfer, assignment, or alienation of a casino operating contract, or an interest therein, without the approval of the LEDGC, is prohibited. Also, the sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, alienation, disposition, public offering, or acquisition of securities that results in one person's owning 5% or more of the total outstanding shares issued by the casino operator is void as to such person without prior approval of the LEDGC. Failure to obtain prior approval by the LEDGC of a person acquiring 5% or more of the total outstanding shares of a licensee or 5% or more economic interest in the casino operator is grounds for cancellation of the casino operating contract or license suspension or revocation. 22 Exclusive Contract. The Gaming Act provides that the casino operating contract is exclusive and no other official gaming establishment shall be contracted or licensed in Orleans Parish during the term of the casino operating contract. The Gaming Act also provides that, in the event that, at any time while the casino operating contract is in effect, one or more land-based casino gaming establishments in addition to the single casino gaming operation provided for by the Gaming Act is authorized to operate in Orleans Parish, the casino operator shall be relieved of the obligation to remit to the LEDGC the compensation required under the casino operating contract. Gaming operations upon riverboats in accordance with the Louisiana Riverboat Economic Development and Gaming Control Act, video poker operations authorized pursuant to the Video Draw Poker Devices Control Law, authorized charitable gaming activities, lottery games conducted pursuant to the provisions of the Louisiana Lottery Corporation Law and pari-mutuel wagering as authorized by the provisions of Chapter 4 of Title 4 of the Louisiana Revised Statutes of 1950 do not constitute the authorization of additional land-based casino gaming operations, which relieves the casino operator of payment of compensation to the LEDGC. The Company and the LEDGC dispute the effect of dockside riverboat gaming operations on the Company's payment obligations under the Gaming Act and the Casino Operating Contract. The Casino Operating Contract contains a detailed agreement on this issue. Priority to Louisiana Residents and Business; Minority Employment. The Gaming Act obligates the casino operator to give preference and priority to Louisiana residents, laborers, vendors and suppliers, except when not reasonably possible to do so without added expense, substantial inconvenience or sacrifice in operational efficiency. The Gaming Act further obligates the casino operator to give preference and priority to Louisiana residents in considering applicants for employment and requires (without respect to added expense, substantial inconvenience or sacrifice in operational efficiency) that no less than 80% of the persons employed by the casino operator be Louisiana residents for at least one year immediately prior to employment. The Company believes that the impact on labor costs of such 80% residency requirement will not be material. The Gaming Act requires that the casino operator and/or LEDGC adopt written policies, procedures, and regulations to allow the participation of businesses owned by minorities in all design, engineering, and construction contracts and/or projects to the maximum extent practicable. The Rules and Regulations provide that the casino operator and the casino manager must take the foregoing actions with respect to all design, engineering, construction, banking and maintenance contracts and any other projects initiated by the casino operator or casino manager. The Gaming Act further requires the casino operator, as nearly as practicable, to employ minorities consistent with the population of the State. The Rules and Regulations extend this obligation to the casino manager as well. The Rules and Regulations provide that if at any time the LEDGC shall conclude that the casino operator or the casino manager is conducting itself in a manner inconsistent with the requirements of Louisiana law or the Rules and Regulations, the LEDGC may take enforcement action, including fines and the imposition of a plan that the LEDGC determines meets the objectives of the Gaming Act and the Rules and Regulations. Limits on Restaurant, Lodging, Retail Operations. The Gaming Act provides that the casino operator shall not: (i) offer seated restaurant facilities with table food service for patrons, but may offer limited cafeteria style food services for employees and patrons as provided by rule of the LEDGC, provided, however, that no food may be given away or subsidized within the official gaming establishment by the casino operator or any licensee, and no facility for food service shall exceed seating for 250 persons; (ii) offer lodging in the official gaming establishment, nor engage in any practice or enter into any business relationships to give any hotel, whether or not affiliated with the casino operator, any advantage or preference not available to all similarly situated hotels; (iii) engage in such activities as are prohibited by the casino operating contract; (iv) engage in the sale of products that are not directly related to gaming; or (v) cash or accept in exchange for the purchase of tokens, chips or electronic cards an identifiable employee payroll check. Any contract between the casino operator and any hotel or lodging facilities must be submitted to the LEDGC for approval prior to entering into the contract. 23 Rights of Holders of Security Interest. The Gaming Act authorizes the LEDGC to provide for the protection of the rights of holders of security interests in both immovable property and movable property used in or related to casino gaming operations ("Gaming Collateral") and to provide for the continued operation of the official gaming establishment during the period of time that a lender, as a holder of a security interest, seeks to enforce its security interest in such property. In connection therewith, the Gaming Act provides that the holder of a security interest in Gaming Collateral may receive payments from the owner or lessee of such property out of the proceeds of casino gaming operations received by the owner or lessee, and, the holder of the security interest may be exempt from the licensing requirements of the Gaming Act with respect to such payments if the transaction(s) giving rise to such payments have been approved in advance by the LEDGC and complies with all rules and regulations of the LEDGC and the LEDGC determines the holder to be suitable. Under the Gaming Act, a holder of a security interest in a gaming device who asserts the right to ownership or possession of the encumbered property may be granted a one-time, nonrenewable, provisional contract for a maximum of 90 days for the sole purpose of acquiring ownership or possession for resale to a licensed or approved person, all in accordance with rules and regulations to be promulgated by the LEDGC. The license or contract shall not authorize the holder to operate the gaming device or to utilize the property in gaming activities. If the holder of a security interest in immovable property comprising the official gaming establishment wishes to continue the operation of the official gaming establishment during and after the filing of a suit to enforce the security interest, the Gaming Act provides that the holder of the security interest must name the LEDGC as a nominal defendant in such suit and request the appointment of a receiver from among the persons on a list maintained by the LEDGC. Upon proof of the debtor's default under the security instrument and the holder's right to enforce the security interest, the court shall appoint a person from the LEDGC's list as a receiver of the official gaming establishment. Upon appointment of the receiver, the Gaming Act requires the receiver to furnish a fidelity bond in favor of the security interest holder, the owner or lessee of the official gaming establishment and the LEDGC in an amount to be set by the court after consultation with the LEDGC and all parties. The Gaming Act requires the LEDGC to issue to the receiver a one-time, nonrenewable, provisional contract to continue gaming operations until the receivership is terminated. The receiver is considered to have all the rights and obligations of the casino operator under the casino operating contract. The holder of the security interest provoking the appointment of a receiver under the Gaming Act is required to pay the cost of the receiver's bond and the cost of operating the official gaming establishment or gaming operator during the term of receivership to the extent that such costs exceed available revenues, in accordance with the rules and regulations of the LEDGC. The Gaming Act further provides that the fees of the receiver and the authority for expenditures of the receiver are to be established by rules and regulations of the LEDGC. The Gaming Act provides that a receivership must terminate upon: (i) the sale of the property subject to receivership to a duly approved or authorized person; (ii) the payment in full of all obligations due to the holder of the security interest in the property subject to the receivership; (iii) an agreement for termination of the receivership signed by the holder of the security interest and the debtor, and approved by the LEDGC and the court; or (iv) the lapse of five years from the date of the initial appointment of the receiver. Under the Gaming Act, a receivership may also be terminated by notice from the holder of the security interest who provoked the receivership addressed to the court and the LEDGC of its intention to withdraw its financial support of the receivership at a specified time not less than 90 days from the date of the notice. In the event of such notice, the Gaming Act provides that the holder of the security interest giving the notice will not be responsible for any costs or expenses of the receivership after the date specified in the notice; except for reasonable costs and fees of the receiver in concluding the receivership, and the costs of a final accounting. 24 GAMING-ILLINOIS The ownership and operation of a gaming riverboat in Illinois is subject to extensive regulation under Illinois gaming laws and regulations. A five-member Illinois Gaming Board is charged with such regulatory authority, including the issuance of riverboat gaming licenses not to exceed 10 in number. The granting of an owner's license involves a preliminary approval procedure in which the Illinois Gaming Board issues a finding of preliminary suitability to a license applicant and effectively reserves a gaming license for such applicant. The Board has issued all 10 licenses. Des Plaines Development Limited Partnership, of which 80% is owned by Harrah's Illinois Corporation, received an owner's license in 1993. Harrah's Illinois Corporation also holds a supplier's license, which entitles it to manage the Joliet riverboats for the partnership for a fee. To obtain an owner's license (and a finding of preliminary suitability), applicants must submit comprehensive application forms, be fingerprinted and undergo an extensive background investigation by the Illinois Gaming Board. Each license granted entitles a licensee to own and operate up to two riverboats (with a combined maximum of 1,200 gaming positions) and equipment thereon from a specific location. The duration of the license initially runs for a period of three years (with a fee of $25,000 for the first year and $5,000 for the following two years). Thereafter, the license is subject to renewal on an annual basis upon payments of a fee of $5,000 and a determination by the Illinois Gaming Board that the licensee continues to be eligible for an owner's license pursuant to the Illinois legislation and the Illinois Gaming Board's rules. An applicant is ineligible to receive an owner's license if the applicant, any of its officers, directors or managerial employees or any person who participates in the management or operation of gaming operations: (i) has been convicted of a felony; (ii) has been convicted of any violation under Article 28 of the Illinois Criminal Code or any similar statutes in any other jurisdiction; (iii) has submitted an application which contains false information; or (iv) is a member of the Illinois Gaming Board. In addition, an applicant is ineligible to receive an owners' license if the applicant owns more than a 10% ownership interest in an entity holding another Illinois owner's license, or if a license of the applicant issued under the Illinois legislation or a license to own or operate gaming facilities in any other jurisdiction has been revoked. In determining whether to grant a license, the Illinois Gaming Board considers: (i) the character, reputation, experience and financial integrity of the applicants; (ii) the type of facilities (including riverboat and docking facilities) proposed by the applicant; (iii) the highest prospective total revenue to be derived by the state from the conduct of riverboat gaming; (iv) affirmative action plans of the applicant, including minority training and employment; and (v) the financial ability of the applicant to purchase and maintain adequate liability and casualty insurance. Municipal (or county, if an operation is located outside of a municipality) approval of a proposed applicant is required, and all documents, resolutions, and letters of support must be submitted with the initial application. A holder of a license is subject to the imposition of fines, suspension or revocation of its license for any act that is injurious to the public health, safety, morals, good order, and general welfare of the people of the state of Illinois, or that would discredit or tend to discredit the Illinois gaming industry or the state of Illinois, including without limitation: (i) failing to comply with or make provision for compliance with the legislation, the rules promulgated thereunder or any federal, state or local law or regulation; (ii) failing to comply with any rule, order or ruling of the Illinois Gaming Board or its agents pertaining to gaming; (iii) receiving goods or services from a person or business entity who does not hold a supplier's license but who is required to hold such license by the rules; (iv) being suspended or ruled ineligible or having a license revoked or suspended in any state or gaming jurisdiction; (v) associating with, either socially or in business affairs, or employing persons of, notorious or unsavory reputation or who have extensive police records, or who have failed to cooperate with any official constituted investigatory or administrative body and would adversely affect public confidence and trust in gaming; 25 and (vi) employing in any Illinois riverboat's gaming operation any person known to have been found guilty of cheating or using any improper device in connection with any game. Fines may be made of up to $5,000 against individuals and up to the greater of $10,000 or an amount equal to the daily gross receipts against licensees for each violation. An ownership interest in a license or in a business entity, other than a publicly held business entity which holds an owner's license, may not be transferred without approval of the Illinois Gaming Board. In addition, an ownership interest in a license or in a business entity, other than a publicly held business entity, which holds either directly or indirectly an owner's license, may not be pledged as collateral without approval of the Illinois Gaming Board. A person employed at a riverboat gaming operation must hold an occupational license which permits the holder to perform only activities included within such holder's level of occupation license or any lower level of occupation license. In addition, the Illinois Gaming Board issues suppliers licenses which authorize the supplier licensee to sell or lease gaming equipment and supplies to any licensee involved in the ownership and management of gaming operations. Riverboat cruises are limited to a duration of four hours, and no gaming may be conducted while the boat is docked, with the exceptions: (i) of 30-minute time periods at the beginning of and at the end of a cruise while the passengers are embarking and debarking (total gaming time is limited to four hours, however, including the pre- and post-docking periods); and (ii) when weather or mechanical problems prevent the boat from cruising. Minimum and maximum wagers on games are set by the licensee and wagering may be conducted only with a cashless wagering system, whereby money is converted to tokens, electronic cards or chips which can only be used for wagering. No person under the age of 21 is permitted to wager, and wagers may only be taken from a person present on a licensed riverboat. With respect to electronic gaming devices, the payout percentage may not be less than 80% nor more than 100%. The legislation imposes a 20% wagering tax on adjusted receipts (generally defined as gross receipts less payments to customers as winnings) from gambling games. The tax imposed is to be paid by the licensed owner to the Illinois Gaming Board on the day after the day when the wagers were made. Of the proceeds of that tax, 25% goes to the local government where the home dock is located, a small portion goes to the Illinois Gaming Board for administration and enforcement expenses, and the remainder goes to the state education assistance fund. The legislation also requires that licensees pay a $2.00 admission tax for each person admitted to a gaming cruise. Of this admission tax, the host municipality or county receives $1.00. The licensed owner is required to maintain public books and records clearly showing amounts received from admission fees, the total amount of gross receipts and the total amount of adjusted gross receipts. All use, occupancy and excise taxes which apply to food and beverages and all taxes imposed on the sale or use of tangible property apply to sales aboard riverboats. The Company is in present material compliance with all applicable gaming laws, rules and regulations promulgated by the State of Illinois. Bills have been introduced in the Illinois legislature proposing graduated gaming taxes that would be in excess of the taxes currently imposed. There has also been discussion of increasing the number of riverboat gaming licenses. There can be no assurance that these bills will not become law, or that similar legislation, legislation increasing the number of licenses or other legislation will not be introduced in the future, any of which could have a material adverse effect on the operations of the Company's riverboats. GAMING-MISSISSIPPI The ownership and operation of a gaming business in the State of Mississippi is subject to extensive laws and regulations, including the Mississippi Gaming Control Act (the "Mississippi Act") and the 26 regulations (the "Mississippi Regulations") promulgated thereunder by the Mississippi Gaming Commission (the "Mississippi Commission"), which is empowered to oversee and enforce the Mississippi Act. Gaming in Mississippi can be legally conducted only on vessels of a certain minimum size in navigable waters within any county bordering the Mississippi River or in waters of the State of Mississippi which lie adjacent and to the south (principally in the Gulf of Mexico) of the Counties of Hancock, Harrison and Jackson, provided that the county in question has not voted by referendum not to permit gaming in that county. The underlying policy of the Mississippi Act is to ensure that gaming operations in Mississippi are conducted: (i) honestly and competitively; (ii) free of criminal and corruptive influences; and (iii) in a manner which protects the rights of the creditors of gaming operations. The Mississippi Act requires that a person (including any corporation or other entity) be licensed to conduct gaming activities in the State of Mississippi. A license will be issued only for a specified location which has been approved in advance as a gaming site by the Mississippi Commission. Harrah's Vicksburg Corporation, an indirect subsidiary of Harrah's, is licensed to operate a riverboat casino in Vicksburg, Mississippi. Harrah's Tunica Corporation, another indirect subsidiary, is the general partner of Tunica Partners L.P., the licensed operator of a riverboat casino in Tunica, Mississippi. In addition, a parent company of a company holding a license must register under the Mississippi Act. Harrah's and HOC are registered with the Mississippi Commission. The Mississippi Act also requires that each officer or director of a gaming licensee, or other person who exercises a material degree of control over the licensee, either directly or indirectly, be found suitable by the Mississippi Commission. In addition, any employee of a licensee who is directly involved in gaming must obtain a work permit from the Mississippi Commission. The Mississippi Commission will not issue a license or make a finding of suitability unless it is satisfied, after an investigation paid for by the applicant, that the persons associated with the gaming licensee or applicant for a license are of good character, honesty and integrity, with no relevant or material criminal record. In addition, the Mississippi Commission will not issue a license unless it is satisfied that the licensee is adequately financed or has a reasonable plan to finance its proposed operations from acceptable sources, and that persons associated with the applicant have sufficient business probity, competence and experience to engage in the proposed gaming enterprise. The Mississippi Commission may refuse to issue a work permit to a gaming employee: (i) if the employee has committed larceny, embezzlement or any crime of moral turpitude, or has knowingly violated the Mississippi Act or Mississippi Regulations; or (ii) for any other reasonable cause. There can be no assurance that such persons will be found suitable by the Mississippi Commission. An application for licensing, finding of suitability or registration may be denied for any cause deemed reasonable by the issuing agency. Changes in licensed positions must be reported to the issuing agency. In addition to its authority to deny an application for a license, finding of suitability or registration, the Mississippi Commission has jurisdiction to disapprove a change in corporate position. If the Mississippi Commission were to find a director, officer or key employee unsuitable for licensing or unsuitable to continue having a relationship with the licensee, such entity would be required to suspend, dismiss and sever all relationships with such person. The licensee would have similar obligations with regard to any person who refuses to file appropriate applications. Each gaming employee must obtain a work permit which may be revoked upon the occurrence of certain specified events. Any individual who is found to have a material relationship to, or material involvement with, Harrah's may be required to submit to an investigation in order to be found suitable or be licensed as a business associate of any subsidiary holding a gaming license. Key employees, controlling persons or others who exercise significant influence upon the management or affairs of Harrah's may be deemed to have such a relationship or involvement. The Mississippi Commission has the power to deny, limit, condition, revoke and suspend any license, finding of suitability or registration, or to fine any person, as it deems reasonable and in the public interest, subject to an opportunity for a hearing. The Mississippi Commission may fine any 27 licensee or person who was found suitable up to $100,000 for each violation of the Mississippi Act or the Mississippi Regulations which is the subject of an initial complaint, and up to $250,000 for each such violation which is the subject of any subsequent complaint. The Mississippi Act provides for judicial review of any final decision of the Mississippi Commission by petition to a Mississippi Circuit Court, but the filing of such petition does not necessarily stay any action taken by the Mississippi Commission pending a decision by the Circuit Court. Each gaming licensee must pay a license fee to the State of Mississippi based upon "gaming receipts" (generally defined as gross receipts less payouts to customers as winnings). The license fee equals four percent of gaming receipts of $50,000 or less per month, six percent of gaming receipts over $50,000 and up to $134,000 per month, and eight percent of gaming receipts over $134,000. The foregoing license fees are allowed as a credit against Mississippi State income tax liability for the year paid. An additional license fee, based upon the number of games conducted or planned to be conducted on the gaming premises, is payable to the State of Mississippi annually in advance. Also, up to a four percent additional tax on gaming revenues may be imposed at the local level of government. The Company also is subject to certain audit and record-keeping requirements, primarily intended to ensure compliance with the Mississippi Act, including compliance with the provisions relating to the payment of license fees. Under the Mississippi Regulations, a person is prohibited from acquiring control of Harrah's without prior approval of the Mississippi Commission. Harrah's also is prohibited from consummating a plan of recapitalization proposed by management in opposition to an attempted acquisition of control of Harrah's and which involves the issuance of a significant dividend to Common Stock holders, where such dividend is financed by borrowings from financial institutions or the issuance of debt securities. In addition, Harrah's is prohibited from repurchasing any of its voting securities under circumstances (subject to certain exemptions) where the repurchase involves more than one percent of Harrah's outstanding Common Stock at a price in excess of 110 percent of the then-current market value of Harrah's Common Stock from a person who owns and has for less than one year owned more than three percent of Harrah's outstanding Common Stock, unless the repurchase has been approved by a majority of Harrah's shareholders voting on the issue (excluding the person from whom the repurchase is being made) or the offer is made to all other shareholders of Harrah's. Under the Mississippi Regulations, a gaming license may not be held by a publicly held corporation, although an affiliated corporation, such as Harrah's, may be publicly held so long as Harrah's registers with and gets the approval of the Mississippi Commission. Harrah's must obtain prior approval from the Mississippi Commission for any subsequent public offering of the securities of Harrah's if any part of the proceeds from that offering are intended to be used to pay for or reduce debt used to pay for the construction, acquisition or operation of any gaming facility in Mississippi. In addition, in order to register with the Mississippi Commission as a publicly held holding corporation, Harrah's must provide further documentation which is satisfactory to the Mississippi Commission, which includes all documents filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Any person who, directly or indirectly, or in association with others, acquires beneficial ownership of more than five percent of the Common Stock of Harrah's must notify the Mississippi Commission of this acquisition. Regardless of the amount of securities owned, any person who has any beneficial ownership in the Common Stock of Harrah's may be required to be found suitable if the Mississippi Commission has reason to believe that such ownership would be inconsistent with the declared policies of the State of Mississippi. Any person who is required to be found suitable must apply for a finding of suitability from the Mississippi Commission within 30 days after being requested to do so, and must deposit a sum of money which is adequate to pay the anticipated investigatory costs associated with such finding. Any person who is found not to be suitable by the Mississippi Commission shall not be permitted to have any direct or indirect ownership in Harrah's Common Stock. Any person who is required to apply for a finding of suitability and fails to do so, or who fails to dispose of his or her interest in Harrah's Common Stock if found unsuitable, is guilty of a misdemeanor. If a finding of 28 suitability with respect to any person is not applied for where required, or if it is denied or revoked by the Mississippi Commission, Harrah's is not permitted to pay such person for services rendered, or to employ or enter into any contract with such person. Harrah's is required to maintain current stock ledgers in the State of Mississippi which may be examined by a representative of the Mississippi Commission at any time. If any securities are held in trust by an agent or by a nominee, the record holder may be required to disclose the identity of the beneficial owner to the Mississippi Commission. A failure to make such disclosure may be grounds for finding the record holder unsuitable. Harrah's also is required to render maximum assistance in determining the identity of the beneficial owner. Because Harrah's is licensed to conduct gaming in the State of Mississippi, neither Harrah's nor any subsidiary may engage in gaming activities in Mississippi while also conducting gaming operations outside of Mississippi without approval of the Mississippi Commission. The Mississippi Commission has approved the conduct of gaming in all jurisdictions in which Harrah's has ongoing operations or approved projects. There can be no assurance that any future approvals will be obtained. The failure to obtain such approvals could have a materially adverse effect on Harrah's. The Company is in present material compliance with all applicable gaming laws, rules and regulations promulgated by the State of Mississippi. GAMING-LOUISIANA (RIVERBOAT) The ownership and operation of a gaming riverboat in Louisiana is subject to extensive regulation under Louisiana gaming laws and regulations. A seven-member Riverboat Gaming Commission ("Commission") and the Riverboat Gaming Enforcement Division ("Division"), a part of the Louisiana State Police, are charged with such regulatory authority, including the issuance of riverboat gaming licenses. The number of licenses to conduct gaming on a riverboat is limited by statute to 15. No more than six licenses may be granted for the operation of gaming activities on riverboats in any one parish (county). In general, riverboat gaming in Louisiana can be conducted legally only on approved riverboats that cruise with certain exceptions including exceptions for certain portions of the Red River where riverboats can be continuously docked. Harrah's Shreveport Investment Company, Inc. an indirect subsidiary of Harrah's, is the general partner of, and owns 99% of, Red River Entertainment of Shreveport Partnership in Commendam, a Louisiana partnership which was granted a gaming license in April, 1994, to operate a continuously docked gaming riverboat. Harrah's Shreveport Management Company, Inc., another subsidiary, owns the remaining one percent of the Partnership and manages the riverboat pursuant to an agreement with the Partnership. To obtain a gaming license, applicants must obtain certain Certificates of Approval from the Commission and submit comprehensive application forms, be fingerprinted and undergo an extensive background investigation by the Division. An applicant is ineligible to receive a gaming license if the applicant has not established good character, honesty and integrity. Each license granted entitles a licensee to operate a riverboat and equipment thereon from a specific location. The duration of the license initially runs for five years; renewals are for one year terms. In determining whether to grant a license, the Division considers: (i) the good character, honesty and integrity of the applicant; (ii) the applicant's ability to conduct gaming operations; (iii) the adequacy and source of the applicant's financing; (iv) the adequacy of the design documents submitted; (v) the docking facilities to be used; (vi) applicant's plan to recruit, train, and upgrade minorities in employment and to provide for minority-owned business participation. A holder of a license is subject to the imposition of penalties, suspension or revocation of its license for any act that is injurious to the public health, safety, morals, good order, and general welfare of the people of the state of Louisiana, or that violates the gaming laws and regulations. 29 The transfer of a license or an interest in a license is prohibited. In addition, an ownership interest of five percent or more in a business entity which holds a gaming license may not be sold, assigned, transferred or pledged without the Division's approval. No person may be employed as a gaming employee unless such person holds a gaming employee permit issued by the Division. In addition, the Division issues suppliers licenses which authorize the supplier licensee to sell or lease gaming equipment and supplies to any licensee. Minimum and maximum wagers on games are set by the licensee and wagering may be conducted only with a cashless wagering system, whereby all money is converted to tokens, electronic cards, or chips used only for wagering in the gaming establishment. No person under the age of 21 is permitted to wager, and wagers may only be taken from a person present on a licensed riverboat. The legislation imposes a franchise fee for the right to operate on Louisiana waterways of 15% of net gaming proceeds and a license fee of $50,000 (first year) and $100,000 (subsequent years) plus three and one-half percent of net gaming proceeds. All fees are paid to the Division. In addition, the legislation authorizes local governing authorities the power to levy an admission fee for each person boarding the riverboat. Currently that amount is paid by the license holder. The Company's operation is currently paying an admission fee of $3.00 per person. The Company is in present material compliance with all applicable gaming laws, rules and regulations promulgated by the State of Louisiana with respect to riverboat casinos. The Governor of the State of Louisiana has stated his intent to call a special legislative session beginning March 17, 1996 to consider legislation relating to all forms of gaming in Louisiana (including riverboat gaming). The Governor and various legislative leaders have expressed their support for legislation which would provide for a public referendum on such gaming (including riverboat gaming). The nature and scope of any referendum and any effect it could have on the riverboat's operations is uncertain at this time. There could be other legislation relating to riverboat gaming introduced at this session or the Legislature's next regular session beginning April 29, 1996. There can be no assurance that legislation will not be enacted or a public referendum not called and held which in either case could have a material adverse effect on the riverboat operations. GAMING-MISSOURI The ownership and operation of a gaming riverboat in Missouri is subject to extensive regulation under Missouri gaming laws and regulations. A five-member Missouri Gaming Commission ("Commission") is charged with such regulatory authority, including the issuance of riverboat gaming licenses. Harrah's North Kansas City Corporation, an indirect subsidiary of Harrah's, has been issued a license to conduct riverboat gaming by the Commission and has an application pending for a second excursion gambling boat. Gaming in Missouri can be conducted legally only on either excursion gambling boats or floating facilities approved by the Commission on the Mississippi and Missouri Rivers. Unless permitted to be continuously docked by the Commission for certain stated reasons, including safety, excursion gambling boats must cruise. The Commission has approved dockside gaming for the Company's riverboat in North Kansas City. An application for dockside gaming for the second excursion gambling boat is also pending. To obtain a gaming license, applicants must submit comprehensive application forms, be fingerprinted and undergo an extensive background investigation by the Commission. An applicant is ineligible to receive an owner's license if the applicant has not established good reputation and moral character or if the applicant, any of its officers, directors or managerial employees or any person who participates in the management or operation of gaming operations has been convicted of a felony. There are separate licenses for owners and operators of riverboat gambling operations, which can be applied for and held concurrently. Each license granted entitles a licensee to own and/or operate an excursion gambling boat and equipment thereon from a specific location. The duration of the license initially runs 30 for two one-year terms followed by two-year terms. The Commission also licenses the serving of alcoholic beverages on riverboats and adjacent facilities. All local income, earnings, use, property and sales taxes are applicable to licensees. In determining whether to grant a license, the Commission considers: (i) the integrity of the applicants; (ii) the types and variety of games to be offered; (iii) the quality of the physical facility, together with improvements and equipment, and how soon the project will be completed; (iv) the financial ability of the applicant to develop and operate the facility successfully; (v) the status of governmental actions required for the facility; (vi) management ability of the applicant; (vii) compliance with applicable laws, rules, charters, and ordinances; (viii) the economic, ecological and social impact of the facility as well as the cost of public improvements; (ix) the extent of public support or opposition; (x) the plan adopted by the home dock city or county; and (xi) effects on competition. A holder of a license is subject to the imposition of penalties, suspension or revocation of its license for any act that is injurious to the public health, safety, morals, good order, and general welfare of the people of the state of Missouri, or that would discredit or tend to discredit the Missouri gaming industry or the state of Missouri, including without limitation: (i) failing to comply with or make provision for compliance with the legislation, the rules promulgated thereunder or any federal, state or local law or regulation; (ii) failing to comply with any rules, order or ruling of the Commission or its agents pertaining to gaming; (iii) receiving goods or services from a person or business entity who does not hold a supplier's license but who is required to hold such license by the legislation or the rules; (iv) being suspended or ruled ineligible or having a license revoked or suspended in any state or gaming jurisdiction; (v) associating with, either socially or in business affairs, or employing persons of notorious or unsavory reputation or who have extensive police records, or who have failed to cooperate with any official constituted investigatory or administrative body and would adversely affect public confidence and trust in gaming; (vi) employing in any Missouri gaming operation any person known to have been found guilty of cheating or using any improper device in connection with any game; (vii) use of fraud, deception, misrepresentation or bribery in securing any license or permit issued pursuant to the legislation; (viii) obtaining any fee, charge, or other compensation by fraud, deception or misrepresentation; and (ix) incompetence, misconduct, gross negligence, fraud, misrepresentation or dishonesty in the performance of the functions or duties regulated by the legislation. An ownership interest in a license or in a business entity, other than a publicly held business entity which holds an owner's license, may not be transferred without the approval of the Commission. In addition, an ownership interest in a license or in a business entity, other than a publicly held business entity, which holds either directly or indirectly an owner's license, may not be pledged as collateral to other than a regulated bank or saving and loan association without the Commission's approval. Every employee participating in a riverboat gaming operation must hold an occupational license which permits the holder to perform only activities included within such holder's level of occupation license or any lower level of occupation license. In addition, the Commission will issue suppliers licenses which authorize the supplier licensee to sell or lease gaming equipment and supplies to any licensee involved in the ownership and management of gaming operations. Even if continuously docked, licensed riverboats must establish and abide by a cruise schedule. Riverboat cruises are required to be a minimum of two hours and a maximum of four hours. For the Company's riverboat in North Kansas City, Missouri, which is continuously docked, passengers may board the riverboat for a 45-minute period at the beginning of a cruise. They may disembark at any time. There is a maximum loss per person per cruise of $500. Minimum and maximum wagers on games are set by the licensee and wagering may be conducted only with a cashless wagering system, whereby money is converted to tokens, electronic cards or chips which can only be used for wagering. No person under the age of 21 is permitted to wager, and wagers may only be taken from a person present on a licensed excursion gambling boat. 31 The legislation imposes a 20% wagering tax on adjusted gross receipts (generally defined as gross receipts less payments to customers as winnings) from gambling games. The tax imposed is to be paid by the licensed owner to the Commissioner on the day after the day when the wagers were made. Of the proceeds of that tax, 10% goes to the local government where the home dock is located, and the remainder goes to the state education assistance fund. The legislation also requires that licensees pay a $2.00 admission tax for each person admitted to a gaming cruise. The licensed owner is required to maintain public books and records clearly showing amounts received from admission fees, the total amount of gross receipts and the total amount of adjusted gross receipts. The Company is presently in material compliance with all applicable gaming laws, rules and regulations promulgated by the State of Missouri. INDIAN GAMING The terms and conditions of management contracts and the operation of casinos and all gaming on Indian land in the United States are subject to the Indian Gaming Regulatory Act of 1988 ("IGRA"), which is administered by the National Indian Gaming Commission ("NIGC"). IGRA is subject to interpretation by the Secretary and NIGC and may be subject to judicial and legislative clarification or amendment. IGRA requires NIGC approval of management contracts for Class II and Class III gaming as well as the review of all agreements collateral to the management contracts. All contracts relating to Harrah's Phoenix Ak-Chin and Harrah's Skagit Valley casinos were approved by the NIGC. The NIGC will not approve a management contract if a director or a 10% shareholder of the management company: (i) is an elected member of the Indian tribal government which owns the facility purchasing or leasing the games; (ii) has been or is convicted of a felony gaming offense; (iii) has knowingly and willfully provided materially false information to the NIGC or the tribe; (iv) has refused to respond to questions from the NIGC; or (v) is a person whose prior history, reputation and associations pose a threat to the public interest or to effective gaming regulation and control, or create or enhance the chance of unsuitable activities in gaming or the business and financial arrangements incidental thereto. In addition, the NIGC will not approve a management contract if the management company or any of its agents have attempted to unduly influence any decision or process of tribal government relating to gaming, or if the management company has materially breached the terms of the management contract or the tribe's gaming ordinance, or a trustee, exercising due diligence, would not approve such management contract. A management contract can be approved only after NIGC determines that the contract provides, among other things, for: (i) adequate accounting procedures and verifiable financial reports, which must be furnished to the tribe; (ii) tribal access to the daily operations of the gaming enterprise, including the right to verify daily gross revenues and income; (iii) minimum guaranteed payments to the tribe, which must have priority over the retirement of development and construction costs; (iv) a ceiling on the repayment of such development and construction costs and (v) a contract term not exceeding five years and a management fee not exceeding 30% of net revenues (as determined by the NIGC); provided that the NIGC may approve up to a seven year term and a management fee not to exceed 40% of net revenues if NIGC is satisfied that the capital investment required, and the income projections for the particular gaming activity justify the larger fee and longer term. There is no periodic or ongoing review of approved contracts by the NIGC. The only post-approval action which could result in possible modification or cancellation of a contract would be as the result of an enforcement action taken by the NIGC based on a violation of the law or an issue affecting suitability. IGRA established three separate classes of tribal gaming--Class I, Class II and Class III. Class I includes all traditional or social games solely for prizes of minimal value played by a tribe in connection 32 with celebrations or ceremonies. Class II gaming includes games such as bingo, pulltabs, punchboards, instant bingo and non-banked card games (those that are not played against the house), such as poker. Class III gaming is casino-style gaming and includes banked table games such as blackjack, craps and roulette, and gaming machines such as slots, video poker, lotteries and parimutuel wagering. Harrah's Phoenix Ak-Chin provides Class II gaming and as limited by the Tribal-State compact, Class III gaming. IGRA prohibits all forms of Class III gaming unless the tribe has entered into a written agreement with the state that specifically authorizes the types of Class III gaming the tribe may offer (a "tribal-state compact"). IGRA requires states to negotiate in good faith with tribes that seek tribal-state compacts and grants Indian tribes the right to seek a federal court order to compel such negotiations. Some states have refused to enter into such negotiations. Tribes in several states have sought federal court orders to compel such negotiations. The issue of whether this provision of IGRA is unconstitutional as a violation of the Eleventh Amendment to the United States Constitution which immunizes states from suit without the state's consent is presently pending before the U. S. Supreme Court in the case of Seminole v. State of Florida and Lawton Chiles. If Indian tribes are unable to compel states to negotiate tribal-state compacts, the Company will not be able to develop and manage casinos offering Class III games in states that refuse to enter into tribal-state compacts. If the decision of the U. S. Supreme Court in the Seminole case has the effect of voiding IGRA in its entirety, this would end the exemption provided by IGRA to the Johnson Act (15 USC 1171) concerning prohibition of gambling devices on Indian land. Such outcome could have a material adverse effect on the operations of the Harrah's Phoenix Ak-Chin casino. These compacts provide among other things the manner and extent to which each state will conduct background investigations and certify the suitability of the manager, its officers, directors, and key employees to conduct gaming on tribal lands. The Company received temporary certification pending completion of its background check from the Arizona gaming authorities prior to opening the Phoenix Ak-Chin casino and certification from the Washington gaming authorities prior to the opening of the Upper Skagit casino. Title 25, Section 81 of the United States Code states that "no agreement shall be made by any person with any tribe of Indians, or individual Indians not citizens of the United States, for the payment or delivery of any money or other thing of value . . . in consideration of services for said Indians relative to their lands . . . unless such contract or agreement be executed and approved" by the Secretary of the Interior (the "Secretary") or his or her designee. An agreement or contract for services relative to Indian lands which fails to conform with the requirements of Section 81 is void and unenforceable. All money or other thing of value paid to any person by any Indian or tribe for or on his or their behalf, on account of such services, in excess of any amount approved by the Secretary or his or her authorized representative will be subject to forfeiture. The Company believes that it has complied with the requirements of section 81 with respect to its management contracts for Harrah's Phoenix Ak-Chin and Harrah's Skagit Valley and intends to comply with Section 81 with respect to any other contract to manage casinos located on Indian land in the United States. Indian tribes are sovereign with their own governmental systems, which have primary regulatory authority over gaming on land within the tribes' jurisdiction. Therefore, persons engaged in gaming activities, including the Company, are subject to the provisions of tribal ordinances and regulations on gaming. These ordinances are subject to review by NIGC under certain standards established by IGRA. NIGC may determine that some or all of the ordinances require amendment, and that additional requirements, including additional licensing requirements, may be imposed on the Company. The Company has received no such notification regarding the Ak-Chin and Upper Skagit casinos. The possession of valid licenses from the Ak-Chin Indian Community and the Upper Skagit Indian Tribe are ongoing conditions of the Ak-Chin and Upper Skagit Agreements. 33 The Company is in present material compliance with the IGRA and all applicable rules and regulations promulgated by the NIGC. GAMING-NEW ZEALAND The ownership and operation of casino gaming facilities in New Zealand are subject to the Casino Control Act of 1990 ("Casino Act") and the regulations promulgated thereunder. The gaming operations of Harrah's Sky City are subject to the licensing and regulatory control of the Casino Control Authority ("Authority"). Pursuant to the Casino Act: (1) the predecessor of Harrah's Sky City applied for and was granted a Casino Premises License by the Authority; (2) Harrah's New Zealand, Inc., a subsidiary of the Company, applied for and was granted a Casino Operator's License by the Authority; and (3) Harrah's Sky City entered into a Casino Agreement ("Management Agreement") with Harrah's New Zealand, which was approved by the Authority. Prior to granting the Licenses and approving the Management Agreement, the Authority conducted the relevant inquiries required by the Casino Act, including a thorough investigation into the honesty, financial stability, business skills and management structure of Harrah's Sky City, Harrah's New Zealand and their respective associated persons and entities, and found both companies suitable for licensure. The Casino Premises License has a term of 25 years from the commencement of casino operations and is renewable. The Casino Operator's License has no stated term, but it can be used only in a facility with a Casino Premises License and pursuant to an approved Management Agreement. No additional casino premises licenses can be granted by the Authority for sites on the North Island of New Zealand (where Auckland is located) for a period of two years after the opening of Harrah's Sky City Casino. In addition, no further casino premises licenses can be granted within a radius of 100 kilometers of the site of Harrah's Sky City Casino for a period of five years from the commencement of casino operations. Neither the Casino Premises License, the Casino Operator's License nor the Management Agreement may be amended, mortgaged, assigned or transferred without the prior approval of the Authority. The Casino Act requires that all persons and/or entities which: (1) own a share of, and are entitled to receive income from, the casino business; (2) occupy the position of director, manager or other executive position and secretary of the casino business; or (3) exercise directorial, managerial or executive power over the casino business (all "Associated Persons"), must be found suitable by the Authority. No person can become an Associated Person without prior approval of the Authority. In addition all employees who are to be employed in a casino in any capacity related to the conduct of gaming, the movement of money or chips, cashiering, the operation, maintenance, construction or repair of gaming equipment and the supervision or management of any such activities must obtain a Certificate of Approval from the Authority prior to employment. Under the Casino Act, the day-to-day regulatory oversight at a casino is performed by persons designated as inspectors, who may be members of the police, and who report to the Authority. The inspectors have broad authority to supervise gaming activities, inspect gaming equipment, supervise casino counts and investigate customer complaints regarding the conduct of gaming. In the exercise of their authority, inspectors have the power to enter and remain in any part of a casino and require the production of documents, information and gaming equipment or chips to ensure compliance with the Casino Act. The Casino Act gives the Authority the power to cancel, suspend or vary or add conditions to a Casino Premises License, a Casino Operator's License or a Certificate of Approval after appropriate notice and hearing, which actions are appealable to New Zealand's judicial system. The Authority also can levy fines for various gaming-related offenses, allowing minors (under 20 years of age) in the casino, obstructing inspectors and other specified offenses. The costs of the Authority and the costs of administering and enforcing the Casino Act are borne by the holders of casino premises licenses. 34 The Company is in present material compliance with the Casino Act and all regulations promulgated thereunder. OTHER REGULATIONS The Company's businesses are subject to various federal, state and local laws and regulations in addition to gaming laws. These laws and regulations include but are not limited to restrictions and conditions concerning alcoholic beverages, environmental matters, employees, currency transactions, taxation, zoning and building codes, and marketing and advertising. Such laws and regulations could change or could be interpreted differently in the future, or new laws and regulations could be enacted. Material changes, new laws or regulations, or material differences in interpretations by courts or governmental authorities could adversely affect the Company. FUEL SHORTAGES AND COSTS; WEATHER Although gasoline supplies are now in relative abundance, gasoline shortages and price increases may have adverse effects on the casino business of Harrah's. Access to several Harrah's casino entertainment facilities, including the Lake Tahoe and Reno areas of northern Nevada, Atlantic City, New Jersey and the Colorado properties may be restricted from time to time during the winter months by adverse weather conditions which can cause road closures. Such closures have at times adversely affected operating results at Harrah's Lake Tahoe, Harrah's Reno, Bill's Lake Tahoe Casino and Harrah's Atlantic City. EMPLOYEE RELATIONS Harrah's, through its subsidiaries, has approximately 22,000 employees. Labor relations with employees are good. Harrah's subsidiaries have collective bargaining agreements covering approximately 3,000 employees. These agreements relate to certain casino, hotel and restaurant employees at Harrah's Atlantic City and Harrah's Las Vegas. Approximately 2,500 of these 3,000 employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements expiring in 1997. ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS. On September 26, 1995, Harrah's New Orleans Investment Company ("HNOIC"), an indirect subsidiary of the Company, filed in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Louisiana a suit styled Harrah's New Orleans Investment Company v. New Orleans Louisiana Development Corporation, Civil No. 95-3166. At issue in the suit is the percentage of ownership that New Orleans/Louisiana Development Corporation ("NOLDC") holds in Harrah's Jazz Company ("HJC"), a Louisiana partnership whose general partners are HNOIC, NOLDC and Grand Palais Casino, Inc. This declaratory judgment action seeks to confirm that, as of September 26, 1995, NOLDC's percentage interest in the Harrah's Jazz Company partnership was only 13.73% and, therefore, NOLDC is not a "Material Partner" in HJC. This case was put on "administrative hold" after the filing by NOLDC of a Chapter 11 bankruptcy petition on November 21, 1995. Should it be put back on the active list, HNOIC or the appropriate post-bankruptcy entity would vigorously prosecute it. At the time the case was put on "administrative hold," no discovery on the merits had been taken and no answer had been filed by NOLDC. On September 28, 1995, NOLDC filed suit against the Company and various of its corporate affiliates in New Orleans Louisiana Development Corporation v. Harrah's Entertainment, formerly 35 d/b/a The Promus Companies, Harrah's New Orleans Investment Company, Harrah's New Orleans Management Company, Harrah's Jazz Company, and Promus Hotels, formerly d/b/a Embassy Suites, Inc., Civil No. 95-14653, filed in the Civil District Court for the Parish of Orleans. The case was subsequently removed by defendants to the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Louisiana. In this suit, NOLDC seeks to realign ownership interests in HJC among HNOIC and NOLDC. NOLDC also seeks an unspecified dollar amount of damages sufficient to compensate it for the losses it alleges it has suffered as a result of actions of defendants. NOLDC has indicated that it intends to seek to remand the suit to the Civil District Court. The case was also put on "administrative hold" by the District Court Judge as a result of NOLDC's bankruptcy filing. The Company and other defendants intend to vigorously defend the action should it be put back on the active case list. At the time it was put on "administrative hold," no answer had been filed by any defendant and no discovery had been taken. Beginning on November 28, 1995, eight separate class action suits were filed against the Company and various of its corporate affiliates, officers and directors in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Louisiana. They are Ben F. D'Angelo, Trustee for Ben F. D'Angelo Revocable Trust v. Harrah's Entertainment Corp., Michael D. Rose, Philip G. Satre and Ron Lenczycki; Max Fenster v. Harrah's Entertainment, Inc., Harrah's New Orleans Investment Company, Grand Palais Casino, Inc., Philip G. Satre, Colin V. Reed, Michael N. Regan, Christopher B. Hemmeter, Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation, Salomon Brothers, Inc., and BT Securities Corp.; Goldie Rosenbloom v. Harrah's Entertainment Corp., Michael D. Rose, Philip G. Satre and Ron Lenczycki; Barry Ross v. Harrah's New Orleans Investment Company, Philip G. Satre, Colin V. Reed, Lawrence L. Fowler, Michael N. Regan, Cezar M. Froelich, Ulric Haynes. Jr., Wendell Gauthier, T. George Solomon, Jr., Duplain W. Rhodes, III, Harrah's Entertainment, Inc., Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation, Salomon Brothers Inc., and BT Securities Corp.; Louis Silverman v. Harrah's Entertainment, Inc., Harrah's New Orleans Investment Company, Grand Palais Casino, Inc., Philip G. Satre, Colin V. Reed, Michael N. Regan, Christopher B. Hemmeter, and Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation; Florence Kessler v. Philip G. Satre, Colin V. Reed, Charles A. Ledsinger, Jr., Michael N. Regan, Lawrence L. Fowler, Christopher B. Hemmeter, Cezar M. Froelich, Ulric Haynes, Jr., Wendell H. Gauthier, T. George Solomon, Jr., Duplain W. Rhodes, III, Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation, Salomon Brothers Inc., and BT Securities Corporation; Warren Zeiller and Judith M.R. Zeiller v. Harrah's Entertainment Corp., Michael D. Rose, Philip G. Satre, and Ron Lenczycki; and Charles Zwerving and Helene Zwerving v. Harrah's Entertainment Corp., Philip G. Satre, Colin V Reed, Christopher B. Hemmeter, and Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation. Per Court Order of January 26, 1996, plaintiffs have been directed to file a consolidated complaint in the action numbered 95-3925. Each of the suits alleges that various misstatements and omissions were made in connection with the sale of Harrah's Jazz Company 14.25% First Mortgage Notes and thereafter. Each of the eight class actions sought unspecified damages, as well as costs of legal proceedings. No class has been certified, no answer has been filed by any defendant and no discovery on the merits has been taken. The Company and the other defendants intend to vigorously defend the suits. On December 6, 1995 Centex Landis, the general contractor for the permanent casino being developed by HJC, filed suit against the Company, among others, in the Civil District Court for The Parish of Orleans in Centex Landis Construction Co.. Inc. v. Harrah's Entertainment, Inc. formally d/b/a The Promus Companies, Inc.; and Ronald A. Lenczycki, Civil No. 95-18101. Defendants removed the case to the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Louisiana and it was subsequently transferred to the Bankruptcy Court handling the HJC bankruptcy. A motion for withdrawal of the Bankruptcy Court reference and for remand had been filed by Centex Landis. This suit seeks to collect more than $40 million allegedly owed to Centex Landis by HJC from the Company under guarantee, fraud, fraudulent advertising and unfair trade practice theories. The Company and 36 the other defendant intend to vigorously defend the action and have filed an answer denying all of plaintiff's allegations. No discovery has been taken in the action. Russell M. Swody, et al. v. Harrah's New Orleans Management Company and Harrah's Entertainment. Inc., Civil No. 95-4118, was filed against the Company on December 13, 1995 in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Louisiana, and subsequently amended. Swody is a class action lawsuit under the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act ("WARN Act") and seeks damages for alleged failure to timely notify workers terminated by Harrah's New Orleans Management Company at the time of the HJC bankruptcy. Plaintiffs seek unspecified damages, as well as costs of legal proceedings, for themselves and all members of the class. An answer has been filed denying all of plaintiffs' allegations. No class has been certified and the Company and the other defendant intend to vigorously defend the action. Swody was recently consolidated with Susan N. Poirer, Darlene A. Moss, et al. v. Harrah's Entertainment, Inc., Harrah's New Orleans Management Company, and Harrah's Operating Company, Civil No. 96-0215, which was filed in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Louisiana on January 17, 1996, and subsequently amended. Similar complaints were filed by Ms. Poirer in the Bankruptcy Court for the Eastern District of Louisiana in the HJC, HNOIC and Harrah's Jazz Finance Corp. bankruptcy cases. Adversary Nos. 96-1015, 96-1014, and 96-1013. No answer has yet been filed in the federal District Court case, or the bankruptcy adversary actions. The Poirer action purports to be class actions, state claims under the WARN Act and ERISA, and seek damages for alleged failure to timely notify workers terminated by Harrah's New Orleans Management Company at the time of the Harrah's Jazz Company bankruptcy and for ERISA severance pay benefits allegedly due. No class has been certified and the Company intends to vigorously defend the actions. On December 29, 1995 in the Civil District Court for The Parish of Orleans, the City of New Orleans filed suit against the Company and others in City of New Orleans and Rivergate Development Corporation v Harrah's Entertainment, Inc. (f/k/a The Promus Companies, Inc.), Grand Palais Casino, Inc., Embassy Suites, Inc., First National Bank of Commerce and Ronald A. Lenczycki, Civil No. 95-19285. This suit seeks to require the Company, among others, to complete construction of the permanent casino being developed by HJC under theories of breach of completion guarantee contract, breach of implied duty of good faith, detrimental reliance, misrepresentation, and false advertising. Plaintiff seeks unspecified damages, as well as costs of legal proceedings. Defendants have removed the suit to the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Louisiana and it was then transferred to the Bankruptcy Court handling the HJC bankruptcy. A motion for withdrawal of the Bankruptcy Court reference and for remand has been filed by the City. The Company and the other defendants have filed an answer denying all of plaintiffs' allegations and intend to vigorously defend the action. Pursuant to a preliminary agreement dated March 4, 1996 between the City and HJC, all discovery and pending litigation between the City and HJC or any of its partners (which would include this action) will be stayed until June 30, 1996, and the City will not commence further litigation against any such entities until that time. Louisiana Economic Development and Gaming Corporation v. Harrah's Entertainment, Inc. and Harrah's Operating Company, Inc., Civil No. 424328, was filed on January 23, 1996 in the Nineteenth Judicial Court of the State of Louisiana, Parish of East Baton Rouge. On February 21, 1996, the Company and the other defendants removed the case to the Federal District Court for the Middle District of Louisiana and asked that it be transferred to the Bankruptcy Court handling the HJC bankruptcy. In this suit LEDGC seeks to require the Company and Harrah's Operating Company to complete construction of the permanent casino being developed by HJC under theories of breach of completion guarantee contract, breach of implied duty of good faith, detrimental reliance, misrepresentation and, in the alternative, seeks damages. No discovery has been taken in the action and no answer has been filed. The defendants intend to vigorously defend the action. ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS. Not Applicable. 37 EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
POSITIONS AND OFFICES HELD AND PRINCIPAL NAME AND AGE OCCUPATIONS OR EMPLOYMENT DURING PAST 5 YEARS - ----------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------ Michael D. Rose (54)......... Chairman of the Board of Harrah's since November 1989. Chief Executive Officer (1989-1994) and President (1989-1991) of Harrah's. Mr. Rose also is a director of Ashland, Inc., First Tennessee National Corporation, General Mills, Inc. and Darden Restaurants, Inc. and Chairman of the Board and a director of Promus Hotel Corporation. Philip G. Satre (46)......... Director since 1989, President since April 1991 and Chief Executive Officer since April 1994 of Harrah's. Chief Operating Officer (1991-1994) and Senior Vice President (1989-1991) of Harrah's. President (1984-1995) and Chief Executive Officer (1984-1991) of Harrah's Gaming Group. He is a member of the Executive Committee of Harrah's Jazz Company and a director and President of Harrah's Jazz Finance Corp., both of which filed petitions under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code in November 1995. He is also a director and President of Harrah's New Orleans Investment Company which filed a petition under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code in December 1995. Colin V. Reed (48)........... Executive Vice President of Harrah's since September 1995. Senior Vice President, Corporate Development of Harrah's from May 1992 to September 1995. Vice President, Corporate Development of Harrah's from November 1989 to May 1992. He also is a director of Sodak Gaming, Inc. He is also a member of the Executive Committee of Harrah's Jazz Company and a director and a Senior Vice President of Harrah's Jazz Finance Corp., both of which filed petitions under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code in November 1995. He is also a director and Senior Vice President of Harrah's New Orleans Investment Company which filed a petition under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code in December 1995. John M. Boushy (41).......... Senior Vice President, Information Technology and Corporate Marketing Services of Harrah's since June 1993. Vice President, Strategic Marketing of Harrah's from April 1989 to June 1993. Charles A. Ledsinger, Jr. (46)....................... Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Harrah's since August 1990. Treasurer of Harrah's from November 1989 to February 1991. He also is a director of Perkins Management Company, Inc., a privately-held general partner of Perkins Family Restaurants, L.P., a publicly-traded limited partnership. He is a Senior Vice President of Harrah's Jazz Finance Corp. which filed a petition under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code in November 1995. Bradford W. Morgan (50)...... Senior Vice President, Marketing of Harrah's since May 1995. Executive Vice President, Marketing of the Company's Gaming Group from June 1994 to May 1995. Executive Vice President, Marketing & Sales of Visa U.S.A. from July 1988 to June 1994. Ben C. Peternell (50)........ Senior Vice President, Corporate Human Resources and Communications of Harrah's since November 1989. Mr. Peternell is also a director of Promus Hotel Corporation. E. O. Robinson, Jr. (56)..... Senior Vice President and General Counsel of Harrah's since April 1993 and Secretary of Harrah's from November 1989 to October 1995. Vice President and Associate General Counsel of Harrah's from November 1989 to April 1993.
38 PART II ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE COMPANY'S COMMON STOCK AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS. The Company's Common Stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange and traded under the ticker symbol "HET" (formerly "PRI"). The stock is also listed on the Chicago Stock Exchange, the Pacific Stock Exchange and the Philadelphia Stock Exchange. The following table sets forth the high and low price per share of the Company's Common Stock for the last two years:
HIGH LOW -------------- -------------- 1994 First Quarter*............................................. 55 1/4 36 1/2 Second Quarter*............................................ 41 27 1/8 Third Quarter*............................................. 38 27 3/4 Fourth Quarter*............................................ 34 1/8 25 7/8 1995 First Quarter*............................................. 37 7/8 30 Second Quarter*............................................ 45 7/8 37 Third Quarter.............................................. 33 1/8 25 Fourth Quarter............................................. 29 3/8 22 1/8
- ------------ * Prior to July 3, 1995, prices include the value of shares of Promus Hotel Corporation ("PRH") which was spun off to stockholders on June 30, 1995, in the form of a special dividend, on a basis of one share of PRH stock for each two shares of Harrah's. The average of the high and low share prices of PRH on July 3, 1995, its first day of trading, was $22.625 or $11.31 per Harrah's share. The approximate number of holders of record of the Company's Common Stock as of January 31, 1996, is as follows:
APPROXIMATE NUMBER OF HOLDERS OF TITLE OF CLASS RECORD - --------------------------------------------------------- ------------------ Common Stock, Par Value $0.10 per share.................. 15,258
The Company does not presently intend to declare cash dividends. The terms of the Company's Bank Facility substantially limit the Company's ability to pay cash dividends on Common Stock and limitations are also contained in agreements covering other debt of the Company. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis--Intercompany Dividend Restriction" on page 33 of the Annual Report and Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements on page 47 of the Annual Report, which pages are incorporated herein by reference. When permitted under the terms of the Bank Facility and the other debt, the declaration and payment of dividends is at the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company. The Board of Directors of the Company intends to reevaluate its dividend policy in the future in light of the Company's results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements, future prospects and other factors deemed relevant by the Board of Directors. ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA. See the information for the years 1991 through 1995 set forth under "Financial and Statistical Highlights" on pages 2 and 3 of the Annual Report, which pages are incorporated herein by reference. ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS. See the information set forth on pages 25 through 33 of the Annual Report, which pages are incorporated herein by reference. 39 ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA. See the information set forth on pages 34 through 49 of the Annual Report, which pages are incorporated herein by reference. ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE. Not Applicable PART III ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS. DIRECTORS See the information regarding the names, ages, positions and prior business experience of the directors of the Company set forth in the section entitled "Board of Directors" of the Proxy Statement, which information is incorporated herein by reference. EXECUTIVE OFFICERS See "Executive Officers of the Registrant" on page in Part I hereof. ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION. See the information set forth in the sections of the Proxy Statement entitled "Compensation of Directors," "Summary Compensation Table," "Option Grants in the Last Fiscal Year," "Aggregated Option Exercises in 1995 and December 31, 1995 Option Values," "Ten-year Option/SAR Repricings" and "Certain Employment Arrangements" which sections are incorporated herein by reference. ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT. See the information set forth in the sections of the Proxy Statement entitled "Ownership of Harrah's Entertainment Securities" and "Certain Stockholders," which sections are incorporated herein by reference. ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS. See the information set forth in the section of the Proxy Statement entitled "Certain Transactions," which section is incorporated herein by reference. PART IV ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K. (a) 1. Financial statements (including related notes to consolidated financial statements)* filed as part of this report are listed below: Report of Independent Public Accountants Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1995 and 1994. Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993. - ----------- * Incorporated by reference from pages 34 through 48 of the Annual Report. 40 Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993. Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993. 2. Schedules for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993, are as follows: NO. - ---- I-Condensed financial information of registrant II-Consolidated valuation and qualifying accounts Schedules III, IV, and V are not applicable and have therefore been omitted. 3. Exhibits (footnotes appear on pages 47 and 48):
NO. - ---------- **3(1) -Certificate of Incorporation of The Promus Companies Incorporated; Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of The Promus Companies Incorporated dated April 29, 1994; Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of The Promus Companies Incorporated dated May 26, 1995; and Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of The Promus Companies Incorporated dated June 30, 1995, changing its name to Harrah's Entertainment, Inc. 3(2) -Bylaws of the Company, as amended April 5, 1995. (5) 4(1) -Rights Agreement dated as of February 7, 1990, between The Promus Companies Incorporated and The Bank of New York as Rights Agent. (12) 4(2) -Letter to Bank of New York dated March 18, 1993 constituting Certificate under Section 12 of the Rights Agreement dated as of February 7, 1990. (11) 4(3) -First Supplemental Indenture dated as of July 15, 1987, among Irving Trust Company, as resigning trustee with respect to the 1999 Notes, Indiana National Bank as successor trustee with respect to the 1999 Notes and Holiday Inns, Inc. ; Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of January 8, 1988, under Indenture dated as of January 15, 1984, between Holiday Inns, Inc., and Irving Trust Company, as trustee with respect to 8 3/8% Notes due 1996; Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of January 8, 1988, under Indenture dated as of January 15, 1984, among Holiday Inns, Inc., Irving Trust Company, as resigning trustee with respect to the 8 3/8% Notes due 1996, and LaSalle National Bank as successor trustee with respect to the 8 3/8% Notes due 1996; Fourth Supplemental Indenture dated as of February 23, 1988, under Indenture dated as of January 15, 1984, between Holiday Inns, Inc. and LaSalle National Bank, as trustee with respect to the 8 3/8% Notes due 1996. (3) 4(4) -Fifth Supplemental Indenture dated as of January 23, 1990, with respect to the 8 3/8% Notes due 1996, among LaSalle National Bank, as trustee, The Promus Companies Incorporated and Holiday Inns, Inc., as issuer; Sixth Supplemental Indenture dated as of February 7, 1990, with respect to the 8 3/8% Notes due 1996, among Holiday Inns, Inc., Embassy Suites, Inc., The Promus Companies Incorporated and LaSalle National Bank; Form of Note for 8 3/8% Notes due 1996. (12) 4(5) -Indenture dated as of April 1, 1992, with respect to the 10 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2002, among The Bank of New York, as trustee, The Promus Companies Incorporated, as guarantor, and Embassy Suites, Inc., as issuer; Form of Note for 10 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2002. (18) 4(6) -First Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 2, 1995, with respect to the 10 7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2002, among Embassy Suites, Inc., as issuer, The Promus Companies Incorporated, as guarantor, and The Bank of New York, as trustee. (2)
- ------------ ** Filed herewith 41
NO. - ---------- 4(7) -Indenture dated as of August 1, 1993, with respect to the 8 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2000, among The Bank of New York, as trustee, The Promus Companies Incorporated, as guarantor, and Embassy Suites, Inc., as issuer; Form of Note for 8 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2000. (6) 4(8) -First Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 2, 1995, with respect to the 8 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2000, among Embassy Suites, Inc., as issuer, The Promus Companies Incorporated, as guarantor, and The Bank of New York, as trustee. (2) 4(9) -Interest Swap Agreement between The Sumitomo Bank, Limited and Embassy Suites, Inc. dated October 22, 1992; Interest Swap Agreement between The Bank of Nova Scotia and Embassy Suites, Inc. dated October 22, 1992; Interest Swap Agreement between The Nippon Credit Bank and Embassy Suites, Inc. dated October 22, 1992. (18) 4(10) -Interest Swap Agreement between Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association and Embassy Suites, Inc. dated May 14, 1993. (6) 4(11) -Interest Swap Agreement between NationsBank of North Carolina, N. A. and Embassy Suites, Inc. dated May 18, 1993. (6) **4(12) -Interest Swap Agreement between Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association and Harrah's Operating Company, Inc. dated December 21, 1995. **4(13) -Interest Swap Agreement between NationsBank, N. A. (Carolinas) and Harrah's Entertainment, Inc. dated December 21, 1995. 4(14) -Interest Swap Agreement between The Bank of Nova Scotia and Embassy Suites, Inc. dated January 25, 1995 and amended February 2, 1995. (7) 4(15) -Interest Swap Agreement between The Bank of Nova Scotia and Embassy Suites, Inc. dated March 16, 1995. (7) 4(16) -Interest Swap Agreement between Bankers Trust Company and Embassy Suites, Inc. dated May 16, 1995. (10) 4(17) -Interest Swap Agreement between The Sumitomo Bank, Limited and Embassy Suites, Inc. dated June 5, 1995. (10) 4(18) -Interest Swap Agreement between Bankers Trust Company and Embassy Suites, Inc. dated June 6, 1995. (10) 10(1) -Credit Agreement, dated as of July 22, 1993 and amended and restated as of June 9, 1995, among The Promus Companies Incorporated, Embassy Suites, Inc., certain subsidiaries of Embassy Suites, Inc., various banks, Bankers Trust Company, The Bank of New York, CIBC, Inc., Credit Lyonnais, Atlanta Agency, First Interstate Bank of California, The Long-Term Credit Bank of Japan, Limited, New York Branch, NationsBank of Georgia, N.A., Societe Generale and Sumitomo Bank, Limited, New York Branch, as Agents, and Bankers Trust Company, as Administrative Agent. (2) 10(2) -Credit Agreement, dated as of June 9, 1995, among The Promus Companies Incorporated, Embassy Suites, Inc., certain subsidiaries of Embassy Suites, Inc., various banks, Bankers Trust Company, The Bank of New York, CIBC, Inc., Credit Lyonnais, Atlanta Agency, First Interstate Bank of California, The Long-Term Credit Bank of Japan, Limited, New York Branch, NationsBank of Georgia, N.A., Societe Generale and The Sumitomo Bank, Limited, New York Branch, as Agents, and Bankers Trust Company, as Administrative Agent. (2) 10(3) -Amended and Restated Reimbursement Agreement, dated as of July 22, 1993, among Embassy Suites, Inc., The Promus Companies Incorporated, Marina Associates and The Sumitomo Bank, Limited, New York Branch. (19) 10(4) -Master Collateral Agreement, dated as of July 22, 1993, among The Promus Companies Incorporated, Embassy Suites, Inc., the other Collateral Grantors parties thereto, Bankers Trust Company, as Administrative Agent, and Bankers Trust Company as Collateral Agent. (19)
- ------------ ** Filed herewith 42
NO. - ---------- 10(5) -First Amendment to Master Collateral Agreement, dated as of June 30, 1995, among The Promus Companies Incorporated, Embassy Suites, Inc., the other Collateral Grantors parties thereto, Bankers Trust Company, as Administrative Agent, and Bankers Trust Company as Collateral Agent amending the Master Collateral Agreement, dated as of July 22, 1993, among The Promus Companies Incorporated, Embassy Suites, Inc., the other Collateral Grantors parties thereto, Bankers Trust Company, as Administrative Agent, and Bankers Trust Company as Collateral Agent. (10) 10(6) -Security Agreement dated as of July 22, 1993, among Embassy Suites, Inc., the Collateral Grantors parties thereto and Bankers Trust Company, as Collateral Agent. (19) 10(7) -First Amendment to Security Agreement, dated as of June 30, 1995, among Embassy Suites, Inc., the Collateral Grantors parties thereto and Bankers Trust Company, as Collateral Agent, amending the Security Agreement dated as of July 22, 1993, among Embassy Suites, Inc., the Collateral Grantors parties thereto and Bankers Trust Company, as Collateral Agent. (10) 10(8) -Deed of Trust, Leasehold Deed of Trust, Assignment, Assignment of Leases and Rents, Security Agreement and Financing Statement, dated as of July 22, 1993, from Embassy Suites, Inc., Harrah's Laughlin, Inc., and Harrah's Reno Holding Company, Inc., the Grantors, to First American Title Company of Nevada, as Trustee, for the benefit of Bankers Trust Company, as Beneficiary. (19) 10(9) -First Amendment to Deed of Trust, Leasehold Deed of Trust, Assignment, Assignment of Leases and Rents, Security Agreement and Financing Statement, dated as of June 30, 1995, among Embassy Suites, Inc., Harrah's Laughlin, Inc., Harrah's Reno Holding Company, Inc., Harrah's, Harrah's Club and Harrah's Las Vegas, Inc., the Collateral Grantors, and Bankers Trust Company as Collateral Agent and Beneficiary, amending the Deed of Trust, Leasehold Deed of Trust, Assignment, Assignment of Leases and Rents, Security Agreement and Financing Statement, dated as of July 22, 1993, from Embassy Suites, Inc., Harrah's Laughlin, Inc., and Harrah's Reno Holding Company, Inc., the Grantors, to First American Title Company of Nevada, as Trustee, for the benefit of Bankers Trust Company, as Beneficiary. (10) 10(10) -Mortgage, Leasehold Mortgage, Assignment, Assignment of Leases and Rents and Security Agreement, dated as of July 22, 1993, from Marina Associates and Embassy Suites, Inc., the Mortgagors, to Bankers Trust Company, as Collateral Agent and the Mortgagee. (19) 10(11) -First Amendment to Mortgage, Leasehold Mortgage, Assignment, Assignment of Leases and Rents and Security Agreement, dated as of June 30, 1995, among Embassy Suites, Inc., Marina Associates, the Mortgagors, to Bankers Trust Company, as Collateral Agent and the Mortgagee, amending the Mortgage, Leasehold Mortgage, Assignment, Assignment of Leases and Rents and Security Agreement, dated as of July 22, 1993, from Marina Associates and Embassy Suites, Inc., the Mortgagors, to Bankers Trust Company, as Collateral Agent and the Mortgagee. (10) 10(12) -Pledge Agreement, dated as of July 22, 1993, between The Promus Companies Incorporated and Bankers Trust Company, as Collateral Agent. (19) 10(13) -First Amendment to Parent Pledge Agreement, dated as of June 30, 1995, among The Promus Companies Incorporated and Bankers Trust Company, as Collateral Agent, amending the Pledge Agreement, dated as of July 22, 1993, between The Promus Companies Incorporated and Bankers Trust Company, as Collateral Agent. (10) 10(14) -Pledge Agreement, dated as of July 22, 1993, among Embassy Suites, Inc., ESI Equity Development Corporation, Harrah's, Harrah's Club, Casino Holding Company, and Bankers Trust Company, as the General Collateral Agent, and Bank of America Nevada as the Nevada Collateral Agent. (19)
43
NO. - ---------- 10(15) -First Amendment to Company/Sub Pledge Agreement, dated as of June 30, 1995, among Embassy Suites, Inc., Harrah's, Harrah's Club, and Bankers Trust Company, as the General Collateral Agent, and Bank of America Nevada as the Nevada Collateral Agent, amending the Pledge Agreement, dated as of July 22, 1993, among Embassy Suites, Inc., ESI Equity Development Corporation, Harrah's, Harrah's Club, Casino Holding Company, and Bankers Trust Company, as the General Collateral Agent, and Bank of America Nevada as the Nevada Collateral Agent. (10) 10(16) -Consent dated as of October 7, 1994, among The Promus Companies Incorporated, Embassy Suites, Inc., the Banks and Agents parties thereto, Marina Associates and Bankers Trust Company, as Administrative Agent. (17) 10(17) -Plan of Reorganization and Distribution Agreement, dated June 30, 1995, between The Promus Companies Incorporated and Promus Hotel Corporation. (10) 10(18) -Employee Benefits and Other Employment Matters Allocation Agreement, dated June 30, 1995, between The Promus Companies Incorporated and Promus Hotel Corporation. (10) 10(19) -Risk Management Allocation Agreement, dated June 30, 1995, between The Promus Companies Incorporated and Promus Hotel Corporation. (10) 10(20) -Tax Sharing Agreement, dated June 30, 1995, between The Promus Companies Incorporated and Promus Hotel Corporation. (10) +10(21) -Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into by The Promus Companies Incorporated and each of its directors and executive officers. (1) **+10(22) -Financial Counseling Plan of Harrah's Entertainment, Inc. as amended January 1996. +10(23) -The Promus Companies Incorporated 1996 Non-Management Director's Stock Incentive Plan dated April 5, 1995. (9) +10(24) -The Promus Companies Incorporated Key Executive Officer Annual Incentive Plan dated February 24, 1995. (10) +10(25) -Summary Plan Description of Executive Term Life Insurance Plan. (18) **+10(26) -Form of Harrah's Entertainment, Inc.'s Annual Management Bonus Plan, as amended 1995. +10(27) -Form of Severance Agreement dated July 30, 1993, entered into with E. O. Robinson, Jr. and John M. Boushy. (22) +10(28) -Severance Agreement, dated June 30, 1995, with Bradford W. Morgan. (10) +10(29) -Amended and Restated Severance Agreement dated as of May 1, 1992 between The Promus Companies Incorporated and Michael D. Rose. (18) +10(30) -Form of Amended and Restated Severance Agreement dated November 5, 1992, entered into with Charles A. Ledsinger, Jr., Ben C. Peternell, Philip G. Satre and Colin V. Reed. (18) +10(31) -Amendment, dated February 25, 1994 and effective April 29, 1994, to Amended and Restated Severance Agreement dated November 5, 1992, between The Promus Companies Incorporated and Philip G. Satre. (21) +10(32) -Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated June 30, 1995, between Michael D. Rose and Harrah's Entertainment, Inc. (10) **+10(33) -Amendment dated as of December 19, 1995, to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Michael D. Rose and Harrah's Entertainment, Inc. +10(34) -Agreement, dated April 28, 1995, between Michael D. Rose and The Promus Companies Incorporated concerning treatment of stock options in spin-off. (10)
- ------------ ** Filed herewith + Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit to this form pursuant to Item 14(c) of Form 10-K. 44
NO. - ---------- +10(35) -Agreement, dated May 1, 1995, between Michael D. Rose and The Promus Companies Incorporated concerning treatment of Executive Deferred Compensation Plan account in spin-off. (10) +10(36) -Employment Agreement dated as of February 25, 1994, and effective April 29, 1994, between The Promus Companies Incorporated and Philip G. Satre including exhibits thereto. (17) +10(37) -The Promus Companies Incorporated 1990 Stock Option Plan. (12) +10(38) -The Promus Companies Incorporated 1990 Stock Option Plan (as amended as of April 30, 1993). (20) +10(39) -The Promus Companies Incorporated 1990 Stock Option Plan, as amended April 29, 1994. (8) +10(40) -The Promus Companies Incorporated 1990 Stock Option Plan, as amended July 29, 1994. (21) +10(41) -Amendment, dated April 5, 1995, to The Promus Companies Incorporated 1990 Stock Option Plan. (9) **+10(42) -Revised Form of Stock Option (1990 Stock Option Plan). +10(43) -Form of memorandum agreement dated July 2, 1991, eliminating stock appreciation rights under stock options held by Charles A. Ledsinger, Jr., Ben C. Peternell and Philip G. Satre. (14) +10(44) -Form of Agreement to Cancel Options dated as of December 16, 1994 entered into with Michael D. Rose, Philip G. Satre, Charles A. Ledsinger, Jr., Ben C. Peternell, Colin V. Reed, E. O. Robinson, Jr. and John M. Boushy. (7) +10(45) -The Promus Companies Incorporated 1990 Restricted Stock Plan. (12) +10(46) -Amendment, dated April 5, 1995, to The Promus Companies Incorporated 1990 Restricted Stock Plan. (9) **+10(47) -Revised Forms of Restricted Stock Award (1990 Restricted Stock Plan). **+10(48) -Administrative Regulations, Long Term Compensation Plan (Restricted Stock Plan and Stock Option Plan) dated October 27, 1995. +10(49) -Deferred Compensation Plan dated October 16, 1991. (15) +10(50) -Amendment, dated May 26, 1995, to The Promus Companies Incorporated Deferred Compensation Plan. (2) **+10(51) -Forms of Deferred Compensation Agreement. **+10(52) -Amended and Restated Executive Deferred Compensation Plan dated as of October 27, 1995. **+10(53) -Forms of Executive Deferred Compensation Agreement. +10(54) -Escrow Agreement dated February 6, 1990 between The Promus Companies Incorporated, certain subsidiaries thereof, and Sovran Bank, as escrow agent. (12) +10(55) -First Amendment to Escrow Agreement dated January 31, 1990 among Holiday Corporation, certain subsidiaries thereof and Sovran Bank, as escrow agent. (12) +10(56) -Amendment to Escrow Agreement dated as of October 29, 1993 among The Promus Companies Incorporated, certain subsidiaries thereof, and NationsBank, formerly Sovran Bank. (24) +10(57) -Amendment, dated as of June 7, 1995, to Escrow Agreement among The Promus Companies Incorporated, certain subsidiaries thereof and NationsBank. (2)
- ------------ ** Filed herewith + Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit to this form pursuant to Item 14(c) of Form 10-K. 45
NO. - ---------- 10(58) -Amended and Restated Partnership Agreement of Harrah's Jazz Company, dated as of March 15, 1994, among Harrah's New Orleans Investment Company, New Orleans/Louisiana Development Corporation and Grand Palais Casino, Inc.; First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Partnership Agreement of Harrah's Jazz Company, effective as of March 15, 1994. (24) 10(59) -Second Amendment dated March 31, 1994 to the Amended and Restated Partnership Agreement of Harrah's Jazz Company. (8) 10(60) -Amended and Restated Third Amendment to the Amended and Restated Partnership Agreement of Harrah's Jazz Company. (16) 10(61) -Fourth Amendment to the Amended and Restated Partnership Agreement of Harrah's Jazz Company. (16) 10(62) -Indenture dated as of November 15, 1994 between Harrah's Jazz Company, Harrah's Jazz Finance Corp. and First National Bank of Commerce as Trustee for the First Mortgage Notes including form of First Mortgage Note. (16) 10(63) -Cash Collateral and Disbursement Agreement among First National Bank of Commerce as Trustee, First National Bank of Commerce as Collateral Agent, Harrah's Jazz Company and Harrah's Jazz Finance Corp., dated November 16, 1994. (16) 10(64) -Collateral Mortgage Note by Harrah's Jazz Company dated November 15, 1994. (16) 10(65) -Act of Collateral Mortgage and Collateral Assignment of Proceeds by Harrah's Jazz Company dated November 15, 1994. (16) 10(66) -Act of Collateral Assignment of Leases and Rents between Harrah's Jazz Company and First National Bank of Commerce as Collateral Agent dated November 15, 1994. (16) 10(67) -Act of Security Agreement and Pledge between Harrah's Jazz Company and First National Bank of Commerce as Collateral Agent dated November 15, 1994. (16) 10(68) -Pledge Agreement between Harrah's Jazz Company, Harrah's Jazz Finance Corp. and First National Bank of Commerce as Collateral Agent dated as of November 16, 1994. (16) 10(69) -Security Agreement among Harrah's Jazz Company, Harrah's Jazz Finance Corp. and First National Bank of Commerce as Collateral Agent dated as of November 16, 1994. (16) 10(70) -Security Agreement (Cash Collateral) among Harrah's Jazz Company, Harrah's Jazz Finance Corp. and First National Bank of Commerce as Trustee dated November 16, 1994. (16) 10(71) -Manager Subordination Agreement (First Mortgage Notes) among Harrah's Jazz Company, Harrah's New Orleans Management Company and First National Bank of Commerce as Trustee dated as of November 16, 1994. (16) 10(72) -Consultant Subordination Agreement (First Mortgage Notes) among Harrah's Jazz Company, Grand Palais Management Company, New Orleans/Louisiana Development Corporation and First National Bank of Commerce as Trustee dated as of November 16,1994. (16) 10(73) -Amended Lease Agreement between the Rivergate Development Corporation, as Landlord and Harrah's Jazz Company, as Tenant and City of New Orleans, as Intervenor dated March 15, 1994. (13) 10(74) -Amended General Development Agreement between Rivergate Development Corporation and Harrah's Jazz Company and City of New Orleans, as Intervenor dated March 15, 1994. (4) 10(75) -Temporary Casino Lease between Rivergate Development Corporation, as Landlord and Harrah's Jazz Company, as Tenant and City of New Orleans, as Intervenor dated March 15, 1994. (4)
46
NO. - ---------- 10(76) -Amendment to Amended Lease Agreement between Rivergate Development Corporation, as Landlord and Harrah's Jazz Company, as Tenant and City of New Orleans, as Intervenor dated October 5, 1994. (13) 10(77) -Agreement between the City of New Orleans and Harrah's Jazz Company, dated October 5, 1994 (the "Separate City Agreement"). (13) 10(78) -Agreement among the Rivergate Development Corporation, the City of New Orleans and Embassy Suites, Inc. and Harrah's Jazz Company, as intervenor, dated October 5, 1994 (the "Embassy Access Agreement"). (13) 10(79) -Casino Operating Contract between the Louisiana Economic Development and Gaming Corporation and Harrah's Jazz Company dated July 15, 1994. (4) 10(80) -First Amendment to Casino Operating Contract between the Louisiana Economic Development and Gaming Corporation and Harrah's Jazz Company dated August 31, 1994. (13) 10(81) -Amended and Restated Management Agreement between Harrah's New Orleans Management Company and Harrah's Jazz Company dated March 14, 1994. (4) 10(82) -Construction Agreement between Harrah's Jazz Company and Centex Landis Construction Co., Inc. dated October 10, 1994, for the construction of the Permanent Casino. (13) 10(83) -Design and Construction Agreement between Harrah's Jazz Company and Broadmoor dated October 10, 1994, for the construction of the parking structure. (13) 10(84) -Owner's Policy issued March 16, 1994 by First American Title Insurance Company to Harrah's Jazz Company with attachments. (16) 10(85) -Lender's Title Insurance Policy issued November 16, 1994 by First American Title Insurance Company together with reinsurance agreements. (16) 10(86) -Construction Lien Indemnity Obligation Agreement between Harrah's Jazz Company and Embassy Suites, Inc. dated October 12, 1994. (23) 10(87) -First Amendment to the Construction Lien Indemnity Obligation Agreement. (16) 10(88) -Specimen form of 14 1/4% First Mortgage Note Due 2001 of Harrah's Jazz Company and Harrah's Jazz Finance Corp. (16) 10(89) -Limited Partnership Agreement of Des Plaines Limited Partnership between Harrah's Illinois Corporation and John Q. Hammons, dated February 28, 1992; First Amendment to Limited Partnership Agreement of Des Plaines Limited Partnership dated as of October 5, 1992. (24) **11 -Computations of per share earnings. **12 -Computations of ratios. **13 -Portions of Annual Report to Stockholders for the year ended December 31, 1995. (25) **21 -List of subsidiaries of Harrah's Entertainment, Inc. **27 -Financial Data Schedule
- ------------ ** Filed herewith FOOTNOTES (1) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Registration Statement on Form 10, File No. 1-10410, filed on December 13, 1989. (2) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 15, 1995, File No. 1-10410. (3) Incorporated by reference from Holiday Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 1, 1988, filed March 31, 1988, File No. 1-8900. 47 (4) Incorporated by reference from Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 Registration Statement of Harrah's Jazz Company and Harrah's Jazz Finance Corp., File No. 33-73370, filed August 4, 1994. (5) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1995, filed May 15, 1995, File No. 1-10410. (6) Incorporated by reference from the Company's and Embassy Suites, Inc.'s Amendment No. 2 to Form S-4 Registration Statement, File No. 33-49509-01, filed July 16, 1993. (7) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1994, filed March 21, 1995, File No. 1-10410. (8) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1994, filed May 12, 1994, File No. 1-10410. (9) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Proxy Statement for the May 26, 1995 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, filed April 25, 1995. (10) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1995, filed August 14, 1995, File No. 1-10410. (11) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1993, filed May 13, 1993, File No. 1-10410. (12) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 29, 1989, filed March 28, 1990, File No. 1-10410. (13) Incorporated by reference from Amendment No. 4 to Form S-1 Registration Statement of Harrah's Jazz Company and Harrah's Jazz Finance Corp., File No. 33-73370, filed October 12, 1994. (14) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 27, 1991, filed November 8, 1991, File No. 1-10410. (15) Incorporated by reference from Amendment No. 2 to the Company's and Embassy's Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 33-43748, filed March 18, 1992. (16) Incorporated by reference from Harrah's Jazz Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1994, filed December 21, 1994, File No. . (17) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1994, filed November 14, 1994, File No. 1-10410. (18) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1992, filed March 12, 1993, File No. 1-10410. (19) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 6, 1993, File No. 1-10410. (20) Incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Company's Form S-8 Registration Statement, File No. 33-32864-01, filed July 22, 1993. (21) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1994, filed August 11, 1994, File No. 1-10410. (22) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1993, filed November 12, 1993, File No. 1-10410. (23) Incorporated by reference from Amendment No. 5 to Form S-1 Registration Statement of Harrah's Jazz Company and Harrah's Jazz Finance Corp., File No. 33-73370, filed October 26, 1994. (24) Incorporated by reference from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1993, filed March 28, 1994, File No. 1-10410. (25) Filed herewith to the extent portions of such report are specifically included herein by reference. (b) No Reports on Form 8-K were filed during the fourth quarter of 1995 and thereafter through February 29, 1996. (d) The financial statements of Harrah's Jazz Company will be filed as an amendment to this Form 10-K. 48 SIGNATURES PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 13 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, THE REGISTRANT HAS DULY CAUSED THIS REPORT TO BE SIGNED ON ITS BEHALF BY THE UNDERSIGNED, THEREUNTO DULY AUTHORIZED. HARRAH'S ENTERTAINMENT, INC. Dated: March 6, 1996 By /s/ MICHAEL D. ROSE --------------------------------- (Michael D. Rose, Chairman) PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, THIS REPORT HAS BEEN SIGNED BELOW BY THE FOLLOWING PERSONS ON BEHALF OF THE REGISTRANT IN THE CAPACITIES AND ON THE DATES INDICATED.
Signature Title Date - ------------------------------------ ------------------------------------ --------------- /s/ JAMES L. BARKSDALE Director March 6, 1996 .................................... (James L. Barksdale) /s/ SUSAN CLARK-JOHNSON Director March 6, 1996 .................................... (Susan Clark-Johnson) /s/ JAMES B. FARLEY Director March 6, 1996 .................................... (James B. Farley) /s/ JOE M. HENSON Director March 6, 1996 .................................... (Joe M. Henson) /s/ RALPH HORN Director March 6, 1996 .................................... (Ralph Horn) /s/ MICHAEL D. ROSE Director and Chairman March 6, 1996 .................................... (Michael D. Rose) /s/ WALTER J. SALMON Director March 6, 1996 .................................... (Walter J. Salmon) /s/ PHILIP G. SATRE Director, President and Chief March 6, 1996 .................................... Executive Officer (Philip G. Satre) /s/ BOAKE A. SELLS Director March 6, 1996 .................................... (Boake A. Sells) /s/ EDDIE N. WILLIAMS Director March 6, 1996 .................................... (Eddie N. Williams) /s/ SHIRLEY YOUNG Director March 6, 1996 .................................... (Shirley Young) /s/ CHARLES A. LEDSINGER, JR. Chief Financial Officer March 6, 1996 .................................... (Charles A. Ledsinger, Jr.) /s/ MICHAEL N. REGAN Controller and Principal Accounting March 6, 1996 .................................... Officer (Michael N. Regan)
49 REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS To Harrah's Entertainment, Inc.: We have audited in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, the financial statements included in Harrah's Entertainment, Inc. 1995 annual report to stockholders, incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K, and have issued our report thereon dated March 5, 1996. Our audits were made for the purpose of forming an opinion on those statements taken as a whole. The schedules listed under Item 14(a)2 on page 41 are the responsibility of the Company's management and are presented for purposes of complying with the Securities and Exchange Commission's rules and are not part of the basic financial statements. These schedules have been subjected to the auditing procedures applied in the audit of the basic financial statements, and in our opinion, fairly state in all material respects the financial data required to be set forth therein in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole. ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP Memphis, Tennessee, March 5, 1996. SCHEDULE I HARRAH'S ENTERTAINMENT, INC. CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT BALANCE SHEETS (IN THOUSANDS)
DECEMBER 31, -------------------- 1995 1994 -------- -------- ASSETS Cash................................................................... $ - $ - Investments in and advances to subsidiaries (eliminated in consolidation)....................................................... 585,624 480,520 Net assets of discontinued hotel operations............................ - 143,008 Organizational costs................................................... - 31 -------- -------- $585,624 $623,559 -------- -------- -------- -------- LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY Accrued taxes, including federal income taxes.......................... $ 75 $ 122 -------- -------- Commitments and contingencies (Notes 4, 8 and 9) Stockholders' equity (Note 5) Common stock, $0.10 par value, authorized-360,000,000 shares, outstanding-102,673,828 and 102,402,619 shares (net of 19,026 and 37,172 shares held in treasury).................................... 10,267 10,240 Capital surplus...................................................... 362,783 350,196 Unrealized gain on marketable equity securities held by a subsidiary......................................................... 10,552 - Retained earnings.................................................... 204,838 265,574 Deferred compensation related to restricted stock.................... (2,891) (2,573) -------- -------- 585,549 623,437 -------- -------- $585,624 $623,559 -------- -------- -------- --------
The accompanying Notes to Financial Statements are an integral part of these balance sheets. S-1 SCHEDULE I (CONTINUED) HARRAH'S ENTERTAINMENT, INC. CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT STATEMENTS OF INCOME (IN THOUSANDS)
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, ------------------------------ 1995 1994 1993 -------- ------- ------- Revenues...................................................... $ - $ - $ - Costs and expenses............................................ 182 466 319 -------- ------- ------- Loss before income taxes and equity in subsidiaries' continuing earnings......................................... (182) (466) (319) Income tax benefit............................................ 64 163 112 -------- ------- ------- Loss before equity in subsidiaries' continuing earnings....... (118) (303) (207) Equity in subsidiaries' continuing earnings................... 78,928 50,287 75,074 -------- ------- ------- Income from continuing operations............................. 78,810 49,984 74,867 Discontinued operations (Note 1) Equity in subsidiaries' income from discontinued operations................................................ 21,230 36,319 16,926 Spin-off transaction expenses, net of tax benefit of $5,134.................................................... (21,194) - - -------- ------- ------- Income before extraordinary loss and cumulative effect of change in accounting policy................................. 78,846 86,303 91,793 Extraordinary loss on early extinguishment of debt by a subsidiary, net of tax benefit of $3,415.................... - - (5,447) Cumulative effect of change in accounting policy, net of tax benefit of $4,317 (Note 7).................................. - (7,932) - -------- ------- ------- Net income.................................................... $ 78,846 $78,371 $86,346 -------- ------- ------- -------- ------- -------
The accompanying Notes to Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements. S-2 SCHEDULE I (CONTINUED) HARRAH'S ENTERTAINMENT, INC. CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (IN THOUSANDS)
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, -------------------------------- 1995 1994 1993 -------- -------- -------- Cash flows from operating activities Net income................................................. $ 78,846 $ 78,371 $ 86,346 Adjustment to reconcile net income to cash flows from operating activities Discontinued operations Equity in subsidiaries' income from discontinued operations........................................... (21,230) (36,319) (16,926) Spin-off transaction expenses, before income taxes..... 26,328 - - Extraordinary loss....................................... - - 8,862 Cumulative effect of change in accounting policy, before income taxes........................................... - 13,924 - Amortization............................................. 31 271 271 Equity in undistributed continuing earnings of subsidiaries........................................... (78,928) (50,287) (75,074) Net change in working capital accounts................... (5,047) (5,960) (3,479) -------- -------- -------- Net change in cash........................................... - - Cash, beginning of period.................................... - - - -------- -------- -------- Cash, end of period.......................................... $ - $ - $ - -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
The accompanying Notes to Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements. S-3 SCHEDULE I (CONTINUED) HARRAH'S ENTERTAINMENT, INC. CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS NOTE 1--BASIS OF ORGANIZATION Harrah's Entertainment, Inc. (Harrah's or the Company), a Delaware corporation, is a holding company, the principal assets of which are the capital stock of two subsidiaries, Harrah's Operating Company, Inc. (HOC) and Aster Insurance Ltd. (Aster). These condensed financial statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements of Harrah's and subsidiaries. On June 30, 1995, the Company completed a spin-off of its hotel business (the PHC Spin-off) with the distribution to its stockholders on a one-for-two basis of the stock of a new entity, Promus Hotel Corporation (PHC). The Company had transferred its hotel operations to PHC prior to the PHC Spin-off. Through its subsidiaries, Harrah's, formerly The Promus Companies Incorporated, retained ownership of the casino entertainment business. As a result of the PHC Spin-off, Harrah's financial statements reflect the hotel business as discontinued operations. NOTE 2--ORGANIZATIONAL COSTS Organizational costs were amortized on a straight-line basis over a five year period. NOTE 3--INVESTMENT IN ASTER The value of Harrah's investment in Aster has been reduced below zero. Harrah's negative investment in Aster at December 31, 1995 and 1994 was $12.7 million and $13.4 million, respectively, and is included in investments in and advances to subsidiaries on the balance sheet. In addition, Harrah's has guaranteed the future payment by Aster of certain insurance-related liabilities. NOTE 4--LONG-TERM DEBT Harrah's has no long-term debt obligations. Harrah's has guaranteed certain long-term debt obligations of HOC. NOTE 5--STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY In addition to its common stock, Harrah's has the following classes of stock authorized but unissued: Preferred stock, $100 par value, 150,000 shares authorized Special stock, 5,000,000 shares authorized- Series B, $1.125 par value On June 30, 1995, the PHC Spin-off was completed and the Company distributed to its stockholders the stock of PHC as a dividend. To reflect this distribution the $139.6 million book value of the net assets of discontinued operations as of the spin-off date has been charged against the Company's retained earnings (see Note 1). S-4 SCHEDULE I (CONTINUED) HARRAH'S ENTERTAINMENT, INC. CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS NOTE 5--STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED) Due to continued appreciation in the market value of the stock of an equity investee of HOC, during 1995 the carrying value of the investment was adjusted by HOC to include the unrealized gain in accordance with the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 115, "Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities." A corresponding increase, net of the related income tax provision, was recorded in stockholders' equity. The amount of such unrealized gain in prior years was not material. NOTE 6--INCOME TAXES Harrah's files a consolidated tax return with its subsidiaries. NOTE 7--CHANGE IN ACCOUNTING POLICY Effective January 1, 1994, Harrah's changed its accounting policy for its consolidated casinos relating to preopening costs. As a result of this change, operating results for the year ended December 31, 1994, reflect the cumulative charge against earnings, net of income taxes, of $7.9 million, or $0.08 per share, to write off the unamortized preopening costs balances related to projects opened in prior years. NOTE 8--COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES A Harrah's subsidiary owns an approximate 47% interest in a partnership named Harrah's Jazz Company (Harrah's Jazz). On November 22, 1995, Harrah's Jazz and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Harrah's Jazz Finance Corp., filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy. Prior to the filing, Harrah's Jazz was operating a temporary casino in the New Orleans, Louisiana Municipal Auditorium (the Temporary Casino) and constructing a new permanent casino facility on the site of the former Rivergate Convention Center in downtown New Orleans (the Permanent Casino). Harrah's Jazz ceased operation of the Temporary Casino and construction of the Permanent Casino on November 22, 1995 prior to the bankruptcy filings. Prior to these events, Harrah's delivered completion guaranties to the trustee of Harrah's Jazz's $435 million of 14.25% First Mortgage Notes, the bank lenders under a Harrah's Jazz $175 million bank credit facility and the Louisiana Economic Development and Gaming Corporation (the state agency regulating Harrah's Jazz). Each completion guaranty was subject to certain conditions, exceptions and qualifications. The Company believes that its obligations under these guaranties have been terminated by the recent events. NOTE 9--LITIGATION Harrah's and certain of its subsidiaries have been named as defendants in a number of lawsuits arising from the suspension of development of a land-based casino, and the closing of the temporary gaming facility, in New Orleans, Louisiana, by Harrah's Jazz. The ultimate outcomes of these lawsuits S-5 SCHEDULE I (CONTINUED) HARRAH'S ENTERTAINMENT, INC. CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS NOTE 9--LITIGATION (CONTINUED) cannot be predicted at this time, and no provisions for the claims are included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The Company intends to defend these actions vigorously. In March 1995, the Company entered into a settlement agreement (the Settlement) with Bass PLC (Bass) of all claims related to the Merger Agreement and Tax Sharing Agreement arising from the 1990 Spin-off of Promus and acquisition of the Holiday Inn hotel business by Bass. As a result of the Settlement, a charge of $49.2 million was recorded in 1994 on the books of HOC to accrue the estimated cost of the settlement, the related legal fees and other associated expenses. S-6 SCHEDULE II HARRAH'S ENTERTAINMENT, INC. CONSOLIDATED VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
(IN THOUSANDS) - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- COLUMN A COLUMN B COLUMN C COLUMN D COLUMN E - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ADDITIONS ------------------------ BALANCE BALANCE AT CHARGED CHARGED DEDUCTIONS AT CLOSE BEGINNING TO COSTS TO OTHER FROM OF DESCRIPTION OF PERIOD AND EXPENSES ACCOUNTS RESERVES PERIOD - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 Allowance for doubtful accounts Current......................... $ 9,551 $ 5,910 $ - $ (4,551)(A) $10,910 ---------- ------------ -------- ---------- -------- ---------- ------------ -------- ---------- -------- Long-term....................... $ 75 $ - $ - $ - $ 75 ---------- ------------ -------- ---------- -------- ---------- ------------ -------- ---------- -------- Allowance for losses on property dispositions.................... $ 11,231 $ - $ - $ (11,231)(B) $ - ---------- ------------ -------- ---------- -------- ---------- ------------ -------- ---------- -------- Insurance allowances and reserves........................ $ 49,448 $ 22,865 $ - $ (22,492) $49,821 ---------- ------------ -------- ---------- -------- ---------- ------------ -------- ---------- -------- YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 Allowance for doubtful accounts Current......................... $ 9,252 $ 5,731 $ - $ 5,432(A) $ 9,551 ---------- ------------ -------- ---------- -------- ---------- ------------ -------- ---------- -------- Long-term....................... $ - $ 75 $ - $ - $ 75 ---------- ------------ -------- ---------- -------- ---------- ------------ -------- ---------- -------- Allowance for losses on property dispositions.................... $ 11,000 $ 231 $ - $ - $11,231 ---------- ------------ -------- ---------- -------- ---------- ------------ -------- ---------- -------- Insurance allowances and reserves........................ $ 39,859 $ 52,908 $ - $ 43,319 $49,448 ---------- ------------ -------- ---------- -------- ---------- ------------ -------- ---------- -------- FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993 Allowance for doubtful accounts, current......................... $ 9,617 $ 4,673 $ - $ 5,038(A) $ 9,252 ---------- ------------ -------- ---------- -------- ---------- ------------ -------- ---------- -------- Allowance for losses on property dispositions.................... $ 11,000 $ - $ - $ - $11,000 ---------- ------------ -------- ---------- -------- ---------- ------------ -------- ---------- -------- Insurance allowances and reserves........................ $ 31,371 $ 46,333 $ - $ 37,845 $39,859 ---------- ------------ -------- ---------- -------- ---------- ------------ -------- ---------- --------
- ------------ (A) Uncollectible accounts written off, net of amounts recovered. (B) Reduction of reserve due to disposition of subject property. S-7 CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the incorporation of our report dated March 5, 1996, included in this Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995, into the Company's previously filed Registration Statements File Nos. 33-32863, 33-32864, 33-32865, 33-59991, 33-59969, 33-59975, 33-59971 and 33-62783. ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP Memphis, Tennessee, March 5, 1996.




                                                       Exhibit 3(1)



                        CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                     OF

                     THE PROMUS COMPANIES INCORPORATED



     FIRST:  The name of the Corporation is The Promus Companies
Incorporated.

     SECOND:  The address of the registered office of the Corporation in
the State of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street,
in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle.  The name of its
registered agent at that address is The Corporation Trust Company.

     THIRD:  The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act
or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General
Corporation Law of Delaware as set forth in Title 8 of the Delaware Code
(the "GCL").

     FOURTH:  A.  The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation
shall have authority to issue is 125,150,000, consisting of 120,000,000
shares of Common Stock, par value $1.50 per share (the "Common Stock"),
150,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value of $100.00 per share (the
"Preferred Stock"), and 5,000,000 shares of Special Stock, par value $1.12 1/2
per share (the "Special Stock").

     B.   Shares of Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one
or more series, as provided for herein or as provided for by the Board of
Directors as permitted hereby. All shares of Preferred Stock shall be of
equal rank and shall be identical, except in respect of the terms fixed
herein for the series provided for herein or fixed by the Board of
Directors for series provided for by the Board of Directors as permitted
hereby.  All shares of any one series shall be identical in all respects
with all the other shares of such series, except the shares of any one
series issued at different times may differ as to the dates from which
dividends thereon may be cumulative.

     The Board of Directors is hereby authorized, by resolution or
resolutions, to establish, out of the unissued shares of Preferred Stock
not then allocated to any series of Preferred Stock, additional series of
Preferred Stock.  Before any shares of any such additional series are
issued, the Board of Directors shall fix and determine, and is hereby
expressly empowered to fix and determine, by resolution or resolutions, the
distinguishing characteristics and the relative rights, preferences,
privileges and immunities of the shares thereof, so far as not inconsistent
with the provisions of this Article 




























FOURTH. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Board of
Directors may fix and determine:

          1.   The designation of such series, the number of shares which
     shall constitute such series and the par value, if any, of such
     shares;

          2.   The rate of dividend, if any, payable on shares of such
     series;

          3.   Whether the shares of such series shall be cumulative,
     non-cumulative or partially cumulative as to dividends, and the dates
     from which any cumulative dividends are to accumulate;

          4.   Whether the shares of such series may be redeemed, and, if
     so, the price or prices at which and the terms and conditions on which
     shares of such series may be redeemed;

          5.   The amount payable upon shares of such series in the event
     of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation on winding up
     of the affairs of the Corporation;

          6.   The sinking fund provisions, if any, for the redemption of
     shares of such series;

          7.   The voting rights, if any, of the shares of such series;

          8.   The terms and conditions, if any, on which shares of such
     series may be converted into shares of capital stock of the
     Corporation of any other class or series;

          9.   Whether the shares of such series are to be preferred over
     shares of capital stock of the Corporation of any other class or
     series as to dividends, or upon the voluntary or involuntary
     dissolution, liquidation, or winding up of the affairs of the
     Corporation, or otherwise; and

          10.   Any other characteristics, preferences, limitations,
     rights, privileges, immunities or terms not inconsistent with the
     provisions of this Article FOURTH.

     C.   Shares of Special Stock may be issued from time to time in one or
more classes or series as provided in this Section C of Article FOURTH.

     Subpart I of this Section C sets forth provisions respecting the
Special Stock as a class. Subpart II vests in the Board of Directors
authority to designate series of Special 































                                     2







Stock and to determine and fix the distinguishing characteristics and
rights, privileges and immunities thereof.

SUBPART I.  The Special Stock as a Class
            ----------------------------

     1.   General.  Shares of Special Stock may be issued from time to time
          -------
in one or more series, as provided for by the Board of Directors as
permitted hereby.  All shares of Special Stock shall be of equal rank and
shall be identical, except in respect of the terms fixed by the Board of
Directors for series provided for by the Board of Directors as permitted
hereby. All shares of any one series shall be identical in all respects
with all the other shares of such series, except the shares of any one
series issued at different times may differ as to the dates from which
dividends thereon may be cumulative.

     2.   Status of Reacquired Shares.  Shares of any series of Special
          ---------------------------
Stock which have been redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired by the
Corporation, or which are no longer deemed to be outstanding by virtue of
funds or securities necessary for redemption or payment having been set
aside or deposited in trust or otherwise, or which, if convertible, have
been converted into shares of stock of the Corporation of any other class
or series, shall, upon appropriate filing and recording to the extent
required by law, have the status of authorized and unissued shares of
Special Stock and may be reissued as part of any series of Special Stock
provided for by the Board of Directors as permitted hereby.

SUBPART II.  Series of Special Stock
             -----------------------

     The Board of Directors is hereby authorized, by resolution or
resolutions, to establish, out of the unissued shares of Special Stock not
then allocated to any series of Special Stock, additional series of Special
Stock.  Before any shares of any such additional series are issued, the
Board of Directors shall fix and determine, and is hereby expressly
empowered to fix and determine, by resolution or resolutions, the
distinguishing characteristics and the relative rights, preferences,
privileges and immunities of the shares thereof, so far as not inconsistent
with the provisions of this Article FOURTH.  Without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, the Board of Directors may fix and determine:

          1.   The designation of such series, the number of shares which
     shall constitute such series and the par value, if any, of such
     shares;

          2.   The rate of dividend, if any, payable on shares of such
     series;

          3.   Whether the shares of such series shall be cumulative,
     non-cumulative or partially cumulative as to 






























                                     3







     dividends, and the dates from which any cumulative dividends are to
     accumulate;

          4.   Whether the shares of such series may be redeemed, and, if
     so, the price or prices at which and the terms and conditions on which
     shares of such series may be redeemed;

          5.   The amount payable upon shares of such series in the event
     of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up
     of the affairs of the Corporation;

          6.   The sinking fund provisions, if any, for the redemption of
     shares of such series;

          7.   The voting rights, if any, of the shares of such series;

          8.   The terms and conditions, if any, on which shares of such
     series may be converted into shares of capital stock of the
     Corporation of any other class or series;

          9.   Whether the shares of such series are to be preferred over
     shares of capital stock of the Corporation of any other class or
     series as to dividends, or upon the voluntary or involuntary
     dissolution, liquidation, or winding up of the affairs of the
     Corporation, or otherwise; and

          10.   Any other characteristics, preferences, limitations,
     rights, privileges, immunities or terms not inconsistent with the
     provisions of this Article FOURTH.

     D.   Except as otherwise provided in this Certificate of Incorporation
(including this Section D of Article FOURTH and including the resolutions
adopted by the Board of Directors pursuant to Section B or C of this
Article FOURTH), each holder of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote
for each share of Common Stock held by him on all matters submitted to
stockholders for a vote and each holder of Preferred Stock or Special Stock
of any series that is Voting Stock shall be entitled to such number of
votes for each share held by him as may be specified in the resolutions
providing for the issuance of such series.

     (a)  Definitions.  The following definitions shall apply to this
          -----------
Section D of Article FOURTH:

          "Affiliate" and "Associate" shall have the meanings given to such
     terms in Article NINTH.

































                                     4








     A person shall be deemed the "Beneficial Owner" of, and shall be
deemed to "Beneficially Own," shares of Capital Stock:

          (i)  which such person or any of such person's Affiliates or
     Associates, directly or indirectly, has the sole or shared right to
     vote or dispose of or has "beneficial ownership" of (as determined
     pursuant to Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the
     Exchange Act), including pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or
     understanding, whether or not in writing; provided that a person shall
                                               --------
     not be deemed the "Beneficial Owner" of, or to "Beneficially Own," any
     security under this subparagraph (i) as a result of an agreement,
     arrangement or understanding to vote such security that: (A) arises
     solely from a revocable proxy given in response to a public proxy or
     consent solicitation made pursuant to, and in accordance with, the
     applicable provisions of the General Rules and Regulations under the
     Exchange Act, and (B) is not reportable by such person on Schedule 13D
     under the Exchange Act (or any comparable or successor report) without
     giving effect to any applicable waiting period; or

          (ii)  which are Beneficially Owned, directly or indirectly, by
     any other person (or any Affiliate or Associate thereof) with which
     such person (or any of such person's Affiliates or Associates) has any
     agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether or not in writing),
     for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except pursuant to a
     revocable proxy as described in the proviso to subparagraph (i) above)
     or disposing of any Capital Stock;

provided further that:  (x) no director or officer of the Corporation (nor
- -------- -------
any Affiliate or Associate of any such director or officer) shall, solely
by reason of any or all of such directors or officers acting in their
capacities as such, be deemed the "Beneficial Owner" of or to "Beneficially
Own" any shares of Capital Stock that are Beneficially Owned by any other
such director or officer; (y) in the case of any employee stock ownership
or similar plan of the Corporation or of any Subsidiary in which the
beneficiaries thereof possess the right to vote the shares of Voting Stock
held by such plan, no such plan nor any trustee with respect thereto (nor
any Affiliate or Associate of such trustee), solely by reason of such
capacity of such trustee, shall be deemed the "Beneficial Owner" of or to
"Beneficially Own" the shares of Voting Stock held under such plan; and (z)
no person shall be deemed the "Beneficial Owner" of or to "Beneficially
Own" any shares of Voting Stock held in any voting trust, employee stock
ownership plan or any similar plan or trust 



































                                     5







if such person does not possess the right to vote such shares.

     "Capital Stock" shall have the meaning given to such term in Article
NINTH.

     "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
from time to time.

     The term "person" shall mean any individual, firm, company or other
entity.

     "Subsidiary" shall have the meaning given to such term in Article
NINTH.

     "Substantial Stockholder" shall mean any person (other than any
Subsidiary, any employee benefit plan of the Corporation or any Subsidiary,
or any person organized, appointed or established by the Corporation or any
Subsidiary for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan) who Beneficially
Owns shares of Voting Stock that would, before giving effect to the
reduction in votes prescribed in paragraph (b), represent more than the
Threshold Percentage of the total number of votes entitled to be cast by
the holders of all outstanding shares of Voting Stock.

     "Threshold Percentage" for any person shall equal 10%, except that it
shall be adjusted as follows:

          (i)  If the percentage of the votes entitled to be cast in
     respect of all outstanding shares of Voting Stock represented by the
     votes entitled to be cast in respect of the shares of Voting Stock
     that are Beneficially Owned by any person, before giving effect to the
     reduction in votes prescribed in paragraph (b), is increased above the
     Threshold Percentage previously applicable to such person solely as a
     result of any decrease in the number of outstanding shares of Voting
     Stock, then the Threshold Percentage for such person shall be adjusted
     upward to reflect the percentage increase in the votes that may be
     cast in respect of the shares of Voting Stock that are Beneficially
     owned by such person, before giving effect to the reduction in votes
     prescribed in paragraph (b), caused by such decrease in the number of
     outstanding shares of Voting Stock.

          (ii)  If the Threshold Percentage for any person is greater than
     10% and the percentage of the votes entitled to be cast in respect of
     all shares of Voting Stock represented by the votes entitled to be
     cast in respect of the shares of Voting Stock that 


































                                     6







     are Beneficially Owned by such person, before giving effect to the
     reduction in votes prescribed in paragraph (b), decreases for any
     reason (including as a result of a sale or other disposition by such
     person of any shares of Voting Stock or any increase in the number of
     outstanding shares of Voting Stock), then such person's Threshold
     Percentage shall be adjusted downward so as to equal the greater of: 
     (x) 10%; or (y) the percentage of the votes entitled to be cast in
     respect of all outstanding shares of Voting Stock represented by the
     votes entitled to be cast in respect of the shares of Voting Stock
     that are Beneficially Owned by such person before giving effect to the
     reduction in votes prescribed in paragraph (b).

     "Voting Stock" shall have the meaning given to such term in Article
NINTH.

     (b)  Limitation of Votinq Riqhts.
          ---------------------------

     (i)  So long as a Substantial Stockholder Beneficially Owns shares of
Voting Stock that would, before giving effect to the reduction of votes
prescribed by this paragraph (b), carry votes in excess of his Threshold
Percentage of the votes entitled to be cast in respect of all outstanding
shares of Voting Stock, and any other provision of this Certificate of
Incorporation notwithstanding, the record holders of the shares of Voting
Stock that are Beneficially Owned by the Substantial Stockholder shall have
limited voting rights on any matter requiring their vote or consent as set
forth in this paragraph (b).  As to any shares of Voting Stock Beneficially
Owned by a Substantial Stockholder that would, before giving effect to the
reduction of votes prescribed by this paragraph (b), carry votes in excess
of his Threshold Percentage of the votes entitled to be cast in respect of
all outstanding shares of Voting Stock, the record holders thereof shall be
entitled to cast one one-hundredth (1/100) of the votes which the holders
of such shares would, but for the provisions of this paragraph (b), be
entitled to cast.  The aggregate voting power, so limited, of the record
holders of the shares of Voting Stock that are Beneficially Owned by the
Substantial Stockholder shall be allocated proportionately among such
record holding as follows:  Each such record holder shall be entitled, with
respect to the shares of Voting Stock that are Beneficially Owned by the
Substantial Stockholder and held of record by such record holder, to a
number of votes equal to the product of (x) the aggregate number of votes
that would have been carried by such shares before giving effect to the
reduction in votes prescribed by this paragraph (b), multiplied by (y) the
fraction obtained by dividing (A) the number of votes carried by the shares
of Voting Stock that are Beneficially Owned by the Substantial Stockholder
after giving effect to the reduction in votes prescribed by this paragraph
(b), by (B) the 

































                                     7







number of votes carried by the shares of Voting Stock that are Beneficially
Owned by the Substantial Stockholder before giving effect to the reduction
in votes prescribed by this paragraph (b).

     (ii)  Notwithstanding the foregoing subparagraph (b)(i), so long as
there are seven or more persons who Beneficially Own shares of Voting
Stock, the record holders of the shares of Voting Stock that are
Beneficially Owned by a Substantial Stockholder collectively shall not be
entitled to cast in respect of such shares, on any matter submitted to
stockholders for vote or consent, a number of votes in excess of the sum of
(x) the applicable Threshold Percentage plus (y) 5%, of the number of votes
entitled to be cast in respect of all outstanding shares of Voting Stock
(with the number of votes being determined in each case after giving effect
to the reduction in votes prescribed by paragraph (b)).  If the preceding
sentence reduces the total number of votes that the record holders of the
shares of Voting Stock that are Beneficially Owned by a Substantial
Stockholder are entitled to cast in respect of such shares, such reduction
shall be effected, and the number of votes that each such record holder is
entitled to cast in respect of such shares shall be determined, in
accordance with the allocation provisions of subparagraph (b)(i).

     (c)  Factual Determinations.
          ----------------------

     (i)  The Board of Directors shall have the power and duty to construe
and apply the provisions of this Section D of Article FOURTH and to make
all determinations necessary or desirable to implement such provisions,
including but not limited to determining:  (v) the number of shares of
Voting Stock that are Beneficially Owned by any person; (w) whether a
person is an Affiliate or Associate of another person; (x) whether a person
has an agreement, arrangement, or understanding with another person as to
the matters referred to in the definition of Beneficial Ownership; (y) the
application of any other definition of operative provision of this Section
D of Article FOURTH to the given facts; and (z) any other matter relating
to the applicability or effect of this Section D of Article FOURTH.

     (ii)  The Board of Directors shall have the right to demand that any
person who it believes is or may be a Substantial Stockholder (or who holds
of record shares of Capital Stock that are Beneficially Owned by any person
that the Board of Directors believes is or may be a Substantial
Stockholder) supply the Corporation with complete information as to:  (x)
the record holders of all shares of Capital Stock that are Beneficially
Owned by such person; (y) the number of shares of each class or series of
Capital Stock that are Beneficially Owned by such person and held of record
by each such record holder and the numbers of the stock certificates
evidencing 

































                                     8







such shares; and (z) any other matter relating to the applicability or
effect of this Section D of Article FOURTH as the Board of Directors may
reasonably request.  Each such person shall furnish such information within
10 days after the receipt of such demand.

     (iii)   Any construction, application or determination made by the
Board of Directors pursuant to this Section D of Article FOURTH in good
faith and on the basis of such information and assistance as was then
reasonably available for such purpose shall be conclusive and binding upon
the Corporation and its stockholders, including any Substantial
Stockholder.

     (d)  Ouorum.  Except as otherwise provided by law, the presence, in
          ------
person or by proxy, of the holders of record of shares of Capital Stock
entitling the holders thereof to cast a majority of the votes entitled to
be cast by the holders of shares of Capital Stock entitled to vote (after
giving effect to the reduction in votes prescribed in paragraph (b)) shall
constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders, and any quorum
requirement or any requirement for stockholder consent or approval shall be
determined after giving effect to the reduction in votes prescribed in
paragraph (b).

     (e)  No Derogation of Fiduciary Obliqations.  Nothing contained in
          --------------------------------------
this Section D of Article FOURTH shall be construed to relieve any
Substantial Stockholder from any fiduciary obligation imposed by law.

     (f)  Severability.  If any provision of this Section D of Article
          ------------
FOURTH is determined to be invalid, void, illegal or unenforceable, the
remaining provisions of this Section D of Article FOURTH shall continue to
be valid and enforceable and shall in no way be affected, impaired or
invalidated.

     (g)  Termination.  The limitation on voting rights prescribed by this
          -----------
Section D of Article FOURTH shall terminate and be of no force and effect
as of the earliest to occur of

            (i)  the close of business on April 16, 1992; or

           (ii)  the date that any person other than Holiday Inns, Inc. or
     Holiday Corporation becomes the Beneficial Owner of shares of Voting
     Stock representing at least 75% of the total number of votes entitled
     to be cast in respect of all outstanding shares of Voting Stock,
     before giving effect to the reduction in votes prescribed by paragraph
     (b); or

          (iii)  the date (the "Reference Date") one day prior to the date
     on which, as a result of such limitation of voting rights, the Common
     Stock will be delisted from (including by ceasing to be temporarily or
     provisionally authorized for listing with) the New York Stock Exchange





























                                     9







     (the "NYSE") or the American Stock Exchange (the "AMEX"), or be no
     longer authorized for inclusion (including by ceasing to be
     provisionally or temporarily authorized for inclusion) on the National
     Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation
     System/National Market System ("NASDAQ/NMS"); provided, however, that
                                                   --------  -------
     (a) such termination shall not occur until the earlier of (x) the 90th
     day after the Reference Date or (y) the first day on or after a
     Reference Date that there is not pending a proceeding under the rules
     of the NYSE, the AMEX or the NASDAQ/NMS or any other administrative or
     judicial proceeding challenging such delisting or removal of
     authorization of the Common Stock, an application for listing of the
     Common Stock with the NYSE or the AMEX or for authorization for the
     Common Stock to be included on the NASDAQ/NMS, or an appeal with
     respect to any such application, and (b) such termination shall not
     occur by virtue of such delisting or lack of authorization if on or
     prior to the earlier of the 90th day after the Reference Date or the
     day on which no proceeding, application or appeal of the type
     described in (y) above is pending, the Common Stock is approved for
     listing or continued listing on the NYSE or the AMEX or authorized for
     inclusion or continued inclusion on the NASDAQ/NMS (including any such
     approval or authorization which is temporary or provisional).  Nothing
     contained herein shall be construed so as to prevent the Common Stock
     from continuing to be listed with the NYSE or AMEX or continuing to be
     authorized for inclusion on the NASDAQ/NMS in the event that the NYSE,
     AMEX or NASDAQ/NMS, as the case may be, adopts a rule or is governed
     by an order, decree, ruling or regulation of the Securities and
     Exchange Commission which provides in whole or in part that companies
     having common stock with differential voting rights listed on the NYSE
     or the AMEX or authorized for inclusion on the NASDAQ/NMS may continue
     to be so listed or included.

     E.   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate of
Incorporation to the contrary, but subject to the provisions of any
resolutions of the Board of Directors adopted pursuant to this Article
FOURTH creating any series of Preferred Stock, Special Stock or any other
class or series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock as to
dividends or upon liquidation, outstanding shares of Common Stock,
Preferred Stock, Special Stock or any other class or series of stock of the
Corporation shall always be subject to redemption by the Corporation, by
action of the Board of Directors, if in the judgment of the Board of
Directors such action should be taken, pursuant to Section 151(b) of the
GCL or any other applicable provision of law, to the extent necessary to
prevent the loss or secure the reinstatement of any license or franchise
from any governmental agency held by the Corporation or any Subsidiary to
conduct any portion of the business of the Corporation or any Subsidiary,
which license or franchise is 
































                                     10







conditioned upon some or all of the holders of the Corporation's stock of
any class or series possessing prescribed qualifications.  The terms and
conditions of such redemption shall be as follows:

          (a)  the redemption price of the shares to be redeemed pursuant
     to this Section E of Article FOURTH shall be equal to the Fair Market
     Value of such shares or such other redemption price as required by
     pertinent state or federal law pursuant to which the redemption is
     required;

          (b)  the redemption price of such shares may be paid in cash,
     Redemption Securities or any combination thereof;

          (c)  if less than all the shares held by Disqualified Holders are
     to be redeemed, the shares to be redeemed shall be selected in such
     manner as shall be determined by the Board of Directors, which may
     include selection first of the most recently purchased shares thereof,
     selection by lot or selection in any other manner determined by the
     Board of Directors;

          (d)  at least 30 days' written notice of the Redemption Date
     shall be given to the record holders of the shares selected to be
     redeemed (unless waived in writing by any such holder), provided that
     the Redemption Date may be the date on which written notice shall be
     given to record holders if the cash or Redemption Securities necessary
     to effect the redemption shall have been deposited in trust for the
     benefit of such record holders and subject to immediate withdrawal by
     them upon surrender of the stock certificates for their shares to be
     redeemed;

          (e)  from and after the Redemption Date or such earlier date as
     mandated by pertinent state or federal law, any and all rights of
     whatever nature, which may be held by the owners of shares selected
     for redemption (including without limitation any rights to vote or
     participate in dividends declared on stock of the same class or series
     as such shares), shall cease and terminate and they shall thenceforth
     be entitled only to receive the cash or Redemption Securities payable
     upon redemption; and

          (f)  such other terms and conditions as the Board of Directors
     shall determine.

For purposes of this Section E of Article FOURTH:

     (i)  "Disqualified Holder" shall mean any holder of shares of stock of
the Corporation of any class (or classes) or series whose holding of such
stock, either individually or when taken together with the holding of
shares of stock of the 






























                                     11







Corporation of any class (or classes) or series by any other holders, may
result, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, in the loss of, or the
failure to secure the reinstatement of, any license or franchise from any
governmental agency held by the Corporation or any Subsidiary to conduct
any portion of the business of the Corporation or any Subsidiary.

     (ii)  "Fair Market Value" of a share of the Corporation's stock of any
class or series shall mean the average Closing Price for such as share for
each of the 45 most recent days of which shares of stock of such class or
series shall have been traded preceding the day on which notice of
redemption shall be given pursuant to paragraph (d) of this Section E of
Article FOURTH; provided, however, that if shares of stock of such class or
                --------  -------
series are not traded on any securities exchange or in the over-the-counter
market, "Fair Market Value" shall be determined by the Board of Directors
in good faith; and provided further, however, that "Fair Market Value" as
                   -------- -------  -------
to any stockholder who purchased any stock of the class (or classes) or
series subject to redemption within 120 days of a Redemption Date need not
(unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors) exceed the purchase
price paid by him for any stock of such class (or classes) or series of the
Corporation. "Closing Price" on any day means the reported closing sales
price or, in case no such sale takes place, the average of the reported
closing bid and asked prices on the Composite Tape for the New York Stock
Exchange-Listed Stocks, or, if stock of the class or series in question is
not quoted on such Composite Tape, on the New York Stock Exchange, or, if
such stock is not listed on such Exchange, on the principal United States
securities exchange registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 on
which such stock is listed, or, if such stock is not listed on any such
exchange, the highest closing sales price or bid quotation for such stock
on the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated
Quotations System or any system then in use, or if no such prices or
quotations are available, the fair market value on the day in question as
determined by the Board of Directors in good faith.

     (iii)  "Redemption Date" shall mean the date fixed by the Board of
Directors for the redemption of any shares of stock of the Corporation
pursuant to this Section E of Article FOURTH.

     (iv)  "Redemption Securities" shall mean any debt or equity securities
of the Corporation, any Subsidiary or any other corporation, or any
combination thereof, having such terms and conditions as shall be approved
by the Board of Directors and which, together with any cash to be paid as
part of the redemption price, in the opinion of any nationally recognized
investment banking firm selected by the Board of Directors (which may be a
firm which provides other investment banking, brokerage or other services
to the Corporation), has a value, at the time notice of redemption is given
pursuant to paragraph (d) of this Section E of Article FOURTH, at least
equal to the 































                                     12







Fair Market Value of the shares to be redeemed pursuant to this Section E
of Article FOURTH (assuming, in the case of Redemption Securities to be
publicly traded, such Redemption Securities were fully distributed and
subject only to normal trading activity).

     (v)  "Subsidiary" shall mean any corporation more than 50% of whose
outstanding stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors
is owned by the Corporation, by one or more Subsidiaries or by the
Corporation and one or more Subsidiaries.

     FIFTH:  A.  The Board of Directors shall have the power to make,
adopt, alter, amend, change or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation by
resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the entire
Board of Directors.

     B.   Stockholders may not make, adopt, alter, amend, change or repeal
the Bylaws of the Corporation except upon the affirmative vote of at least
75% of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of all outstanding
shares then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting
together as a single class.

     SIXTH:  The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed
by or under the direction of the Board of Directors, which shall consist of
not less than three or more than seventeen directors, the exact number of
directors to be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by
affirmative vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors.  The Board
of Directors shall be divided into three classes, designated Class I, Class
II and Class III.  Each class shall consist, as nearly as may be possible,
of one-third of the total number of directors constituting the entire Board
of Directors.  At the 1990 annual meeting of stockholders, Class I
directors shall be elected for a one-year term, Class II directors for a
two-year term and Class III directors for a three-year term.  At each
succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, beginning in 1991, successors to
the class of directors whose term expires at that annual meeting shall be
elected for a three-year term.  If the number of directors is changed, any
increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the classes so as to
maintain the number of directors in each class as nearly equal as possible,
and any additional director of any class elected to fill a vacancy
resulting from an increase in such class shall hold office for a term that
shall coincide with the remaining term of that class, but in no case will a
decrease in the number of directors shorten the term of any incumbent
director.  A director shall hold office until the annual meeting for the
year in which his term expires and until his successor shall be elected and
shall qualify, subject, however, to prior death, resignation, retirement,
disqualification or removal from office.  Any vacancy on the Board of
Directors that results from an increase in the number of 
































                                     13







directors may be filled by a majority of the Board of Directors then in
office, provided that a quorum is present, and any other vacancy occurring
in the Board of Directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then
in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. 
Any director elected to fill a vacancy not resulting from an increase in
the number of  directors shall have the same remaining term as that of his
predecessor.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever the holders of any one or more
classes or series of Preferred Stock or Special Stock issued by the
Corporation shall have the right, voting separately by class or series, to
elect directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, the
election, term of office, filling of vacancies and other features of such
directorships shall be governed by the terms of this Certificate of
Incorporation applicable thereto (including the resolutions of the Board of
Directors pursuant to Article FOURTH), and such Directors so elected shall
not be divided into classes pursuant to this Article SIXTH unless expressly
provided by such terms.

     SEVENTH:  Special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation, for
any purpose or purposes, may only be called at any time by a majority of
the entire Board of Directors or by either the Chairman or the President of
the Corporation.

     EIGHTH:  No stockholder action may be taken except at an annual or
special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and stockholders may not
take any action by written consent in lieu of a meeting.

     NINTH:  A.  In addition to any affirmative vote required by law or
this Certificate of Incorporation (including any resolutions of the Board
of Directors pursuant to Article FOURTH hereof) or the Bylaws of the
Corporation, and except as otherwise expressly provided in Section B of
this Article NINTH, a Business Combination (as hereinafter defined) with,
or proposed by or on behalf of, any Interested Stockholder (as hereinafter
defined) or any Affiliate or Associate (as hereinafter defined) of any
Interested Stockholder or any person who thereafter would be an Affiliate
or Associate of such Interested Stockholder shall require the affirmative
vote of (i) not less than 75% of the votes entitled to be cast by the
holders of all the then outstanding shares of Voting Stock (as hereinafter
defined), voting together as a single class and (ii) not less than a
majority of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of all the then
outstanding Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, excluding
Voting Stock beneficially owned by such Interested Stockholder.  Such
affirmative vote shall be required notwithstanding the fact that no vote
may be required, or that a lesser percentage or separate class vote may be
specified, by law or in any agreement with any national securities exchange
or otherwise;





























                                     14








     B.   The provisions of Section A of this Article NINTH shall not be
applicable to any particular Business Combination, and such Business
Combination shall require only such affirmative vote, if any, as is
required by law or by any other provision of this Certificate of
Incorporation (including any resolutions of the Board of Directors pursuant
to Article FOURTH hereof) or the Bylaws of the Corporation, or any
agreement with any national securities exchange, if all the conditions
specified in either of the following Paragraphs 1 or 2 are met or, in the
case of Business Combination not involving the payment of consideration to
the holders of the Corporation's outstanding Capital Stock (as hereinafter
defined), if the condition specified in the following Paragraph 1 is met:

          1.  The Business Combinations shall have been approved, either
     specifically or as a transaction which is in an approved category of
     transactions, by a majority (whether such approval is made prior to or
     subsequent to the acquisition of, or announcement or public disclosure
     of the intention to acquire, beneficial ownership of the Voting Stock
     that caused the Interested Stockholder to become an Interested
     Stockholder) of the Continuing Directors (as hereinafter defined).

          2.  All of the following conditions shall have been met:

               a.  The aggregate amount of cash and the Fair Market Value
          (as hereinafter defined), as of the date of the consummation of
          the Business Combination of consideration other than cash to be
          received per share by holders of Common Stock in such Business
          Combination shall be at least equal to the highest amount
          determined under clauses (i) and (ii) below:

                    (i)  (if applicable) the highest per share price
               (including any brokerage commissions, transfer taxes and
               soliciting dealers' fees) paid by or on behalf of the
               Interested Stockholder for any share of Common Stock in
               connection with the acquisition by the Interested
               Stockholder of beneficial ownership of shares of Common
               Stock (x) within the two-year period immediately prior to
               the first public announcement of the proposed Business
               Combination (the "Announcement Date") or (y) in the
               transaction in which it became an Interested Stockholder,
               whichever is higher, in either case as adjusted for any
               subsequent stock split, stock dividend, subdivision or
               reclassification with respect to Common Stock; and

                    (ii)  the Fair Market Value per share of 

































                                     15







               Common Stock on the Announcement Date or on the date on
               which the Interested Stockholder became an Interested
               Stockholder (the "Determination Date"), whichever is higher,
               as adjusted for any subsequent stock split, stock dividend,
               subdivision or reclassification with respect to Common
               Stock.

               b.   The aggregate amount of cash and the Fair Market Value,
          as of the date of the consummation of the Business Combination,
          of consideration other than cash to be received per share by
          holders of shares of each class or series of outstanding Capital
          Stock, other than Common Stock, shall be at least equal to the
          highest amount determined under clauses (i), (ii) and (iii)
          below:

                    (i)  (if applicable) the highest per share price
               (including any brokerage commissions, transfer taxes and
               soliciting dealers' fees) paid by or on behalf of the
               Interested Stockholder for any share of such class or series
               of Capital Stock in connection with the acquisition by the
               Interested Stockholder of beneficial ownership of shares of
               such class or series of Capital Stock (x) within the
               two-year period immediately prior to the Announcement Date
               or (y) in the transaction in which it became an Interested
               Stockholder, whichever is higher, in either case as adjusted
               for any subsequent stock split, stock dividend, subdivision
               or reclassification with respect to such class or series of
               Capital Stock;

                    (ii)  the Fair Market Value per share of such class or
               series of Capital Stock on the Announcement Date or on the
               Determination Date, whichever is higher, as adjusted for any
               subsequent stock split, stock dividend, subdivision or
               reclassification with respect to such class or series of
               Capital Stock; and

                    (iii)  (if applicable) the highest preferential amount
               per share to which the holders of shares of such class or
               series of Capital Stock would be entitled in the event of
               any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or
               winding up of the affairs of the Corporation regardless of
               whether the Business Combination to be consummated
               constitutes such an event.

          The provisions of this Paragraph 2(b) shall be required to be met
          with respect to every class or 
































                                     16







          series of outstanding Capital Stock, whether or not the
          Interested Stockholder has previously acquired beneficial
          ownership of any shares of a particular class or series of
          Capital Stock.

               c.   The consideration to be received by holders of a
          particular class or series of outstanding Capital Stock shall be
          in cash or in the same form as previously has been paid by or on
          behalf of the Interested Stockholder in connection with its
          direct or indirect acquisition of beneficial ownership of shares
          of such class or series of Capital Stock.  If the consideration
          so paid for shares of any class or series of Capital Stock varied
          as to form, the form of consideration for such class or series of
          Capital Stock shall be either cash or the form used to acquire
          beneficial ownership of the largest number of shares of such
          class or series of Capital Stock previously acquired by the
          Interested Stockholder.

               d.   After the Determination Date and prior to the
          consummation of such Business Combination:  (i) except as
          approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors, there shall
          have been no failure to declare and pay at the regular date
          therefor any full periodic dividends (whether or not cumulative)
          payable in accordance with the terms of any outstanding Capital
          Stock; (ii) there shall have been no reduction in the annual rate
          of dividends paid on the Common Stock (except as necessary to
          reflect any stock split, stock dividend or subdivision of the
          Common Stock), except as approved by a majority of the Continuing
          Directors; (iii) there shall have been an increase in the annual
          rate of dividends paid on the Common Stock as necessary to
          reflect any reclassification (including any reverse stock split),
          recapitalization, reorganization or any similar transaction that
          has the effect of reducing the number of outstanding shares of
          Common Stock, unless the failure so to increase such annual rate
          is approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors; and (iv)
          such Interested Stockholders shall not have become the beneficial
          owner of any additional shares of Capital Stock except as part of
          the transaction that results in such Interested Stockholder
          becoming an Interested Stockholder and except in a transaction
          that, after giving effect thereto, would not result in any
          increase in the Interested Stockholder's percentage beneficial
          ownership of any class or series of Capital Stock.

               e.   A proxy or information statement describing the
          proposed Business Combination and complying with the requirements
          of the Securities Exchange Act of 
































                                     17







          1934 and the rules and regulations thereunder (the "Act") (or any
          subsequent provisions replacing such Act, rules or regulations)
          shall be mailed to all stockholders of the Corporation at least
          30 days prior to the consummation of such Business Combination
          (whether or not such proxy or information statement is required
          to be mailed pursuant to such Act or subsequent provisions).  The
          proxy or information statement shall contain on the first page
          thereof, in a prominent place, any statement as to the
          advisability (or inadvisability) of the Business Combination that
          the Continuing Directors, or any of them, may choose to make and,
          if deemed advisable by a majority of the Continuing Directors,
          the opinion of an investment banking firm selected by a majority
          of the Continuing Directors as to the fairness (or not) of the
          terms of the Business Combination from a financial point of view
          to the holders of the outstanding shares of Capital Stock other
          than the Interested Stockholder and its Affiliates or Associates,
          such investment banking firm to be paid a reasonable fee for its
          services by the Corporation.

               f.   Such Interested Stockholder shall not have made any
          major change in the Corporation's business or equity capital
          structure without the approval of a majority of the Continuing
          Directors.

     C.   The following definitions shall apply with respect to this
          article NINTH:

          1.   The term "Business Combination" shall mean:

               a.   any merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any
          Subsidiary (as hereinafter defined) with (i) any Interested
          Stockholder or (ii) any other company (whether or not itself an
          Interested Stockholder) which is, or after such merger or
          consolidation would be, an Affiliate or Associate of an
          Interested Stockholder; or

               b.   any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer
          or other disposition or security arrangement, investment, loan,
          advance, guarantee, agreement to purchase or sell, agreement to
          pay, extension of credit, joint venture participation or other
          arrangement (in one transaction or a series of transactions) with
          or for the benefit of any Interested Stockholder or any Affiliate
          or Associate of any Interested Stockholder involving any assets,
          securities or commitments of the Corporation, any Subsidiary or
          any Interested Stockholder or any Affiliate or Associate of any
          Interested Stockholder which (except for any arrangement, whether
          as 































                                     18







          employee or consultant or otherwise, other than as director,
          pursuant to which any Interested Stockholder or any Affiliate or
          Associate thereof shall, directly or indirectly, have any control
          over or responsibility for the management of any aspect of the
          business or affairs of the Corporation, with respect to which
          arrangement the value test set forth below shall not apply),
          together with all other such arrangements (including all
          contemplated future events), has an aggregate Fair Market Value
          and/or involves aggregate commitments of $100,000,000 or more or
          constitutes more than 5 percent of the book value of the total
          assets (in the case of transactions involving assets or
          commitments other than capital stock) or 5 percent of the
          stockholders' equity (in the case of transactions in capital
          stock) of the entity in question (the "Substantial Part"), as
          reflected in the most recent fiscal year-end consolidated balance
          sheet of such entity existing at the time the stockholders of the
          Corporation would be required to approve or authorize the
          Business Combination involving the assets, securities and/or
          commitments constituting any Substantial Part; provided, that if
                                                         --------
          stockholders' equity is negative, the fair market value of the
          outstanding Capital Stock at the date of such balance sheet shall
          be used in lieu thereof in determining if a transaction involves
          a Substantial Part; or

               c.   the adoption of any plan or proposal for the
          liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation or for any
          amendment to the Corporation's Bylaws; or

               d.   any reclassification of securities (including any
          reverse stock split), or recapitalization of the Corporation, or
          any merger or consolidation of the Corporation with any of its
          Subsidiaries or any other transaction (whether or not with or
          otherwise involving an Interested Stockholder) that has the
          effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate
          share of any class or series of Capital Stock, or any securities
          convertible into Capital Stock or into equity securities of any
          Subsidiary, that is beneficially owned by any Interested
          Stockholder or any affiliate or Associate of any Interested
          Stockholder; or

               e.   any agreement, contract or other arrangement providing
          for any one or more of the actions specified in the foregoing
          clauses (a) to (d).

          2.   The term "Capital Stock" shall mean all capital stock of the
     Corporation authorized to be issued from time to time under Article
     FOURTH of this Certificate of 































                                     19







     Incorporation, and the term "Voting Stock" shall mean all Capital
     Stock which by its terms may be voted on all matters submitted to
     stockholders of the Corporation generally.

          3.   The term "person" shall mean any individual, firm, company
     or other entity and shall include any group comprised of any person
     and any other person with whom such person or any Affiliate or
     Associate of such person has any agreement, arrangement or
     understanding, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of acquiring,
     holding, voting or disposing of Capital Stock.

          4.   The term "Interested Stockholder" shall mean any person
     (other than the Corporation or any Subsidiary and other than any
     profit-sharing, employee stock ownership or other employee benefit
     plan of the Corporation or any Subsidiary or any trustee of or
     fiduciary with respect to any such plan when acting in such capacity)
     who (a) is, or has announced or publicly disclosed a plan or intention
     to become, the beneficial owner of Voting Stock representing ten
     percent or more of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of all
     the then outstanding shares of Voting Stock (without giving effect to
     the reduction in votes prescribed by Section D of Article FOURTH); or
     (b) is an Affiliate or Associate of the Corporation and at any time
     within the two-year period immediately prior to the date in question
     was the beneficial owner of Voting Stock representing ten percent or
     more of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of all the then
     outstanding shares of Voting Stock (without giving effect to the
     reduction in votes prescribed by Section D of Article FOURTH).

          5.   A person shall be a "beneficial owner" of any Capital Stock
     (a) which such person or any of its Affiliates or Associates
     beneficially owns, directly or indirectly; (b) which such person or
     any of its Affiliates or Associates has, directly or indirectly, (i)
     the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or
     subject only to the passage of time), pursuant to any agreement,
     arrangement or understanding or upon the exercise of conversion
     rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise, or (ii)
     the right to vote pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or
     understanding; or (c) which is beneficially owned, directly or
     indirectly, by any other person with which such person or any of its
     Affiliates or Associates has any agreement, arrangement or
     understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or
     disposing of any shares of Capital Stock; provided that: (x) no
                                               --------
     director or officer of the Corporation (nor any Affiliate or Associate
     of  any such director or officer) shall, solely by reason of any or
     all of such directors or officers acting in their capacities as such,
     be deemed the "beneficial owner" of any shares of 
































                                     20







     Capital Stock that are beneficially owned by any other such director
     or officer; (y) in the case of any employee stock ownership or similar
     plan of the Corporation or of any Subsidiary in which the
     beneficiaries thereof possess the right to vote the shares of Voting
     Stock held by such plan, no such plan nor any trustee with respect
     thereto (nor any Affiliate or Associate of such trustee), solely by
     reason of such capacity of such trustee, shall be deemed the
     "beneficial owner" of the shares of Voting Stock held under such plan;
     and (z) no person shall be deemed the "beneficial owner" of any shares
     of Voting Stock held in any voting trust, employee stock ownership
     plan or any similar plan or trust if such person does not possess the
     right to vote such shares.  For the purposes of determining whether a
     person is an Interested Stockholder pursuant to Paragraph 4 of this
     section C, the number of shares of Capital Stock deemed to be
     outstanding shall include shares deemed beneficially owned by such
     person through application of this Paragraph 5 of Section C, but shall
     not include any other shares of Capital Stock that may be issuable
     pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon
     exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.

          6.   The terms "Affiliate" and "Associate" shall have the
     respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 under the Act
     as in effect on the date that Article NINTH is approved by the Board
     (the term "registrant" in said Rule 12b-2 meaning in this case the
     Corporation).

          7.   The term "Subsidiary" means any company of which a majority
     of any class of equity security is beneficially owned by the
     Corporation; provided, however, that for the purposes of the
                  --------  -------
     definition of Interested Stockholder set forth in Paragraph 4 of this
     Section C, the term "Subsidiary" shall mean only a company of which a
     majority of each class of equity security is beneficially owned by the
     Corporation.

          8.   The term "Continuing Director" means any member of the Board
     of Directors of the Corporation (the "Board of Directors"), while such
     person is a member of the Board of Directors, who is not an Affiliate
     or Associate or representative of the Interested Stockholder and was a
     member of the Board of Directors prior to the time that the Interested
     Stockholder became an Interested Stockholder, and any successor of a
     Continuing Director while such successor is a member of the Board of
     Directors, who is not an affiliate or associate or representative of
     the Interested Stockholder and is recommended or elected to succeed
     the Continuing director by a majority of the Continuing Directors.

          9.   The term "Fair Market Value" means (a) in the 
































                                     21







     case of cash, the amount of such cash; (b) in the case of stock the
     highest closing sales price during the 30-day period immediately
     preceding the date in question of a share of such stock on the
     Composite Tape for New York Stock Exchange - Listed Stocks, or, if
     such stock is not quoted on the Composite Tape, on the New York Stock
     Exchange, or, if such stock is not listed on such Exchange, on the
     principal United States securities exchange registered under the Act
     on which such stock is listed, or, if such stock is not listed on any
     such exchange, the highest closing sales price or bid quotation with
     respect to a share of such stock during the 30-day period preceding
     the date in question on the National Association of Securities
     Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotations System or any similar system then
     in use, or if no such quotations are available, the fair market value
     on the date in question of a share of such stock as determined by a
     majority of the Continuing Directors in good faith; and (c) in the
     case of property other than cash or stock, the fair market value of
     such property on the date in question as determined in good faith by a
     majority of the Continuing Directors.

          10.  In the event of any Business Combination in which the
     Corporation survives, the phrase "consideration other than cash to be
     received" as used in Paragraphs 2.a and 2.b of Section B of this
     Article NINTH shall include the shares of Common Stock and/or the
     shares of any other class or series of Capital Stock retained by the
     holders of such shares.

     D.   A majority of the Continuing Directors shall have the power and
duty to determine for the purposes of this Article NINTH, on the basis of
information known to them after reasonable inquiry, all questions arising
under this Article NINTH including, without limitation, (a) whether a
person is an Interested Stockholder, (b) the number of shares of Capital
Stock or other securities beneficially owned by any person, (c) whether a
person is an Affiliate or Associate of another, (d) whether a Proposed
Action (as hereinafter defined) is with, or proposed by, or on behalf of,
an Interested Stockholder or an Affiliate or Associate of an Interested
Stockholder, (e) whether the assets that are the subject of any Business
Combination have, or the consideration to be received for the issuance or
transfer of securities by the Corporation or any Subsidiary in any Business
Combination has, an aggregate Fair Market Value of $100,000,000 or more,
and (f) whether the assets or securities that are the subject of any
Business Combination constitute a Substantial Part.  Any such determination
made in good faith shall be binding and conclusive on all parties.




































                                     22








     E.   Nothing contained in this Article NINTH shall be construed to
relieve any Interested Stockholder from any fiduciary obligation imposed by
law.

     F.   The fact that any Business Combination complies with the
provisions of Section B of this Article NINTH shall not be construed to
impose any fiduciary duty, obligation or responsibility on the Board of
Directors, or any member thereof, to approve such Business Combination or
recommend its adoption or approval to the stockholders of the Corporation,
nor shall such compliance limit, prohibit or otherwise restrict in any
manner the Board of Directors, or any member thereof, with respect to
evaluations of or actions and responses taken with respect to such Business
Combination.

     G.   For the purpose of this Article NINTH, a Business Combination or
any proposal to amend, repeal or adopt any provision of this Certificate of
Incorporation inconsistent with this Article NINTH (collectively, "Proposed
Action") is presumed to have been proposed by, or on behalf of, an
Interested Stockholder or a person who thereafter would become such if (1)
after the Interested Stockholder became such, the Proposed Action is
proposed following the election of any director of the Corporation who with
respect to such Interested Stockholder, would not qualify to serve as a
Continuing Director or (2) such Interested Stockholder, Affiliate,
Associate or person votes for or consents to the adoption of any such
Proposed Action, unless as to such Interested Stockholder, Affiliate,
Associate or person, a majority of the Continuing Directors makes a good
faith determination that such Proposed Action is not proposed by or on
behalf of such Interested Stockholder, Affiliate, Associate or person,
based on information known to them after reasonable inquiry.

     H.   Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Certificate of
Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation (and notwithstanding the
fact that a lesser percentage or separate class vote may be specified by
law, this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation),
any proposal to amend, repeal or adopt any provision of this Certificate of
Incorporation inconsistent with this Article NINTH which is proposed by or
on behalf of an Interested Stockholder or an Affiliate or Associate of an
Interested Stockholder shall require the affirmative vote of (i) the
holders of not less than 75% of the votes entitled to be cast by the
holders of all the then outstanding shares of Voting Stock, voting together
as a single class, and (ii) the holders of not less than a majority of the
votes entitled to be cast by the holders of all the then outstanding shares
of Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, excluding Voting Stock
beneficially owned by such Interested Stockholder, provided, however, that
                                                   --------  -------
this Section H shall not apply to, and such vote shall not be required for,
any amendment, repeal or adoption 































                                     23







unanimously recommended by the Board of Directors if all of such directors
are persons who would be eligible to serve as Continuing Directors within
the meaning of Section C, Paragraph 8 of this Article NINTH.

     TENTH:  A.  Subject to Section C of this Article TENTH, the
Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is
threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed
action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation)
by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or
agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the
Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against
expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in
settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such
action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he
reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no
reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.  The termination of
any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction,
or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself,
                  ---- ----------
create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a
manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best
interest of the Corporation, or, with respect to any criminal action or
proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

     B.   Subject to Section C of this Article TENTH, the Corporation shall
indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a
party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the
right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of
the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the
Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership,
joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including
attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with
the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith
and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best
interest of the Corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made
in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have
been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent
that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was
brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of
liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is
fairly and 


































                                     24







reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of
Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

     C.   Any indemnification under this Article TENTH (unless ordered by a
court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific
case upon a determination that indemnification of the director, officer,
employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because he has met the
applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section A or Section B of this
Article TENTH, as the case may be.  Such determination shall be made (i) by
the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of
directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, or (ii)
if such a quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable a quorum of
disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a
written opinion, or (iii) by the stockholders.  To the extent, however,
that a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation has been
successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or
proceeding described in Section A or Section B of this Article TENTH, or in
defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified
against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably
incurred by him in connection therewith, without the necessity of
authorization in the specific case.

     D.  For purposes of any determination under Section C of this Article
TENTH, a person shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner
he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interest of the
Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, to
have had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful, if his
action is based on the records or books of account of the Corporation or
another enterprise, or on information supplied to him by the officers of
the Corporation or another enterprise in the course of their duties, or on
the advice of legal counsel for the Corporation or another enterprise or on
information or records given or reports made to the Corporation or another
enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser
or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Corporation or another
enterprise.  The term "another enterprise" as used in this Section D of
Article TENTH shall mean any other corporation or any partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise of which such person is or was serving
at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or
agent.  The provisions of this Section D shall not be deemed to be
exclusive or to limit in any way the circumstances in which a person may be
deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections
A or B of this Article TENTH as the case may be.

     E.  Notwithstanding any contrary determination in the specific case
under Section C of this Article TENTH, and notwithstanding the absence of
any determination thereunder, any director, officer, employee or agent may
apply to any court 































                                     25







of competent jurisdiction in the State of Delaware for indemnification to
the extent otherwise permissible under Sections A and B of this Article
TENTH.  The basis of such indemnification by a court shall be a
determination by such court that indemnification of the director, officer,
employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because he has met the
applicable standards of conduct set forth in Sections A or B of this
Article TENTH, as the case may be.  Notice of any application for
indemnification pursuant to this Section E of Article TENTH shall be given
to the Corporation promptly upon the filing of such application.

     F.  Expenses incurred in defending or investigating a threatened or
pending action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Corporation in
advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon
receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director, officer,
employee or agent to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined
that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized
in this Article TENTH.

     G.  The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by this
Article TENTH shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which
any person seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be
entitled under any Bylaw, agreement, contract, vote of stockholders or
disinterested directors or pursuant to the direction (howsoever embodied)
of any court of competent jurisdiction or otherwise, both as to action in
his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding
such office, it being the policy of the Corporation that indemnification
of, and advancement of expenses to, the persons specified in Sections A and
B of this Article TENTH shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by
law.  The provisions of this Article TENTH shall not be deemed to preclude
the indemnification of, and advancement of expenses to, any person who is
not specified in Sections A or B of this Article TENTH but whom the
Corporation has the power or obligation to indemnify under the provisions
of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or otherwise.  The
indemnification provided by this Article TENTH shall continue as to a
person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and
shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of
such person.

     H.  The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of
any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the
Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership,
joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted
against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his
status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power or the
obligation to indemnify him 
































                                     26







against such liability under the provisions of this Article TENTH.

     I.  For purposes of this Article TENTH, reference to "the Corporation"
shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent
corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a
consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued,
would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers,
employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer,
employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at
the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer,
employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust
or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions
of this Article TENTH with respect to the resulting or surviving
corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation
if its separate existence had continued.

     ELEVENTH:  Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between
this Corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between this
Corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of
equitable jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application
in a summary way of this Corporation or of any creditor or stockholder
thereof or on the application of any receiver or receivers appointed for
this Corporation under the provisions of Section 291 of the GCL or on the
application of trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers
appointed for this Corporation under the provisions of Section 279 of the
GCL, order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the
stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may
be, to be summoned in such manner as the said court directs.  If a majority
in number representing three-fourths in value of the creditors or class of
creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this
Corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and
to any reorganization of this Corporation as a consequence of such
compromise or arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said
reorganization shall, if sanctioned by the court to which the said
application has been made, be binding on all the creditors or class of
creditors, and/or on all the stockholders or class of stockholders, of this
Corporation, as the case may be, and also on this Corporation.

     TWELFTH:  The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change
or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in
the manner now or thereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights
conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.




































                                     27







     THIRTEENTH:  No director of this Corporation shall be personally
liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for
breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any
breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its
stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve
intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law, (iii) under
Section 174 of the GCL, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director
derived an improper personal benefit.  If the GCL is hereafter amended to
authorize corporate action further limiting or eliminating the personal
liability of directors, then the liability of each director of the
Corporation shall be limited or eliminated to the fullest extent permitted
by the GCL as so amended from time to time.

     FOURTEENTH:  The name and mailing address of the incorporator is:

                    E. O. Robinson, Jr.
                    The Promus Companies Incorporated
                    1023 Cherry Road
                    Memphis, Tennessee  38117



























































                                     28







     I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the sole incorporator hereinbefore named,
for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, do make this certificate, herein
declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts herein
stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set my hand this 31st day of
October, 1989.



                                      /s/ E. O. Robinson, Jr.
                                     ------------------------
                                          E. O. Robinson, Jr.








































                                     29








                          CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

                                     OF

                        CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION


     The Promus Companies Incorporated, a corporation organized and
existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware,

     DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

     FIRST: That at a meeting of the Board of Directors of The Promus
Companies Incorporated, resolutions were duly adopted setting forth a
proposed amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation,
declaring said amendment to be advisable and in the best interest of the
corporation and its stockholders, and directing that the proposed amendment
be considered at the next annual meeting of the stockholders of said
corporation.  The resolutions setting forth the proposed amendment are as
follows:

     RESOLVED, that the Board of Directors of the Company hereby approves
and sets forth the following proposed amendment (the "Proposed Amendment")
to Article FOURTH of the Company's Certificate of Incorporation:

     (1)  That paragraph A of Article FOURTH of the Certificate of
Incorporation of the Company be amended to read in its entirety as follows:

     "A.  The total number of shares which the Corporation shall have
     authority to issue is 365,150,000, consisting of 360,000,000 shares of
     Common Stock, par value $.10 per share (the "Common Stock"), 150,000
     shares of Preferred Stock, par value of $100.00 per share (the
     "Preferred Stock"), and 5,000,000 shares of Special Stock, par value
     $1.12 1/2 per share (the "Special Stock")."

     (2)  That the following additional paragraph be inserted immediately
after paragraph A of Article FOURTH of the Company's Certificate of
Incorporation:

     "Simultaneously with the effective date of the amendment of paragraph
     A of Article FOURTH to read as set forth above (the "Effective Date"),
     each share of the Common Stock, par value $1.50 per share, of the
     Corporation issued and outstanding or held as treasury shares
     immediately prior to the Effective Date shall, automatically and
     without further action on the part of the holder thereof, have a par
     value of $.10 per share and each existing certificate representing
     such shares shall represent the same number of shares of Common Stock,
     with a par value of $.10 per share."


























     SECOND:  That thereafter, pursuant to resolution of its Board of
Directors, an annual meeting of the stockholders of said corporation was
held upon notice in accordance with Section 222 of the General Corporation
Law of the State of Delaware, at which meeting the necessary number of
shares as required by statute were voted in favor of the amendment.

     THIRD: That said amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the
provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said corporation has caused this Certificate to be
signed by E. O. Robinson, Jr., its Senior Vice President and attested by
Vincent G. De Young, its Assistant Secretary, the 29th day of April, 1994.




                                   By: /s/ E. O. ROBINSON, JR.    
                                      --------------------------
                                           E. O. Robinson, Jr.
                                           Senior Vice President
                                         


ATTEST:



/s/ VINCENT G. DE YOUNG
- ----------------------
   Vincent G. De Young
   Assistant Secretary




























































                          CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
                                     OF
                        CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

     The Promus Companies Incorporated, a corporation organized and
existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware,

     DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

     FIRST: That at a meeting of the Board of Directors of The Promus
Companies Incorporated, resolutions were duly adopted setting forth a
proposed amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation,
declaring said amendment to be advisable and in the best interest of the
corporation and its stockholders, and directing that the proposed amendment
be considered at the next annual meeting of the stockholders of said
corporation.  The resolutions setting forth the proposed amendment are as
follows:

     RESOLVED, that the Board of Directors of the Company hereby approves
and sets forth the following proposed amendment (the "Proposed Amendment")
to Section E of Article FOURTH of the Company's Certificate of
Incorporation:

     That Section E of Article FOURTH of the Certificate of Incorporation
of the Company be amended to read in its entirety as follows:

     Notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate of
Incorporation to the contrary, but subject to the provisions of any
resolutions of the Board of Directors adopted pursuant to this Article
FOURTH creating any series of Preferred Stock, Special Stock or any other
class or series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock as to
dividends or upon liquidation, outstanding shares of Common Stock,
Preferred Stock, Special Stock or any other class or series of stock of the
Corporation shall always be subject to redemption by the Corporation, by
action of the Board of Directors, if, in the judgment of the Board of
Directors, any holder of such stock is determined by any gaming regulatory
agency to be unsuitable, has an application for a license or permit
rejected, or has a previously issued license or permit rescinded,
suspended, revoked or not renewed, as the case may be, whether or not any
of the foregoing is final and nonappealable, or if such action otherwise
should be taken, pursuant to Section 151(b) of the GCL or any other
applicable provision of law, to the extent necessary to avoid any
regulatory sanctions against, or to prevent the loss of or secure the
reinstatement of any license, franchise or entitlement from any
governmental agency held by, the Corporation, any Affiliate of the
Corporation or any entity in which the Corporation or such Affiliate is an
owner, which license, franchise or entitlement is (i) conditioned upon some
or all of the holders of the Corporation's stock of any class or series
possessing prescribed qualifications, or (ii) needed to allow the conduct
of any portion of the business of the Corporation or any such Affiliate or
other entity. The terms and conditions of such redemption shall be as
follows:






























          (a) the redemption price of the shares to be redeemed pursuant
     to this Section E of Article FOURTH shall be equal to the Fair Market
     Value of such shares (excluding any dividends thereon not entitled to
     be received pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section E of Article
     FOURTH) or such other redemption price as required by any applicable
     law, regulation or rule; 

          (b) the redemption price of such shares may be paid in cash,
     Redemption Securities or any combination thereof;

          (c) if less than all the shares held by Disqualified Holders are
     to be redeemed, the shares to be redeemed shall be selected in such
     manner as shall be determined by the Board of Directors, which may
     include selection first of the most recently purchased shares thereof,
     selection by lot or selection in any other manner determined by the
     Board of Directors;

          (d) at least 30 days' written notice of the Redemption Date
     shall be given to the record holders of the shares selected to be
     redeemed (unless waived in writing by any such holder), provided that
     the Redemption Date may be the date on which written notice shall be
     given to record holders if the cash or Redemption Securities necessary
     to effect the redemption shall have been deposited in trust for the
     benefit of such record holders and subject to immediate withdrawal by
     them upon surrender of the stock certificates for their shares to be
     redeemed;

          (e) from and after the Redemption Date or such earlier date as
     mandated by any applicable law, regulation or rule, any and all rights
     of whatever nature, which may be held by the owners of shares selected
     for redemption (including without limitation any rights to vote or
     participate in dividends declared on stock of the same class or series
     as such shares), shall cease and terminate and they shall thenceforth
     be entitled only to receive the cash or Redemption Securities payable
     upon redemption; and 

          (f) such other terms and conditions as the Board of Directors
     shall determine.

For purposes of this Section E of Article FOURTH:

          (i) "Disqualified Holder" shall mean any holder of shares of
     stock of the Corporation of any class (or classes) or series who,
     either individually or when taken together with any other holders of
     shares of stock of the Corporation of any class (or classes) or
     series, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, is determined by
     any gaming regulatory agency to be unsuitable, or has an application
     for a license or permit rejected, or has a previously issued license
     or permit rescinded, suspended, revoked or not renewed, as the case
     may be, whether or not any of the foregoing is final and
     nonappealable, or whose holding 













                                      2







     of such stock, either individually or when taken together with the
     holding of shares of stock of the Corporation of any class (or
     classes) or series by any other holders, may result, in the judgment
     of the Board of Directors, in any regulatory sanctions against, or the
     loss of or the failure to secure the reinstatement of any license,
     franchise or entitlement from any governmental agency held by, the
     Corporation, any Affiliate of the Corporation or any entity in which
     the Corporation or such Affiliate is an owner. 

          (ii)      "Fair Market Value" of a share of the Corporation's
     stock of any class or series shall mean the average Closing Price for
     such share for each of the 45 most recent days of which shares of
     stock of such class or series shall have been traded preceding the day
     on which notice of redemption shall be given pursuant to paragraph (d)
     of this Section E of Article FOURTH; provided, however, that if shares
                                          --------  -------
     of stock of such class or series are not traded on any securities
     exchange or in the over-the-counter market, "Fair Market Value" shall
     be determined by the Board of Directors in good faith; and provided
                                                                --------
     further, however, that "Fair Market Value" as to any stockholder who
     -------  -------
     purchased any stock of the class (or classes) or series subject to
     redemption within 120 days of a Redemption Date need not (unless
     otherwise determined by the Board of Directors) exceed the purchase
     price paid by him for any stock of such class (or classes) or series
     of the Corporation. "Closing Price" on any day means the reported
     closing sales price or, in case no such sale takes place, the average
     of the reported closing bid and asked prices on the Composite Tape for
     the New York Stock Exchange-Listed Stocks, or, if such stock is not listed 
     on such Exchange, on the principal United States securities exchange
     registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 on which such
     stock is listed, or, if such stock is not listed on any such exchange,
     the highest closing sales price or bid quotation for such stock on the
     National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotations
     System or any system then in use, or if no such prices or quotations
     are available, the fair market value on the day in question as
     determined by the Board of Directors in good faith.

          (iii)     "Redemption Date" shall mean the date fixed by the
     Board of Directors for the redemption of any shares of stock of the
     Corporation pursuant to this Section E of Article FOURTH.

          (iv)      "Redemption Securities" shall mean any debt or equity
     securities of the Corporation, any Subsidiary or any other
     corporation, or any combination thereof, having such terms and
     conditions as shall be approved by the Board of Directors and which,
     together with any cash to be paid as part of the redemption price, in
     the opinion of any nationally recognized investment banking firm
     selected by the Board of Directors (which may be a firm which provides
     other investment banking, brokerage or other services to the
     Corporation), has a value, at the time notice of redemption is given
     pursuant to paragraph (d) of this Section E of Article FOURTH, at
     least equal to the Fair Market Value of the shares to be redeemed 





















                                      3







     pursuant to this Section E of Article FOURTH (assuming, in the case of
     Redemption Securities to be publicly traded, such Redemption
     Securities were fully distributed and subject only to normal trading
     activity).

          (v) "Subsidiary" shall mean any corporation more than 50% of
     whose outstanding stock entitled to vote generally in the election of
     directors is owned by the Corporation, by one or more Subsidiaries or
     by the Corporation and one or more Subsidiaries.

          (vi)      "Affiliate" shall have the meaning ascribed to such
     term in Rule 12b-2 under the Act as in effect on the date that Article
     FOURTH is approved by the Board (the term "registrant" in said Rule
     12b-2 meaning in this case the Corporation). 

     SECOND:  That thereafter, pursuant to resolution of its Board of
Directors, an annual meeting of the stockholders of said corporation was
held upon notice in accordance with Section 222 of the General Corporation
Law of the State of Delaware, at which meeting the necessary number of
shares as required by statute were voted in favor of the amendment.

     THIRD: That said amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the
provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said corporation has caused this Certificate to be
signed by E. O. Robinson, Jr., its Senior Vice President and attested by
Stephen H. Brammell, its Assistant Secretary, the 26th day of May 1995.

                                   By: /s/ E. O. Robinson, Jr.
                                       __________________________
                                       E. O. Robinson, Jr.
                                       Senior Vice President
ATTEST:

/s/ Stephen H. Brammell
________________________ 
Stephen H. Brammell
Assistant Secretary













                                      4








                          CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

                                     OF

                        CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                     OF

                     THE PROMUS COMPANIES INCORPORATED


     The Promus Companies Incorporated, a corporation organized and
existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware,

     DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

     FIRST: That at a meeting of the Board of Directors of The Promus
Companies Incorporated, resolutions were duly adopted setting forth a
proposed amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation,
declaring said amendment to be advisable and in the best interest of the
corporation and its stockholders, and directing that the proposed amendment
be considered at the next annual meeting of the stockholders of said
corporation.  The resolutions setting forth the proposed amendment are as
follows:

     RESOLVED, that the Board of Directors of the Company hereby approves
and sets forth the following proposed amendment (the "Proposed Amendment")
to Article FIRST of the Company's Certificate of Incorporation:

     That Article FIRST of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company
     be amended to read in its entirety as follows:

     "FIRST:  The name of the Corporation is Harrah's Entertainment, Inc."

     SECOND:  That thereafter, pursuant to resolution of its Board of
Directors, an annual meeting of the stockholders of said corporation was
held upon notice in accordance with Section 222 of the General Corporation
Law of the State of Delaware, at which meeting the necessary number of
shares as required by statute were voted in favor of the amendment.

     THIRD: That said amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the
provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware.

























     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said corporation has caused this Certificate to be
signed by E. O. Robinson, Jr., its Senior Vice President and attested by
Stephen H. Brammell, its Assistant Secretary, the 30th day of June, 1995.

                  By: /s/ E. O. Robinson, Jr. 
                      __________________________
                      E. O. Robinson, Jr.
                      Senior Vice President
ATTEST:

/s/ Stephen H. Brammell
________________________ 
Stephen H. Brammell
Assistant Secretary




























                                      2










                                                                  EXHIBIT 4(12)









TO:   Harrah's Operating Company, Inc. ("Counterparty")
      Attn:  Katie Weien
      Rapidfax: (901) 762-8998

FROM: Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association ("BofA")
      185 Berry Street
      San Francisco, CA 94107
      Derivative Products Operations
      Phone No.: (415) 624-1111
      Rapidfax No.: (415) 624-1101


DATE:  December 21, 1995

RE:   USD  50,000,000.00 Swap Transaction

Dear Sir/Madam:

     The purpose of this letter agreement is to confirm the terms and
conditions of the Transaction entered into between us on the Trade Date
specified below (the "Swap Transaction").  This letter agreement
constitutes a "Confirmation" as referred to in the Agreement specified
below.

     The definitions and provisions contained in the 1991 ISDA Definitions
(as published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc.)
are incorporated into this Confirmation.  In the event of any inconsistency
between those definitions and provisions and this Confirmation, this
Confirmation will govern.

     1.  This Confirmation supplements, forms part of, and is subject to,
the Interest Rate and Currency Exchange Agreement dated as of May 13, 1993,
as amended and supplemented from time to time (the "Agreement"), between
you and us.  All provisions contained in the Agreement govern this
Confirmation except as expressly modified below.

     THIS FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION WILL BE THE ONLY WRITTEN COMMUNICATION
REGARDING THIS SWAP TRANSACTION.  Pursuant to ISDA guidelines, this
facsimile transmission will be sufficient for all purposes to evidence a
binding supplement to the Agreement.  However, should you have an internal
requirement for confirmations with an original signature, we request that
you sign and return this Confirmation by facsimile, whereupon, we will add
an original signature to the fully executed Confirmation, and forward it to
you by mail.










December 21, 1995
Page 2



     2.  The terms of the particular Swap Transaction to which this
Confirmation relates are as follows:

Notional Amount:                        USD  50,000,000.00
Trade Date:                             December 20, 1995
Effective Date:                         December 22, 1995
Termination Date:                       March 22, 2000, subject to adjustment in
                                        accordance with the Modified Following
                                        Business Day Convention

Fixed Amounts:

     Fixed Rate Payer:                  Counterparty

     Fixed Rate Payer Payment Dates:    The 22nd of every March, June,
                                        September and December, beginning
                                        with March 22, 1996 and ending on
                                        and including the Termination Date

     Fixed Amount:                      Calculation x Fixed x Fixed Rate Day
                                        Amount        Rate    Count Fraction

     Fixed Rate:                        6.94500%

     Fixed Rate Day Count Fraction:     Actual/360

Floating Amounts:

     Floating Rate Payer:               BofA

     Floating Rate Payer
     Payment Dates:                     Same as Fixed Rate Payor Payment Dates

     Floating Rate for Initial 
     Calculation Period:                5.66797%

     Floating Rate Option:              USD-LIBOR-BBA

     Designated Maturity:               Three (3) Months

     Spread:                            None


















December 21, 1995
Page 3



     Floating Rate Day
     Count Fraction:               Actual/360

     Reset Dates:                  First day of each Calculation Period

     Compounding:                  Inapplicable

Business Day:                      New York and London

Business Day Convention:           Modified Following

Calculation Agent:                 BofA

3.   Account Details

     Payments to BofA:             Fed Funds to Bank of America NT and SA
                                   San Francisco ABA NO. 1210-0035-8 BISD
                                   Acct No. 33006-83980  Attn:  IRS
                                   Operations

     Payments to Counterparty:     Fed Funds to First Tennessee Bank
                                   Memphis Tennessee ABA No. 0840-
                                   0002-6 Account Harrah's Operating
                                   Co. Inc. Account No. 841-900

4.   Offices:

     Office of BofA:               The San Francisco Head Office

     Office of Counterparty:       Memphis, TN

Variations to the Agreement
for this Swap Transaction:         None

     Please confirm your agreement to be bound by the terms stated herein
by executing the copy of this Confirmation enclosed for that purpose and
returning it to us or by sending to us a telex or letter, within 24 hours
of receipt of this Confirmation to Bank of America NT & SA San Francisco
Telex No. 249839 Answer Back OPRST UR or Rapifax No. 415-624-1101
Attention:  Derivative Products Operations, substantially in the form
below:

Quote

     We acknowledge receipt of your rapidfax dated December 21, 1995 with
respect to the Swap Transaction entered into on December 20, 1995 between
Harrah's Operating Company, Inc. 


















December 21, 1995
Page 4



and Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association with a Notional
Amount of USD 50,000,000.00 and a Termination Date of March 22, 2000, and
confirm our agreement to be bound by the terms specified in such rapidfax.

Unquote

                                                        Yours sincerely,
                                             
                                             
                                             
                                                   For and on behalf of:
                                                   Bank of America National
                                                   Trust and Savings Association


                                          By:      /s/Robert Oxenburgh
                                                   ------------------------
                                          Name:    Robert Oxenburgh
                                                   ------------------------
                                          Title:    Vice President
                                                   ------------------------

Confirmed as of the 
date first above written:
Harrah's Operating Company, Inc.


By:      /s/William S. McCalmont          By:
        ---------------------------                ------------------------
Name:   William S. McCalmont              Name:                
        ---------------------------                ------------------------
Title:  Vice President & Treasurer        Title:               
        ---------------------------                ------------------------




LC(51220S1Z)


















                                                       EXHIBIT 4(13)






             CONFIRMATION FOR U.S. DOLLAR RATE SWAP TRANSACTION
                            UNDER EXISTING IRCEA



TO:    HARRAH'S OPERATING COMPANY, INC.
ATTN:  KATIE WEIEN
TEL:   901-762-8838
FAX:   901-762-8998

FROM:  NationsBank, N.A.
       233 S. Wacker Drive
       Chicago, Illinois 60606
       JEFF MCNEILL/JIM O'DONNELL


Date:  21DEC95


Our Reference #:  441010


The purpose of this letter agreement is to confirm the terms and conditions
of the Swap Transaction entered into between us on the Trade Date specified
below (the "Swap Transaction").  This letter agreement constitutes a
"Confirmation" as referred to in the Interest Rate and Currency Exchange
Agreement specified below.

The definitions and provisions contained in the 1991 ISDA Definitions (as
published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc.) are
incorporated into this Confirmation.  In the event of any inconsistency
between those definitions and provisions and this Confirmation, this
Confirmation will govern.

1.  This Confirmation supplements, forms part of, and is subject to, the
Interest Rate and Currency Exchange Agreement dated as of 18MAY93, as
amended and supplemented from time to time (the "Agreement"), between you
and us.  All provisions contained in the Agreement shall govern this
Confirmation except as expressly modified below.

2.  The terms of the Swap Transaction to which this Confirmation relates
are as follows:

Currency/Notional Amount:          USD 50,000,000.00
Trade Date:                        20DEC95
Effective Date:                    22DEC95
Termination Date:                  22MAR00, subject to adjustment in
                                   accordance with the Modified Following
                                   Business Day Convention.

Fixed Amounts:

     Payer of Fixed:               HARRAH'S OPERATING COMPANY, INC.



















Fixed Payer Payment Dates:         EACH MARCH 22, JUNE 22, SEPTEMBER 22,
                                   AND DECEMBER 22, COMMENCING MARCH 22,
                                   1996 AND ENDING MARCH 22, 2000, SUBJECT
                                   TO ADJUSTMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
                                   MODIFIED FOLLOWING BUSINESS DAY
                                   CONVENTION.

     Fixed Rate Payer Business
     Day Convention:               MODIFIED FOLLOWING BUSINESS DAY

     Fixed Rate Payer
     Business Days:                NEW YORK, LONDON

     Fixed Rate:                   6.951%

     Fixed Rate Payer Day
     Count Fraction:               ACTUAL/360

Floating Amounts:

     Payer of Floating:            NATIONSBANK, N.A.

     Floating Payer Reset
     Dates:                        First Day of each Calculation Period

     Floating Payer Payment
     Dates:                        EACH MARCH 22, JUNE 22, SEPTEMBER 22, AND
                                   DECEMBER 22, COMMENCING MARCH 22, 1996 AND
                                   ENDING MARCH 22, 2000, SUBJECT TO ADJUSTMENT
                                   IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MODIFIED FOLLOWING
                                   BUSINESS DAY CONVENTION.
                         
     Floating Rate Payer 
     Business Days:                NEW YORK, LONDON
                         
     Floating Rate Payer 
     Business Day Convention:      MODIFIED FOLLOWING BUSINESS DAY

     Floating Rate Option:         USD-LIBOR-BBA

     Designated Maturity:          3 Months

     Spread:                       NONE

     Floating Rate for Initial
     Calculation Period:           5.66797%

     Floating Rate Payer
     Day Count Fraction:           ACTUAL/360






















     Averaging:                    INAPPLICABLE

     Rounding Factor:              One-Hundred-Thousandth of One Percent

     Calculation Agent:            NationsBank, N.A.

     Assignment:                   This Swap Transaction may be assigned
                                   only with prior written consent.

     Legal and Out-of-Pocket
     Expenses:                     For each party's own account.

     Governing Law:                The Laws of the State of New York.

     Recording of Conversations:   Each party to this Agreement
                                   acknowledges and agrees to the tape or
                                   electronic recording of conversations
                                   between the parties to this Agreement
                                   whether by one or other or both of the
                                   parties, and that any such recordings
                                   may be submitted in evidence in any
                                   action or proceeding relating to the
                                   Agreement or any Transaction.

Payments to NationsBank:           Payment to HARRAH'S OPERATING
NATIONSBANK N.A. (CAROLINAS),      COMPANY, INC.:
     CHARLOTTE
ABA 053000196
ACCT: 10852016511
ATTN:  DERIVATIVE OPERATIONS

Please confirm that the foregoing correctly sets forth the terms and
conditions of our agreement by responding within three (3) Business Days by
either (i) returning via telecopier an executed copy of this Confirmation
to the attention of Marge Szymczak, Fax No. (312) 234-3160; Telephone No.
(312) 234-2934, or (ii) sending a telex to Marge Szymczak (Telex No.
4330469, answerback:  CRT CGO) substantially to the following effect:  "We
acknowledge receipt of your fax dated 21DEC95 with respect to a Swap
Transaction between HARRAH'S OPERATING COMPANY, INC. and NationsBank, N.A.
with a Notional Amount of USD 50,000,000.00 and a Termination Date of
22MAR00 and confirm that such fax correctly sets forth the term of our
agreement relating to the Swap Transaction described therein.  Very truly
yours,                                                    , by (specify
name and title of authorized officer)."  Failure to respond within such
period shall not affect the validity or enforceability of this Swap
Transaction, and shall be deemed to be an affirmation of the terms and
conditions contained herein, absent manifest error.





















NationsBank, N.A. is pleased to have concluded 
this transaction with you.


Yours Sincerely,


NationsBank, N.A.



By:  /s/John Stocchetti
     ----------------------------------
     John Stocchetti, Senior Vice President
     Authorized Signatory

Confirmed as of the date first written above:

HARRAH'S OPERATING COMPANY, INC.



By:  /s/William S. McCalmont
     ----------------------------------
     Authorized Signatory














                                                       EXHIBIT 10(22)



                            EXECUTIVE FINANCIAL
                                 COUNSELING



                                   [LOGO]



                              PLAN HIGHLIGHTS








Harrah's & You:
A Winning Team








































                                   As an executive with Harrah's
                                   Entertainment, Inc. or its subsidiaries
                                   (the Company), you are now receiving
                                   competitive compensation to match your
                                   on-the-job responsibilities.  If you do
                                   not have a financial background,
                                   however, you may not really know the
                                   most effective ways to manage your
                                   resources to achieve your financial
                                   objectives, both now and for the future.
                                   We are pleased to provide you with the
                                   Harrah's Entertainment Executive
                                   Financial Counseling Plan (the Plan)
                                   detailed in this brochure--designed to
                                   help you and your colleagues achieve
                                   stability in personal and tax matters
                                   through professional financial and tax
                                   advice.

































































Eligibility

     Persons eligible are a select group of management employees. These are
employees of the Company or its subsidiaries in grades 25 and above.

Statement of Policy

     The Company or its subsidiary will pay directly to the service provider, or
reimburse you with documentation of payment, up to the following maximums for
covered services:


     Grade      Annual Amount
- -----------------------------
  35 and above     $15,000
     31-34          7,500
     28-30          3,000
     25-27          1,500


HOW THE PLAN WORKS

     Plan years are calendar years, and all account balances renew on January 1
each year.  Charges will normally be drawn out of your account based upon the
date the counseling was performed.  Unused account balances cannot be carried
over to the next year.  Prorated amounts will be available to new hires and to
persons promoted to eligible positions during the Plan year.

COVERED SERVICES

     A covered service is any professional advice or professional service that
provides financial or tax assistance.  The Company reserves the right to decide
whether a service is covered under the Plan.  A sample list of current covered
services is included in this policy. In general, participants shall be
reimbursed only for expenses which are eligible to be included as miscellaneous
expenses for IRS itemizing purposes, except that expenses incurred for estate
planning including the preparation of wills shall also be covered.  (See Tax
Effects at right.)


PAYMENT

     Invoices should be made out to Harrah's Operating Company, Inc. and
must be approved by you prior to the Company's making payment to the
service provider.  The invoice should describe the financial or tax services
that were rendered and should recite and identify that portion of the bill
which can be itemized as a miscellaneous expense for IRS purposes.  (In
general, only counseling expenses relating to tax advice or production of
income are itemizable.  See Tax Effects below.) You should initial the
invoice to indicate your approval, and you are encouraged to submit it to
the Harrah's Memphis Compensation Department within 10 days after you
receive it.


TAX EFFECTS

     The costs paid by the Company or its subsidiary under the Plan are
taxable income to you and are subject to federal withholding at a 28
percent rate (plus FICA and any applicable state taxes).  The withholding 
tax will be deducted from regular salary after the reimbursement is paid.
However, you may be able to claim a portion of the costs as a tax deduction
on your federal income tax return.
     According to current tax laws, there is a limit on the deductibility
of miscellaneous expenses which are itemized.  These miscellaneous itemized
expenses, which include the cost of financial and tax planning services
provided under this policy, will only be deductible to the extent that they
exceed 2 percent of your adjusted gross income.  The expense of a will and
estate planning is not eligible to be itemized as an expense for IRS
purposes except for the cost of tax advice given in connection with the
will. You should consult your personal tax adviser if you have any
questions regarding how these tax laws apply to you.




























PRORATION GUIDELINES

          Participants entering the Plan during a calendar year will be eligible
     to use a prorated share of their account during the year of hire or date of
     promotion to an eligible position based upon the quarter of the year hired
     or promoted.

 Hired/Promoted    Pro         Grades       Grades        Grades        Grades
 During the Qtr.   Rata     35 and above     31-34         28-30         25-27
 1/1 - 3/31        100%       $15,000       $ 7,500       $ 3,000       $ 1,500
 4/1 - 6/30         75%       $11,250       $ 5,625       $ 2,250       $ 1,125
 7/1 - 9/30         50%       $ 7,500       $ 3,750       $ 1,500       $   750
10/1 - 12/31        25%       $ 3,750       $ 1,875       $   750       $   375


     For those employees promoted from one eligible grade to another during
the year (i.e., from grade 26 to grade 28), their account balances will be
prorated for the time spent in each grade (i.e., one quarter of the year as
a grade 26 = $375 and three quarters of the year as a grade 28 = $2,250.
Total for the year is $2,625).

     Charges will be drawn out of the employee's account based upon the
date the counseling was performed.  The account balance will be left open
during the month of January and will be used to clear invoices of charges
incurred in the previous year.  After January, only charges incurred in the
current year will be accepted and will be charged against your allowance
for the current year.  Unused account balances are not carried over to the
next year.



























































SAMPLE LIST OF COVERED SERVICES

1.  Preparation of tax returns.
2.  Advice concerning taxes and tax planning including deductibility of
    various items.  
3.  Advice and assistance on producing income.
4.  Advice or counseling on investments in businesses, stocks, bonds, or
    other securities.  
5.  Advice on tax consequences of divorce.
6.  Tax advice and related assistance concerning trusts for children or
    family members.
7.  Responding to IRS audits.
8.  Retirement income counseling and related tax advice.
9.  Advice on business expenses, casualty losses and purchasing any
    property for investment.
10. Advice regarding taxes on stock options and other benefit plans.

11. Advice and assistance on estate taxes and estate tax planning
    including the preparation of wills.
 
Note: Travel and hotel expenses (e.g., to a tax planning seminar) are
      not covered.


TERMINATION OR DEATH OF PARTICIPANT 

     Termination of the employee during the calendar year covered by the
Plan normally cancels the employee's eligibility and forfeits any remaining
allowance, unless salary continuation is offered in which case eligibility
to use the remainder of an existing allowance may be offered through the
salary continuation period.
     In the event of death of the employee during a calendar year covered
by the Plan and if a balance remains in the employee's account, the total
balance will be assigned to the employee's beneficiary, executor or estate
for financial counseling covered services that are rendered during the
remainder of the covered calendar year. 
     Invoices for covered services performed prior to death, during a
salary continuation period, or before a termination date will be accepted
for payment to the extent covered by the account balance.


MISCELLANEOUS

     Questions concerning application and interpretation of the Plan
may occur from time to time. The Company reserves the discretionary
right to decide questions and to interpret the Plan. The Company's
decisions on all questions and matters of application and
interpretation shall be binding on each participant. 
     This Plan replaces any prior policy or plan. The Plan is
discretionary and the Company may amend or terminate it at any time.
Payments under the Plan will be made by the participating subsidiary.







































MOST COMMONLY ASKED QUESTIONS

Can I use any of my remaining balance in one year during the next year?

   Only for  bills that are received by the Company  in January of the next
year, which  relate to services given in the  prior year. After January 31,
all fees will be applied to your current account balance.

HOW SHOULD THE COUNSELING SERVICE PREPARE THE INVOICE?

   Invoices should be prepared as follows:

   Billed To: Harrah's Operating Company, Inc. 
   --------------------------------------------
   For Services Rendered To: (Participant's Name)
   ----------------------------------------------
   Of: (Subsidiary's Name)
   -----------------------


WHAT SHOULD I DO WHEN I RECEIVE AN INVOICE?

   You should review the charges,  indicate your approval by initialing the
invoice, and mail the invoice within 10 days directly to:

   Harrah's Memphis 
   Compensation Department
   Harrah's Entertainment, Inc.
   1023 Cherry Road
   Memphis, TN 38117


HOW DO I KNOW WHEN THE INVOICE HAS BEEN PAID?

   You   will  receive  a  confirmation  memo  from  the  Harrah's  Memphis
Compensation Department  after your  invoice is  processed. This memo  will
include notification to your payroll manager to update your W-2 earnings by
the  fees amount. You  will also receive  a statement of  your account upon
each payment of fees.


IS THERE A DEADLINE FOR PROCESSING INVOICES?

   Invoices for services  rendered in the current year  should be submitted
as early as possible to ensure that they will be properly reflected on your
W-2 earnings. You  are encouraged to submit  the invoice within 10  days of
receiving it in order to speed processing. 
   All invoices  need to  be processed by  mid-December of  a Plan  year or
earlier in order for fees to be applied to your W-2 earnings for that year.
Invoices received  after December 15  will not be processed  until January.
The account  balance will be left open during the month of January and will
be  used  to clear  invoices  or charges  incurred  in  the previous  year.
Payments in  January of any year will be included  in your W-2 earnings for
that year (not  the previous year). After January, only charges incurred in
the  current  year will  be  accepted  and  will  be charged  against  your
allowance for  the current  year. Unused account  balances are  not carried
over to the next year.

WHAT HAPPENS IF I EXCEED MY ACCOUNT BALANCE?

   All fees exceeding individual account balances are paid by you.






Harrah's Entertainment, Inc.
Harrah's Memphis 
Compensation Department
1023 Cherry Road
Memphis, TN 38117
901-762-8922


January 1996

[LOGO]








































                                                                 EXHIBIT 10(26)


                                 [HARRAH'S LOGO]

                          ANNUAL MANAGEMENT BONUS PLAN

                                      1995





HARRAH'S ENTERTAINMENT, INC.
ANNUAL MANAGEMENT BONUS PLAN

     As a member of management, you can have a major impact on the overall
     performance of your property and of Harrah's Entertainment, Inc. (the
     Company).  The Harrah's Entertainment, Inc.  Annual Management Bonus Plan
     (the Plan) is designed to reward you for meeting your personal performance
     objectives in years when your Operating Unit meets its performance
     objectives.  The Plan has uniform bonus calculation procedures with
     specific objectives for each Operating Unit as well as overall objectives
     for the company.  This means that although there is one plan, covering all
     properties, divisions, and corporate, your specific bonus award is tied to
     your individual performance, your Operating Unit's performance, and to the
     performance of the entire company.

     The purposes of the Plan are to reward you for superior work and motivate
     you toward delivering better customer service and achieving better business
     results, to tie your goals and interests into those of the company and its
     stockholders, and to attract and retain top managers.

     This document describes eligibility, personal performance objectives that
     are directly tied to the performance planning and evaluation process,
     Operating Unit performance objectives, assignment of bonus points, the
     bonus pool, the payment of bonus awards, and administrative matters.

Personal Eligibility

     To be eligible, you must be a full-time employee of an Operating Unit in a
     salary grade 20 or above.  An Operating Unit is a business unit identified
     for participation in the Plan by the President and Chief Executive Officer
     and currently comprises Harrah's Corporate, various Operating Divisions,
     and each Harrah's Casino and Riverboat.  You may not be a participant in
     any other bonus plan of the Company or its subsidiaries.  You must have
     been employed in an eligible position before October 1 of the Plan year,
     have at least a "Successful" performance rating, and be actively working at
     the time bonuses are distributed to receive your bonus award.

Prorations/Transfers

     If an eligible employee is promoted during the year, pro-rata bonus awards
     are calculated based on their earnings, individual performance and grade in
     each position.

     If, however, an employee is promoted from a grade 5-19 into a grade 20 or
     above, the promotion must have taken place on or before October 1 for the
     employee to be eligible for a prorated payment under this plan.

     In cases of promotions and/or transfers between Operating Units, pro-rata
     bonus awards for eligible participants are calculated based on their
     earnings, individual performance, operating unit bonus points and grade in
     each Operating Unit.  The calculation of prorata bonus awards is generally
     made following completion of the plan year.












                                       1




Individual Performance Objectives

     At the beginning of each year, you and your supervisor will develop
     specific performance objectives for you to achieve.  These objectives
     should be recorded on your performance appraisal document under the
     appropriate performance standard.  One hundred bonus points are then
     assigned by your supervisor to these personal bonus objectives.  Your
     objectives and bonus points will be approved and retained by your
     supervisor.  The objectives should be easy to quantify and verify. 
     Performance objectives should be modified during the year if business
     conditions dictate.  Objectives that have been revised will also be
     retained by your supervisor.

Operating Unit Performance Objectives

     Operating Unit bonus objectives are established for each Plan year.  These
     will generally consist of a combination of measurements related to the
     objectives of the Company and each of its Operating Units on items such as
     operating income, pre-tax earnings, return on sales and customer
     satisfaction ratings.  The objectives may change annually to support the
     business mission of the company.  The objectives are assigned target
     points.  The objectives and assigned target points are recommended by the
     Chairman of the Board and the President and Chief Executive Officer to the
     Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors for approval.  Total
     target points for each Operating Unit is 100.  Additional stretch points
     may be awarded according to specific parameters set each year.

Meeting Operating Unit Objectives
Assignment of Bonus Points

     At the end of each Plan year, bonus points will be assigned to each
     Operating Unit based upon achievement of Plan objectives.  The Operating
     Unit bonus points will be combined with the points earned by the Company. 
     The final point total will be used to create the Operating Unit's bonus
     pool.  Commencing with the plan year 1996, an Operating Unit may qualify
     for a limited bonus of 25% of the amount achieved by using bonus points
     earned by the Company (Harrah's brand performance) even if the Operating
     Unit is not eligible for a bonus based on its own performance.

Meeting Operating Unit Objectives
The Bonus Pool

     A payout pool for each Operating Unit will be established according to the
     unit's combined bonus point total.  The bonus pool is calculated by
     multiplying all eligible participants' eligible earnings by the appropriate
     bonus percentage as shown on the Bonus Matrix.  The appropriate bonus
     percentage is determined by both the participants' salary grades and bonus
     points earned by the Operating Unit.

     For example, at 100 bonus points for the Operating Unit, the bonus for pool
     calculations for a grade 23 is 15 percent of eligible earnings.

     An Operating Unit's total bonus pool is calculated by summing all
     appropriate bonus percentages of the Operating Unit's eligible
     participants.









                                       2




Meeting Individual Objectives

     Shortly after the end of the Plan year, you will meet with your supervisor
     to compare your individual performance against the performance standards on
     the appraisal document and with your previously established objectives. 
     The assessment determines how many of your personal 100 assigned objective
     points have been met.

     The supervisor will then recommend a bonus award for you and other eligible
     employees reporting to him or her, in relation to the individual
     performance bonus points earned.  The supervisor must keep in mind that the
     total bonus pool must not be exceeded.  When an Operating Unit's
     performance rises above the "100" point target, the available bonus dollars
     contributed to the pool will increase; this is called "stretch bonus." 
     However, even when an Operating Unit is in stretch, individual awards
     should not automatically rise above the "100" point line.  Only those
     eligible participants whose performance contributed to the achievement of
     stretch bonus should be considered for stretch awards.  Calculation is up
     to the discretion of your supervisor and the Operating Unit's senior
     managers.  The maximum individual award is found on the 150 point line of
     the Stretch Bonus matrix (see page 7). 

     When Operating Unit performance falls short of objectives, the Bonus Pool
     will be accordingly reduced.  Individual awards should be scaled back to
     reflect the available pool dollars.  For example, at 90 bonus points for
     the Operating Unit, the bonus for pool calculations for a grade 23 is 14
     percent of eligible earnings.

Approval and Payment of Annual Bonus Plan Awards

     Each supervisor will submit bonus award recommendations to the Memphis
     Compensation department with two levels of approval unless the next level
     of supervision is a Corporate Senior Vice President or a Division
     President.  In these cases, no further approvals are required.  The Memphis
     Compensation department will accumulate overall bonus recommendations and
     submit them for appropriate approvals.  The Chairman of the Board and the
     President and Chief Executive Officer review and approve bonus
     recommendations and recommend Operating Unit bonus points to the Human
     Resources Committee.  The Human Resources Committee approves total bonus
     points achieved for performance against Operating Unit objectives and the
     individual bonus awards of the Chairman of the Board and the President and
     Chief Executive Officer.  Bonus awards are generally distributed to
     employees by March 15 of the year following the Plan year dependent on the
     eligibility of both the Operating Unit and the employee.  Bonus awards may
     be distributed earlier with the approval of the Chairman of the Board, the
     President and Chief Executive Officer and the Human Resources Committee.


















                                       3




Miscellaneous

     The Human Resources Committee may approve a discretionary pro-rata bonus if
     active employment was terminated during the Plan year by death, disability,
     or retirement (age 55 with 10 or more years of service).

     Employees who have been on Leave of Absence are eligible to participate in
     the Plan if their Operating Unit qualifies.  Employees who are on Leave of
     Absence at the time of bonus payments are eligible to receive their award,
     if any, when they return to active employment.  If they do not return to
     active employment, their payment is forfeited.

     The eligible earnings used in bonus calculations excludes imputed income
     and previous bonuses.

     Eligibility for this Plan does not provide anyone a right to continued
     employment.

Administrative Matters

     The Plan is completely discretionary.  No legal rights or obligations are
     created by the Plan.  Accordingly, the Company may terminate the Plan or
     amend its provisions at any time, and no interest is created that can be
     assigned, encumbered, or transferred by an employee.  No rights in any
     specific funds or assets will exist by reason of this Plan.

     The Memphis Compensation department administers the Plan and has full power
     to adopt and enforce administrative rules and procedures to make
     administrative interpretations.  The Human Resources Committee has full
     power to decide substantive issues, to make amendments to the Plan and to
     terminate the Plan.  The Human Resources Committee may adjust any
     objectives or bonus points if it determines such adjustment is necessary or
     appropriate.

     No member of the Memphis Compensation department, the Human Resources
     Committee, or other persons involved in administering this Plan or making
     decisions concerning bonuses will have any personal liability to any
     employee.


















                                       4




                              EXAMPLES 1 THROUGH 4

Assume:                                              Calculation
- ---------------------------------------------      ---------------

EXAMPLE 1: Grade 21 employee

   Eligible earnings                                   $59,000

   Combination of Operating unit and               (10%) = $ 5,900
   Company earns 100 bonus points

   Employee earns 100 points - Actual Award        (10%) = $ 5,900


EXAMPLE 2: Grade 23 employee

   Eligible earnings                                   $69,000
   Combination of Operating unit and               (14%) = $9,660
   Company earns 95 bonus points

   Employee earns 80 points  - Actual Award        (12%) = $ 8,280


EXAMPLE 3:

Grade 26 employee promoted/transfers into a Grade 27 position in a different
operating unit during the plan year.  Bonus is prorated based on earnings,
individual performance and grade for each operating unit.

Step 1: Grade 26 employee - Operating Unit #1

   Eligible pro-rata earnings                         $48,000

   Combination of Operating unit and              (28%) = $13,440
   Company earns 110 bonus points
   Employee earns 115 points - pro-rata #1        (29%) = $13,920


Step 2: Grade 27 employee - Operating Unit #2

   Eligible pro-rata earnings                         $55,000

   Combination of Operating unit and              (30%) = $16,500
   Company earns 100 bonus points

   Employee earns 100 points - pro-rata #2        (30%) = $16,500


Step 3: Actual Award

   Pro-rata #1 + pro-rata #2                          $30,420













                                       5




                            1995 TARGET BONUS MATRIX
                            ------------------------
                             ANNUAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
                             ----------------------

                                    1995 Salary Grade
       Bonus    ---------------------------------------------------------
       Points   29     28    27    26    25    24    23    22    21    20
       ------  ----   ----  ----  ----  ----  ----  ----  ----  ----  ----

        100     40%    35%   30%   25%   22%   20%   15%   10%   10%   10%
         99     36     32    28    24    22    20    15    10    10    10
         98     33     30    26    24    22    20    15    10    10    10
         97     30     28    25    23    21    19    15    10    10    10
         96     29     27    25    23    21    19    14    10    10    10
         95     29     27    25    23    21    19    14    10    10    10
         94     28     26    24    22    21    19    14    9     9     9
         93     28     26    24    22    20    19    14    9     9     9
         92     28     26    24    22    20    18    14    9     9     9
         91     27     25    24    22    20    18    14    9     9     9
         90     27     25    23    21    20    18    14    9     9     9
         89     27     25    23    21    20    18    13    9     9     9
         88     26     25    23    21    19    18    13    9     9     9
         87     26     24    23    21    19    17    13    9     9     9
         86     26     24    22    20    19    17    13    9     9     9
         85     26     24    22    20    19    17    13    9     9     9
         84     25     24    22    20    18    17    13    8     8     8
         83     25     23    22    20    18    17    12    8     8     8
         82     25     23    21    19    18    16    12    8     8     8
         81     24     23    21    19    18    16    12    8     8     8
         80     24     22    21    19    18    16    12    8     8     8
         79     24     22    21    19    17    16    12    8     8     8
         78     23     22    20    18    17    16    12    8     8     8
         77     23     22    20    18    17    15    12    8     8     8
         76     23     21    20    18    17    15    11    8     8     8
         75     23     21    20    18    17    15    11    8     8     8
         74     22     21    19    18    16    15    11    7     7     7
         73     22     20    19    17    16    15    11    7     7     7
         72     22     20    19    17    16    14    11    7     7     7
         71     21     20    18    17    16    14    11    7     7     7
         70     21     20    18    17    15    14    11    7     7     7
         69     21     19    18    16    15    14    10    7     7     7
         68     20     19    18    16    15    14    10    7     7     7
         67     20     19    17    16    15    13    10    7     7     7
         66     20     18    17    16    15    13    10    7     7     7
         65     20     18    17    16    14    13    10    7     7     7
         64     19     18    17    15    14    13    10    6     6     6
         63     19     18    16    15    14    13    9     6     6     6
         62     19     17    16    15    14    12    9     6     6     6
         61     18     17    16    15    13    12    9     6     6     6
         60     18     17    16    14    13    12    9     6     6     6
         59     18     17    15    14    13    12    9     6     6     6
         58     17     16    15    14    13    12    9     6     6     6
         57     17     16    15    14    13    11    9     6     6     6
         56     17     16    15    13    12    11    8     6     6     6
         55     17     15    14    13    12    11    8     6     6     6
         54     16     15    14    13    12    11    8     5     5     5
         53     16     15    14    13    12    11    8     5     5     5
         52     16     15    14    12    11    10    8     5     5     5
         51     15     14    13    12    11    10    8     5     5     5
         50     15     14    13    12    11    10    8     5     5     5






                                       6




                            1995 STRETCH BONUS MATRIX
                            -------------------------
                             ANNUAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
                             ----------------------

                                    1995 Salary Grade
       Bonus   -----------------------------------------------------------
       Points   29     28    27    26    25    24    23    22    21    20
       ------  ----   ----  ----  ----  ----  ----  ----  ----  ----  ----

        150     60%    53%   45%   38%   33%   30%   23%   15%   15%   15%
        149     59     52    44    37    33    30    22    15    15    15
        148     58     51    44    37    33    30    22    15    15    15
        147     57     51    43    36    32    29    22    15    15    15
        146     57     50    43    36    32    29    22    15    15    15
        145     56     50    43    36    32    29    22    15    15    15
        144     56     50    43    36    32    29    22    14    14    14
        143     55     49    42    35    31    29    21    14    14    14
        142     55     49    42    35    31    28    21    14    14    14
        141     55     49    42    35    31    28    21    14    14    14
        140     54     48    41    35    31    28    21    14    14    14
        139     54     48    41    35    31    28    21    14    14    14
        138     53     47    40    34    30    28    21    14    14    14
        137     53     47    40    34    30    27    21    14    14    14
        136     53     47    40    34    30    27    20    14    14    14
        135     53     47    40    34    30    27    20    14    14    14
        134     53     46    39    33    29    27    20    13    13    13
        133     52     46    39    33    29    27    20    13    13    13
        132     52     46    39    33    29    26    20    13    13    13
        131     52     45    39    33    29    26    20    13    13    13
        130     51     45    39    33    29    26    20    13    13    13
        129     51     45    39    32    28    26    19    13    13    13
        128     50     44    38    32    28    26    19    13    13    13
        127     50     44    38    32    28    25    19    13    13    13
        126     50     44    38    32    28    25    19    13    13    13
        125     49     44    38    32    28    25    19    13    13    13
        124     49     43    37    31    27    25    19    12    12    12
        123     48     43    37    31    27    25    18    12    12    12
        122     48     43    37    31    27    24    18    12    12    12
        121     47     42    37    31    27    24    18    12    12    12
        120     47     42    37    31    26    24    18    12    12    12
        119     47     42    36    30    26    24    18    12    12    12
        118     46     41    36    30    26    24    18    12    12    12
        117     46     41    36    30    26    23    18    12    12    12
        116     46     41    36    30    26    23    17    12    12    12
        115     45     40    35    29    25    23    17    12    12    12
        114     45     40    35    29    25    23    17    11    11    11
        113     44     39    34    29    25    23    17    11    11    11
        112     44     39    34    29    25    22    17    11    11    11
        111     44     39    33    28    24    22    17    11    11    11
        110     43     38    33    28    24    22    17    11    11    11
        109     43     38    33    28    24    22    16    11    11    11
        108     43     38    33    28    24    22    16    11    11    11
        107     43     38    33    28    24    21    16    11    11    11
        106     42     37    32    27    23    21    16    11    11    11
        105     42     37    32    27    23    21    16    11    11    11
        104     41     36    31    26    23    21    16    10    10    10
        103     41     36    31    26    23    21    15    10    10    10
        102     40     35    30    25    22    20    15    10    10    10
        101     40     35    30    25    22    20    15    10    10    10







                                       7




                   1995 SENIOR EXECUTIVE TARGET BONUS MATRIX
                   -----------------------------------------
                             ANNUAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
                             ----------------------

                                    1995 Salary Grade
               Bonus    ----------------------------------------
               Points    36    35    34    33    32    31    30
               ------   ----  ----  ----  ----  ----  ----  ----

                100      60%   60%   55%   50%   50%   50%   45%
                 99      56    56    52    47    47    46    43
                 98      52    52    49    44    44    43    41
                 97      48    48    46    42    42    40    39
                 96      46    46    44    40    38    37    36
                 95      44    44    42    38    36    34    33
                 94      43    43    41    38    36    34    32
                 93      43    43    41    37    35    33    32
                 92      42    42    40    37    35    33    31
                 91      42    42    40    36    35    33    31
                 90      41    41    40    36    34    32    31
                 89      41    41    39    36    34    32    30
                 88      40    40    39    35    33    32    30
                 87      40    40    38    35    33    31    30
                 86      40    40    38    34    33    31    29
                 85      39    39    37    34    32    31    29
                 84      39    39    37    34    32    30    29
                 83      38    38    37    33    32    30    28
                 82      38    38    36    33    31    30    28
                 81      37    37    36    32    31    29    28
                 80      37    37    35    32    30    29    27
                 79      36    36    35    32    30    28    27
                 78      36    36    34    31    30    28    27
                 77      35    35    34    31    29    28    26
                 76      35    35    33    30    29    27    26
                 75      35    35    33    30    29    27    26
                 74      34    34    33    30    28    27    25
                 73      34    34    32    29    28    26    25
                 72      33    33    32    29    27    26    24
                 71      33    33    31    28    27    26    24
                 70      32    32    31    28    27    25    24
                 69      32    32    30    28    26    25    23
                 68      31    31    30    27    26    24    23
                 67      31    31    29    27    25    24    23
                 66      30    30    29    26    25    24    22
                 65      30    30    29    26    25    23    22
                 64      29    29    28    26    24    23    22
                 63      29    29    28    25    24    23    21
                 62      29    29    27    25    24    22    21
                 61      28    28    27    24    23    22    21
                 60      28    28    26    24    23    22    20
                 59      27    27    26    24    22    21    20
                 58      27    27    26    23    22    21    19
                 57      26    26    25    23    22    21    19
                 56      26    26    25    22    21    20    19
                 55      25    25    24    22    21    20    19
                 54      25    25    24    22    21    19    18
                 53      24    24    23    21    20    19    18
                 52      24    24    23    21    20    19    18
                 51      23    23    22    20    19    18    17
                 50      23    23    22    20    19    18    17






                                       8




                   1995 SENIOR EXECUTIVE STRETCH BONUS MATRIX
                   ------------------------------------------
                             ANNUAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
                             ----------------------

                                    1995 Salary Grade
               Bonus    ----------------------------------------
               Points    36    35    34    33    32    31    30
               ------   ----  ----  ----  ----  ----  ----  ----

                150     120%  120%  110%  100%  100%  100%   90%
                149     119   119   109    99    99    99    89
                148     118   118   108    98    98    98    88
                147     117   117   107    97    97    97    87
                146     116   116   106    96    96    96    86
                145     114   114   104    95    95    95    85
                144     113   113   103    94    94    94    84
                143     112   112   102    93    93    93    83
                142     111   111   101    92    92    92    82
                141     110   110   100    91    91    91    81
                140     108   108    99    90    90    90    81
                139     107   107    97    89    89    89    80
                138     106   106    96    88    88    88    79
                137     105   105    95    87    87    87    78
                136     104   104    94    86    86    86    77
                135     102   102    93    85    85    85    76
                134     101   101    92    84    84    84    75
                133     100   100    91    83    83    83    74
                132     99     99    90    82    82    82    73
                131     98     98    89    81    81    81    72
                130     96     96    88    80    80    80    72
                129     95     95    86    79    79    79    71
                128     94     94    85    78    78    78    70
                127     93     93    84    77    77    77    69
                126     92     92    83    76    76    76    68
                125     90     90    82    75    75    75    67
                124     89     89    81    74    74    74    66
                123     88     88    80    73    73    73    65
                122     87     87    79    72    72    72    64
                121     86     86    78    71    71    71    63
                120     84     84    77    70    70    70    63
                119     83     83    75    69    69    69    62
                118     82     82    74    68    68    68    61
                117     81     81    73    67    67    67    60
                116     80     80    72    66    66    66    59
                115     78     78    71    65    65    65    58
                114     77     77    70    64    64    64    57
                113     76     76    69    63    63    63    56
                112     75     75    68    62    62    62    55
                111     74     74    67    61    61    61    54
                110     72     72    66    60    60    60    54
                109     71     71    64    59    59    59    53
                108     70     70    63    58    58    58    52
                107     69     69    62    57    57    57    51
                106     68     68    61    56    56    56    50
                105     66     66    60    55    55    55    49
                104     65     65    59    54    54    54    48
                103     64     64    58    53    53    53    47
                102     63     63    57    52    52    52    46
                101     62     62    56    51    51    51    46






                                       9













                                                                 EXHIBIT 10(33)



                  Amendment dated as of December 19, 1995

                           ("this Amendment") to

                 Amended and Restated Employment Agreement

              dated June 30, 1995 (the "Employment Agreement")



Introduction
- ------------

               On December 19, 1995, the Human Resources Committee (the

"Committee") of the Board of Directors of Harrah's Entertainment, Inc. (the

"Company") approved an amendment to the Employment Agreement with Michael

D. Rose ("Executive") due to increased demands on his time.

               Pursuant to that approval and in consideration of the mutual

covenants herein, the Company and Executive hereby agree as follows:

               1.   Adjustment in Salary/Services.  Commencing January 1,
                    -----------------------------

1996, for the term of this Amendment, Executive's salary rate will increase

from $350,000 per year to $450,000 per year in return for a significant

increase in Executive's contemplated time commitment on behalf of the

Company during the term of this Amendment.

               2.   Term of this Amendment.  The term of this Amendment
                    ----------------------

will commence January 1, 1996 and will terminate December 31, 1996 or will

terminate at an earlier date if the Committee and Executive determine that

the demands on Executive's time can be reduced to levels originally

anticipated for the relevant period under the Employment Agreement.





































               Upon termination of this Amendment, the salary and service

provisions of the Employment Agreement as would then otherwise be in force

will be reinstated.

               3.   Modification of Duties.  In addition to serving as
                    ----------------------

Board Chairman, for the term of this Amendment Executive will serve as the

Company's senior executive responsible for the resolution, including any

restructuring/reorganization, of the New Orleans project.

               4.   Full-Time Benefits.  Executive will be entitled to the
                    ------------------

benefits of a full-time executive during the term of this Amendment

including, without limitation, incentive compensation (i.e., the benefits

provided during the "First Period" of his employment as set forth in the

Employment Agreement).

               5.   Stock Option Grant.  Executive will receive a stock
                    ------------------

option grant on December 19, 1995 as may be approved by the Committee.

               6.   Existing Rights.  The existing rights in the Employment
                    ---------------

Agreement concerning retirement, termination and vesting provisions will

continue in force during this Amendment.

               Except as amended herein, the Employment Agreement continues

in full force and effect.

               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and Executive have executed

this Amendment as of the date and year written above.



Executive:                              Harrah's Entertainment, Inc.


/s/ Michael D. Rose                By:     /s/ E. O. Robinson, Jr.           
- -------------------------                  --------------------------
Michael D. Rose                    Title:  SVP































                                                                 EXHIBIT 10(42)
================================================================================



                        HARRAH'S ENTERTAINMENT, INC.
                             Stock Option Award



   THIS CERTIFIES THAT the Human Resources Committee of the Board of
   Directors of Harrah's Entertainment, Inc.  has awarded
   __________________________________ a Nonqualified Stock Option to
   purchase ___________________ shares of the Company's Common Stock at a
   price of ____________  per share.

   Original Grant Date: ___________________

   This option is exercisable as follows:








   This award is subject to the terms and conditions on the reverse side of
   this award and to the terms and conditions of the Company's 1990 Stock
   Option Plan, as it may be amended from time to time.  A summary of
   certain of the Plan's terms and conditions is included on the reverse
   side of this award.  This document constitutes part of a prospectus
   concerning securities that have been registered under the Securities Act
   of 1933.  

   DATED as of this ______________ day of _____________________, 19_______.


                                        HARRAH'S ENTERTAINMENT, INC.





   /s/ Rebecca W. Ballou                /s/ Michael D. Rose                 
   -------------------------------      ------------------------------------
   Secretary                            Chairman of the Board



================================================================================




















                          SUMMARY OF CERTAIN CONDITIONS

Shares of Harrah's Entertainment, Inc. ("Harrah's Entertainment" or
"Company") common stock may be purchased under this stock option.  Subject
to the terms and conditions of the Plan, the term of this option is 10
years and one day from the original grant date shown on the front side of
this certificate.  The option is exercisable in accordance with the stated
schedule indicated on the front side of this certificate by giving written
notice addressed to the Corporate Compensation Department, Harrrah's
Entertainment, Inc. 1023 Cherry Road, Memphis, TN  38117 (or such other
address designated by the Company), specifying the number of shares to be
purchased and by payment of the option price according to the rules of the
Plan.

Subject to the Plan and the Administrative Regulations thereunder and
contractual provisions, this stock option, to the extent not exercised,
shall terminate and be forfeited on the expiration of 10 years and one day
from the original grant date shown on the front side of this certificate,
upon breach by the optionee of any provision of this option, or upon
optionee's ceasing to be an active employee of Harrah's Entertainment (or
its legal successor) or its subsidiaries for any reason including, but not
limited to, retirement and voluntary or involuntary termination including
termination due to sale or closure of a business unit or sale of a
subsidiary, provided however:

- -    If active employment ceases during the term of this stock option
     because of death or disability, then the unexercised portion of the
     options that were already vested (i.e., exercisable) at that time plus
     50 percent of any future unvested installments shall be exercisable in
     full on the date of death or on the date of the determination of
     disability, as the case may be.  All remaining unvested options will
     be forfeited.   

- -    The time period to exercise vested options, following retirement for
     age, death or determination of disability during the term of this
     option while in the employ of the Company (or its legal successor) or
     its subsidiaries, is as follows:  
                                                        
================================================================================

                       Years of Service                Period to Exercise 
                       ----------------                  Vested Options
                                                   after Death, Disability or
                                                   --------------------------
                                                              Retirement
                                                              ----------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  under 10 years (for death                    one year
                        or disability)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  10 to 20 years (for death,                   two years
                  disability or retirement)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 20 or more years (for death                  three years
                   disability or retirement
================================================================================

- -    Retirement means termination during the term of this option at or
     after age 55 and having 10 or more years of service with the Company
     (or its legal successor) or its subsidiaries.  Disability means a
     determination (while you are an employee or on authorized leave) that
     you qualify for long-term disability insurance under the Company's LTD
     policy.  Upon death, vested options may be exercised by your proper
     legal representative (executor or administrator) or your legal
     beneficiary subject to the Company being properly assured and legally
     advised of the rights of such persons.

- -    Reference is made to the vesting acceleration provisions in the Plan's
     Administrative Regulations which provisions are applicable upon a
     "Change in Control" (as defined in, and subject to, such Regulations).


This stock option shall be non-transferable by the optionee other than by
will or the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable
during optionee's lifetime only by optionee.

This stock option may not be exercised at a time when the exercise thereof
or the issuance of shares thereunder would constitute a violation of any
federal or state laws or rules of any stock exchange where the common stock
of Harrah's Entertainment, Inc., (or its legal successor) is listed.

ALL THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE HARRAH'S ENTERTAINMENT, INC., 1990
STOCK OPTION PLAN AND ADMINISTRATIVE REGULATIONS THEREUNDER, AS AMENDED
FROM TIME TO TIME, ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE.  ANY CONFLICT OR
QUESTIONS OF INTERPRETATION SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE PROVISIONS OF THE
PLAN, THE PLAN'S ADMINISTRATIVE REGULATIONS AND THE DECISIONS OF THE HUMAN
RESOURCES COMMITTEE.

This stock option is subject to the special clause regarding non-
competition as approved by the Human Resources Committee on December 15,
1995 and made a part of this award.





                               Special Clause
                Harrah's Entertainment, Inc. (the "Company")



On December 15, 1995 the Human Resources Committee of the Company's Board
of Directors approved the following clause that applies to all stock
options granted on or after December 15, 1995, under the Company's 1990
Stock Option Plan:

(1)  If the employee (a) terminates his or her employment voluntarily and
     within one year thereafter, directly or indirectly, without the prior
     written consent of the Company, goes to work for or provides services
     or assistance (as an employee, partner, investor, consultant or in any
     other capacity) to a competing business in the United States; or (b)
     directly or indirectly solicits or recruits to a competing business
     any employee (salary grade 20 and higher) of the Company or of its
     direct or indirect subsidiaries during the one year after voluntary
     employment termination, then the former employee will be obligated to
     repay to the Company in cash any aggregate spread (less taxes paid by
     the employee thereon) realized upon any exercise of the stock option
     that occurred during the last three months of employment or
     thereafter.


(2)  A competing business is defined as any business that competes with any
     business operated or managed by the Company or its direct or indirect
     subsidiaries in the United States at the time of the employee's
     termination of employment.

(3)  Competition does not include an investment of 1% or less in the public
     stock or public debt of a competing company.

(4)  The chief executive officer will have authority on behalf of the
     Company to determine whether the clause has been violated.  The Human
     Resources Committee will make this determination in regard to the
     chief executive officer.


(5)  The Company will have a right of set-off to collect the spread from
     any amounts owed to the employee including deferred compensation.












                                                       EXHIBIT 10(47)


================================================================================


                        HARRAH'S ENTERTAINMENT, INC
                         1990 Restricted Stock Plan
                            PARTICIPATION AWARD



THIS CERTIFIES THAT the Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors
of Harrah's Entertainment, Inc. has awarded _______________________  shares
of restricted stock to  ________________________________________ in
accordance with the Company's 1990 Restricted Stock Plan, as amended.

Original Grant Date: ___________________


                                                          Vesting Schedule

The restrictions on these shares will lapse
in the annual installments as shown at 
right if the participant is actively employed
with the Company on the vesting date.





This award is subject to the terms and conditions of the Company's 1990
Restricted Stock  Plan, as it may be amended from time to time.  A brief
summary of certain of the terms and conditions that apply to this award is
on the reverse side of this award.  This document constitutes part of a
prospectus covering securities that have been registered under the
Securities Act of 1933.  



DATED as of this _______ day of___________________, 19_______.



                                        HARRAH'S ENTERTAINMENT, INC.







/s/ Rebecca W. Ballou                   /s/ Michael D. Rose               
- ----------------------------------      ----------------------------------
Secretary                               Chairman of the Board
















                       SUMMARY OF CERTAIN CONDITIONS

1.   The stock certificates representing this award will be held by the
     Company until the restrictions are lifted.

 
2.   During the restricted period, the shares may not be sold, assigned,
     pledged, encumbered or used as collateral for a loan.  After the
     shares vest, the stock certificates representing such shares may
     contain a restrictive legend as required by law.

3.   If the participant voluntarily or involuntarily terminates active
     employment with the Company or its subsidiaries for any reason before
     the restrictions have been removed (except for death or disability as
     provided in Paragraph 4 below), then, subject to any contractual
     provisions, the terms of the Plan or the Administrative Regulations
     thereunder, all shares covered by the restrictions at that time will
     be automatically forfeited to the Company.


     Reference is made to the vesting acceleration provisions in the Plan's
     Administrative Regulations, which provisions are applicable upon a
     "Change in Control" (as defined in, and subject to, such Regulations).

4.   If employment ceases because of death or disability (as disability is
     defined in the Plan's Administrative Regulations), then, subject to
     any contractual provisions, the terms of the Plan or the
     Administrative Regulations thereunder, the restrictions on 50% of the
     shares remaining under restriction at that time will be removed.


5.   The rights of the participant are not transferable other than by will
     or the laws of descent and distribution in accordance with the Plan's
     provisions. 

6.   The participant will be entitled to vote and receive dividends on the
     restricted shares.


7.   ALL TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE HARRAH'S ENTERTAINMENT, INC.  1990
     RESTRICTED STOCK PLAN AND THE ADMINISTRATIVE REGULATIONS THEREUNDER,
     AS AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME, ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE. 
     ANY CONFLICT OR QUESTION OF INTERPRETATION SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE
     PROVISIONS OF THE PLAN, THE PLAN'S ADMINISTRATIVE REGULATIONS AND THE
     DECISIONS OF THE HUMAN RESOURCES COMMITTEE.
















================================================================================

                        HARRAH'S ENTERTAINMENT, INC.
                         1990 Restricted Stock Plan
                            PARTICIPATION AWARD



THIS CERTIFIES THAT _________________________________________  has been
awarded  __________________ shares of restricted stock in accordance with
the Company's 1990 Restricted Stock Plan, as amended.



                                                    Annual Vesting Schedule

The restrictions on these shares will lapse 
in the annual installments as shown at the 
right if the participant is a member of the 
Board of Directors of the Company on the 
applicable April 1 vesting date.






This award is subject to the terms and conditions of the Company's 1990
Restricted Stock Plan, as amended.  A brief summary of certain of the terms
and conditions that apply to this award is on the reverse side of this
award.  This document constitutes part of a prospectus covering securities
that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933.  



DATED as of this ___________ day of _____________________, 19_______.



                                             HARRAH'S ENTERTAINMENT, INC.







/s/ Rebecca W. Ballou                        /s/ Michael D. Rose            
- ----------------------------------           -------------------------------
Secretary                                    Chairman of the Board









================================================================================













                       SUMMARY OF CERTAIN CONDITIONS

1.   The stock certificates representing this award will be held by the
     Company until the restrictions are lifted.

 
2.   During the restricted period, the shares may not be sold, assigned,
     pledged, encumbered or used as collateral for a loan.  After the
     shares vest, the stock certificates representing such shares may
     contain a restrictive legend as required by law.  

3.   Unvested restricted shares granted to non-employee directors shall be
     forfeited when the director's Board service terminates except all
     restricted shares shall vest upon:  (a) a Change in Control of the
     Company (as defined in the Plan's Administrative Regulations); or (b)
     upon such person's death, or permanent and total disability as
     determined by a licensed physician.


4.   The rights of the participant are not transferable other than by will
     or the laws of descent and distribution in accordance with the Plan's
     provisions.

5.   The participant will be entitled to vote and receive dividends on the
     restricted shares represented by this award.


6.   ALL TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE HARRAH'S ENTERTAINMENT, INC. 1990
     RESTRICTED STOCK PLAN AND THE PLAN'S ADMINISTRATIVE REGULATIONS, AS
     AMENDED, ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE.  ANY CONFLICT OR
     QUESTION OF INTERPRETATION SHALL BE RESOLVED BY THE PROVISIONS OF THE
     PLAN OR ITS ADMINISTRATIVE REGULATIONS.





















                                                       EXHIBIT 10(48)

                                                  As Amended 10/27/95





                         ADMINISTRATIVE REGULATIONS
                         --------------------------


                     THE PROMUS COMPANIES INCORPORATED
                              (the "Company")

                        LONG TERM COMPENSATION PLAN


1.  Application.  These administrative regulations apply to all grants of
    -----------

restricted stock and stock options under the Company's 1990 Restricted

Stock Plan and 1990 Stock Option Plan (the "Plans").




2.  Procedure for Awards
    --------------------

     2.1  Eligibility.  The Company will follow the eligibility
          -----------

requirements for participants as set forth in the Plans.  In general,

employees in grades 23-36 and general managers and specifically identified

key employees in grades 19-22 are eligible to be considered for awards

under the Plans.

     2.2  Recommendation Method.  The Corporate Compensation Department
          ---------------------

will provide each Division President, the President of the Company, and

Corporate Department head with a list of employees eligible for awards. 

Each Division President, the President of the Company, and 
















each Corporate Department head will then be requested to recommend the

award(s) for the employee(s) within their respective areas of

responsibility.  The recommendations will then be submitted for appropriate

corporate executive review and approval, and then to the Human Resources

Committee for final approval.

     2.3  Vesting Schedules.  The term "vesting" refers to the lifting of
          -----------------

restrictions on restricted stock and to exercise rights regarding stock

options.  Vesting schedules will be approved by the Human Resources

Committee.


     2.4  Stock Price.  If an award will be based on a dollar value instead
          -----------

of number of shares, then the price of the Company's common stock for the

purpose of determining the grant will normally be the average of the high

and low prices of the stock on the New York Stock Exchange on the date that

the Human Resources Committee meets and approves the award or if that is

not a business day, the preceding business day.  The Human Resources

Committee may use any other method it deems appropriate to determine stock

price and award values.

     2.5  Special Awards.  The Chief Executive Officer of the Company may
          --------------

recommend a special award to any employee at any time in recognition of

outstanding performance or for purposes of encouraging such performance. 

Special awards will be presented to the Human Resources Committee for

approval or shall otherwise be authorized by the Human Resources Committee.









                                     2







3.  Frequency of Awards
    -------------------

     3.1  Regular Awards.  Regular awards will be made annually.  Awards
          --------------

and their vesting schedule will be submitted to the Human Resources

Committee for approval or shall otherwise be authorized by the Human

Resources Committee.


     3.2  Interim Grants for Promotions and New Employees.  The Committee
          -----------------------------------------------

reserves discretion to make awards to any one or more employees between

annual grants.




4.  Guidelines For Award Amounts.
    ----------------------------

     4.1  Award amounts will follow Guidelines to be established by the

Committee from time to time.  These Guidelines will remain effective until

changed by the Human Resources Committee.  To promote equitable operation

of the Plans, it is contemplated that the Guidelines will be modified

periodically to reflect the current factors/assumptions that form the basis

for the Guidelines.

     4.2  (a)  The Guidelines will be used to calculate Target Awards. 

Maximum and minimum share amounts may be set on each side of the Target

Award.  The value of the Target Award will be calculated using a percentage

of salary.  This percentage will vary for each grade level based on

competitive factors.  


          (b)   The Guidelines will consider the following factors and

assumptions:





                                     3







              (i)    Current value of the Company's stock.

             (ii)    Compounded growth rate assumption for the stock's value.


            (iii)    Compounded growth rate assumption for salaries.

             (iv)    Competitive environment.


          (c)  The amount of shares in a stock option award will be a

multiple of the restricted stock award in order to achieve equivalent

target value at the end of the vesting period.

     The Guidelines are intended to assist in the calculation of grants. 

However, since the circumstances of each individual may be different and

may require special consideration, the Guidelines are not mandatory in all

cases.




5.  Award Certificates.  Participation letters or award certificates will
    ------------------

be issued in respect of shares awarded to a participant and shall be

deposited with the Company along with an executed stock power.  The stock

power will be used to re-transfer forfeited or cancelled stock back to the

Company.




6.  Restrictions Upon Transfer of Restricted Stock.
    -----------------------------------------------

     6.1  Restriction Period.  Restrictions will be determined for each
          ------------------

restricted stock award at the time the grant is made.  During the

restriction period, shares may not be sold, assigned, pledged, encumbered

or used as collateral for a loan.  All other rights as a stockholder shall

apply to restricted stock as would apply to issued stock (i.e., dividends,

voting, etc.).









                                     4







     6.2  Lapse of Restrictions.  When the restrictions on shares are
          ---------------------

lifted, the stock certificate will be released to the participant, or to

his beneficiary or estate, subject to any restrictive legend as may be

required by law.

     6.3  Types of Vesting -- Performance and Longevity.  Grants of
          ---------------------------------------------

restricted stock and stock options will normally vest based upon continued

active service (longevity).  However, the Human Resources Committee may

grant awards of restricted stock or stock options that have either 

performance vesting, longevity vesting, or both.  If performance restricted

shares or performance stock options are granted, the vesting of such shares

generally will occur only if the Company has met certain performance

criteria established by the Board of Directors for the fiscal year that is

substantially completed prior to such vesting date.

     In the event that performance criteria for a particular fiscal year

are not met, any performance restricted shares or performance stock options

scheduled to vest with respect to that year will be forfeited back into the

plan; provided, however, that the Board of Directors, upon recommendation
      --------  -------

of the Human Resources Committee, shall have discretion to make exceptions

to the provisions concerning forfeiture of performance restricted shares

and performance stock options.  The Board of Directors has broad discretion

to set and modify such performance criteria and, in its sole and absolute

discretion, may vary the performance standards among holders of 

performance restricted shares and/or performance stock options and may

waive any performance standards set.  When adjusting or waiving performance

standards, the Board of Directors, upon recommendation of the 






















                                     5







Human Resources Committee, shall also have discretion to provide for

vesting or partial vesting of performance restricted shares or performance

stock options for participants who are not employed for a full performance

period.




7.  Vesting on Change in Control of the Company.
    -------------------------------------------

     7.1  In the event of a Change in Control of the Company, as

hereinafter defined, all outstanding restricted shares and all unvested

options granted whether such shares or options were granted before or after

the approval dates of these regulations shall vest.


     7.2  Subject to Section 7.3 below, a "Change in Control" of the

Company shall be deemed to have occurred if:

          (a) any "person" (as such term is used in Section 13(d) and 14(d)

     of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange

     Act")), other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities

     under an employee benefit plan of the Company, is or becomes the

     "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange act),

     directly or indirectly, of 25% or more of the Company's then

     outstanding voting securities carrying the 

     right to vote in elections of persons to the Board, regardless of

     comparative voting power of such voting securities, and regardless of

     whether or not the Board shall have approved such Change in Control;

     or










                                     6







          (b) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who

     at the beginning of such period constitute the Board and any new

     director (other than a director designated by a person who shall have

     entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction

     described in clauses (a) or (c) of this Subsection) whose election by

     the Board or nomination for election by the Company's stockholders was

     approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still

     in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or

     whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved,

     cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof; or

          (c) the holders of securities of the Company entitled to vote

     thereon approve (i) a merger or consolidation regardless of which

     entity is the surviving company, other than a merger or consolidation

     which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding

     immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining

     outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the

     surviving entity) at least 80% of the voting securities of the Company

     or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or

     consolidation, or (ii) a plan of complete liquidation of the Company

     or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or

     substantially all of the Company's assets.  The disposition of assets

     for purposes of repayment of debt shall not be deemed the sale of all

     or substantially all of the Company's assets.





















                                     7







     7.3  Notwithstanding the definition of a "Change in Control" of the

Company as set forth in Section 7.2 hereof, the Human Resources Committee

shall have full and final authority, which shall be exercised in its

discretion, to determine conclusively whether a Change in Control of the

Company has occurred, and the date of the occurrence of such Change in

Control and any incidental matters relating thereto, with respect to a

transaction or series of transactions which have resulted or will result in

a substantial portion of the assets or business of the Company (as

determined immediately prior to the transaction or series of transactions

by the Human Resources Committee in its sole discretion, which

determination shall be final and conclusive) being held by a corporation at

least 80% of whose voting securities are held, immediately following such

transaction or series of transactions, by holders of the voting securities

of the Company (determined immediately prior to such transaction 

or series of transactions).  The Human Resources Committee may

exercise such discretionary authority without regard to whether one 

or more of the transactions in such series of transactions would otherwise

constitute a Change in Control of the Company under the definition set

forth in Section 7.2 hereof.  If the Human Resources Committee determines

that a Change in Control of the Company has not occurred, then Section 9 of

the Restricted Stock Plan and Section N of the Stock Option Plan, which

provide for adjustments in restricted shares and stock options on the terms

set forth therein, shall be applicable to such 



                                   8





transaction or series of transactions.  The provisions of this Section 7.3 as to

the discretionary authority of the Human Resources Committee to determine 

whether a Change in Control has occurred shall not apply to the application 

of the Change in Control provisions herein to the vesting of the restricted 

stock of nonmanagement members of the Board of Directors.




8.  Forfeiture of Restricted Shares and Stock Options.
    --------------------------------------------------

     8.1  In the event that a participant terminates active employment with

the Company or any affiliate of the Company voluntarily or involuntarily

including by reason of retirement (except in the event of death or

disability as provided herein), then (subject to any agreement with the

participant) all restricted shares and all stock options which shares or

options at that time have not yet vested shall be forfeited by the

participant to the Company without payment of any consideration by the

Company.  Neither the participant, nor any successor, heir, assign or

personal representative of the participant, shall have any further right to

or interest in such restricted shares or stock options or the certificate

or certificates evidencing them.  Such forfeited shares or options shall be

available for reissuance under the Plans.


     8.2  In the event any employee holding stock options retires (leaves

employment at age 55 or older with ten or more years of service), then such

person shall have a period of two years in the event of ten or more years

of service, or three years in the event of 20 or more years of service,

after the 











                                     9







retirement date to exercise any outstanding stock options which are vested

(exercisable) or become vested (exercisable) as of the retirement date,

provided that (1) for incentive stock options, this two or three year

period will not extend beyond the normal term of the option and (2) for

non-incentive options, the term of the option will be extended up to a

maximum term of thirteen years and one day to accommodate the two or three

year extension in cases where retirement, death or determination of

disability occurs within the three year period prior to the end of the

normal term of the option.  This provision shall apply to all options

whether granted before or after the approval dates of these resolutions.

     8.3  In the event of the participant's death or disability, then

(subject to any agreement with the participant) one half of all unvested

restricted shares and one half of all unvested stock options shall vest as

of the date of death or determination of disability and the remaining

shares shall be forfeited.  With respect to vested options upon a

participant's death or disability, the participant or his legal

representative shall have the right to exercise such options for a period

of two years in the event of ten or more years of service, or three years

in the event of 20 or more years of service, after such death or

determination of disability, provided that (1) for incentive stock options,

this two or three year period will not extend beyond the normal term of the

option and (2) for non-incentive options, the term of the option will be

extended up to a maximum term of thirteen years and one day to accommodate

the two or three year extension in cases where retirement, 















                                     10







death or determination of disability occurs within the three year period

prior to the end of the normal term of the option.  This provision shall

apply to all options whether granted before or after the approval dates of

these resolutions.

     8.4  For purposes of administration, a participant shall be deemed

disabled when a determination is made (while the participant is an employee

or is on authorized sick leave) that the participant qualifies for

long-term disability insurance under the LTD policy of the Company's

affiliate who is the participant's employer.


     8.5  The Human Resources Committee shall have sole discretion to make

exceptions to the provisions in this section 8 regarding the forfeiture of

restricted shares and stock options for persons who are subject to Section

16 of the Securities Exchange Act.  The Chief Executive Officer is hereby

granted authority to make exceptions regarding such forfeitures for all

other employees without the necessity for Committee approval.  The

provisions of this Section 8.5 shall apply to all awards of stock options

and restricted stock whether granted before or after the date of these

regulations.




9.  Rights to Terminate Employment.  No award shall confer upon a
    ------------------------------

participant the right to continue in the employment of the Company or its

affiliates or affect any right which the Company or its affiliates may have

to terminate the employment of a participant with or without cause.




















                                    11







10.  Withholding.  Whenever the Company proposes or is required to issue,
     -----------

transfer, or release shares of Common Stock under the Plans or to make any

payments to a participant, the Company or its affiliates shall have the

right to withhold from any sums due to the recipient, or to require the

recipient to remit to the Company or its affiliates, any amount sufficient

to satisfy any federal, state and/or local withholding tax requirements

prior to the delivery of any stock certificates or any payments to the

participant.  Whenever payments are to be made in cash, such payments shall

be net of an amount sufficient to satisfy any federal, state and/or local

withholding tax requirements imposed with respect to such payments.  The

Company shall have flexibility to use any reasonable methods or procedures

to satisfy withholding tax requirements including but not limited to the

right to charge reasonable interest on amounts due, to withhold amounts

from any other sums due a participant, and/or to sell a portion of vested

shares in order to satisfy withholding taxes.


11.  Discretion of Human Resources Committee and Chief Executive Officer. 
     -------------------------------------------------------------------

These regulations may be amended by the Human Resources Committee at any

time and are not intended to limit the discretion or rights of the Chief

Executive Officer, the Human Resources Committee, or the Board of Directors

as provided under the Plans.










                                     12






                                                       EXHIBIT 10(51)


                        DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN (DCP)
                        EMPLOYEE PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT

Agreement made this                            day of                          ,
                    --------------------------        -------------------------
19     , between                                 (Participant) and the
   ----          -------------------------------
Participant's Employer identified on the signature line (the Company) relating
to deferrals under the Harrah's Entertainment, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan
as it may be amended from time to time (the Plan). The deferrals elected under
this Agreement pertain to the plan year beginning January 1 and ending
December 31 following the date of this Agreement (the Year of Deferral).

1.   Deferral Election for Year of Deferral

     A.   Salary Deferral (up to maximum of 12%)

          I hereby elect to defer        % of my base salary payable to me
                                  -------
          during the Year of Deferral.

     B.   Bonus Deferral (up to 100%)

          I hereby elect to defer       % of my annual bonus payable to me in
                                  ------
          the Year of Deferral.

2.   Method of Benefit Payment

     I hereby elect to receive my account balance related to the Year of
     Deferral, as follows (check only one choice):

     A.         lump sum within 30 days after leaving employment.
          -----

     B.         lump sum within 30 days after the earlier of:
          -----

          (a)  leaving employment, or 

          (b)             (insert date of future payment).
               ----------

     C.         in annual installments over     years (insert 2 to 10 years)
          -----                             ---
          beginning not later than 30 days after leaving employment.

I understand that leaving employment means discontinuance or removal from the
employee payroll of the Company or its affiliates unless otherwise agreed by
Harrah's Entertainment, Inc. Upon my death, my account will be payable to my
Beneficiary pursuant to the procedures set forth in the Plan.

This Agreement must be signed and received by the Company on or before December
31 of the year prior to the deferrals or prior to such other date as may be
designated by the Company.

Subject to the provisions of the Plan, my elections under this Agreement are
irrevocable. For this election and all previous deferrals under the DCP, I agree
to be bound by the terms of the Plan, as it may be amended from time to time,
which is incorporated herein by reference. This Agreement and all previous DCP
election agreements shall be governed by Tennessee law and by federal law as
applicable.

Employee

Your Signature                               
               ------------------------------

Printed Name                                 
             --------------------------------

Address                                      
        -------------------------------------

                                             
- ---------------------------------------------

                                             
- ---------------------------------------------

Social Security Number                       
                       ----------------------







Company


By                                           
   ------------------------------------------

Title                                        
      ---------------------------------------



                        DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN (DCP)
                        DIRECTOR PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT

Agreement made this                            day of                          ,
                    --------------------------        -------------------------
19     , between                                 (Participant) and the Harrah's
   ----          -------------------------------
Entertainment, Inc. (the Company) relating to deferrals under the Company's
Deferred Compensation Plan as it may be amended from time to time (the Plan).
The deferrals elected under this Agreement pertain to the plan year beginning
January 1 and ending December 31 following the date of this Agreement (the Year
of Deferral).

1.   Deferral Elections for Year of Deferral--Cash Fees

     Deferral of Director's Fees payable in cash (up to 100%):

     I hereby elect to defer     % of my Director's Fees payable to me in cash
                             ----
     during the Year of Deferral.

2.   Method of Benefit Payment

     I hereby elect to receive my account balance related to the Year of
     Deferral, as follows (check only one choice):

     A.         lump sum within 30 days after leaving service.
          -----

     B.         lump sum within 30 days after the earlier of:
          -----

          (a)  leaving service, or

          (b)             (insert date of future payment).
               ----------

     C.         in annual installments over      years (insert 2 to 10 years)
          -----                             ----
     beginning not later than 30 days after leaving service.

I understand that leaving service means resignation from the Company's Board of
Directors or discontinuance of active service on such Board unless otherwise
agreed by Harrah's Entertainment, Inc. Upon my death, my account will be payable
to my Beneficiary pursuant to the procedures set forth in the Plan.

This Agreement must be signed and received by the Company on or before
December 31 of the year prior to the deferrals or prior to such other date as
may be designated by the Company.


























Subject to the provisions of the Plan, my elections under this Agreement are
irrevocable. For this election and all previous deferrals under the DCP, I agree
to be bound by the terms of the Plan, as it may be amended from time to time,
which is incorporated herein by reference. This Agreement and all previous DCP
election agreements shall be governed by Tennessee law and by federal law as
applicable.

Director

Your Signature                               
               ------------------------------

Printed Name                                 
             --------------------------------

Address                                      
        -------------------------------------

                                             
- ---------------------------------------------

                                             
- ---------------------------------------------

Social Security Number                       
                       ----------------------


Harrah's Entertainment, Inc.                 

By                                           
   ------------------------------------------

Title                                        
      ---------------------------------------



















































                                                       EXHIBIT 10(52)





















                        HARRAH'S ENTERTAINMENT, INC.

                    EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN





























                            Amended and Restated

                              October 27, 1995










                             TABLE OF CONTENTS




                                                                  PAGE
                                                                 -----

ARTICLE I      PURPOSE                                             1


ARTICLE II     DEFINITIONS                                         1
               2.1(a)    Account                                   1
               2.1(b)    Pre-1996 Retirement Account               2
               2.1(c)    Post-1995 Retirement Account              2
               2.1(d)    Pre-1996 Termination Account              2

               2.1(e)    Post-1995 Termination Account             2
               2.2       Beneficiary                               2
               2.3       Board                                     2
               2.4       Change of Control                         3

               2.5       EDCP Committee                            5
               2.6       Compensation                              6
               2.7       Deferral Commitment                       6
               2.8       Deferral Period                           6
               2.9       Determination Date                        6
               2.10      Employer                                  7
               2.11      Employment                                7
               2.12      Hardship                                  7
               2.13      Interest                                  8
               2.13(a)   Termination Account Interest              8
               2.13(b)   Retirement Account Interest               8
               2.14      Participant                              10
               2.15      Participation Agreement                  10
               2.16      Plan Benefit                             10
               2.17      Retirement                               10
               2.18      Total and Permanent Disability           10



ARTICLE III    PARTICIPATION AND DEFERRAL COMMITMENTS             11
               3.1       Eligibility and Participation            11
               3.1(a)    Eligibility                              11
               3.1(b)    Participation                            11

               3.1(c)    Salary Continuation                      12
               3.2       Form of Deferral; Maximum and Minimum
                             Deferral                             12
               3.2(a)    Salary and Bonus Commitment              12



                                    (i)






                                                                 PAGE
                                                                 ----

               3.2(b)    Savings and Retirement Plan Exception    13
               3.2(c)    Fee Deferral Commitment                  13
               3.2(d)    Other Deferral Provisions                14
               3.3       Modification of Deferral Commitment      14

ARTICLE IV     DEFERRED COMPENSATION ACCOUNTS                     15
               4.1       Elective Deferred Compensation           15
               4.2       Types of Account                         15
               4.3       Matching Contributions                   15
               4.3(a)    Eligibility                              15
               4.3(b)    Amount                                   16
               4.3(c)    Time of Credit                           16
               4.4       Vesting of Accounts                      16
               4.4(a)    Amounts Deferred                         16
               4.4(b)    Employer Matching Contributions          17
               4.4(c)    Retirement, Disability or Death          17
               4.5       Determination of Accounts                17
               4.6       Statement of Accounts                    18

ARTICLE V      PLAN BENEFITS                                      18

               5.1       Pre-Termination Withdrawals              18
               5.1(a)    Amount                                   18
               5.1(b)    Remaining Account Balance                18
               5.2       Retirement Benefit                       19
               5.3       Termination Benefit                      20
               5.4       Death Benefit                            20
               5.5       Disability Benefits                      22
               5.6       Hardship Distributions                   22
               5.7       Form of Benefit Payment                  22
               5.8       Withholding; Payroll Taxes               23
               5.9       Commencement of Payments                 24
               5.10      Full Payment of Benefits                 24
               5.11      Payment of Guardian                      24
               5.12      Spin-Off Transactions                    24

ARTICLE VI     BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION                            26
               6.1       Beneficiary Designation                  26
               6.2       Amendments                               27
               6.3       No Beneficiary Designation               27
               6.4       Effect of Payment                        27



                                    (ii)
















                                                               PAGE
                                                               ----

ARTICLE VII    ADMINISTRATION                                     28
               7.1       Committee; Duties                        28
               7.2       Agents                                   28
               7.3       Binding Effect of Decisions              28
               7.4       Indemnity of EDCP Committee              28

ARTICLE VIII   CLAIMS PROCEDURE                                   29
               8.1       Claim                                    29
               8.2       Denial of Claim                          29

ARTICLE IX     AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN                  30
               9.1       Amendment                                30
               9.2       Employer's Right to Terminate Future
                             Deferrals                            31


ARTICLE X      MISCELLANEOUS                                      31
               10.1      Unfunded Plan                            31
               10.2      Unsecured General Creditor               32
               10.3      Nonassignability                         32
               10.4      Not a Contract of Employment             33
               10.5      Protective Provisions                    33
               10.6      Terms                                    33
               10.7      Captions                                 34
               10.8      Governing Law                            34
               10.9      Validity                                 34
               10.10     Notice                                   34
               10.11     Successors                               34




















                                   (iii)














                        HARRAH'S ENTERTAINMENT, INC.

                            AMENDED AND RESTATED


                    EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN




                                 ARTICLE I

                                  PURPOSE

     The purpose of this Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (hereinafter

referred to as the "Plan") is to provide supplemental funds for retirement

or death for nonmanagement directors ("director Participants") and key

management employees (and their beneficiaries) of Harrah's Entertainment,

Inc., (formerly named The Promus Companies Incorporated) (hereinafter

referred to as the "Company") and certain of its subsidiaries which elect

to participate in the Plan ("employee Participants").  It is intended that

the Plan will aid in retaining and attracting directors and employees of

exceptional ability by providing such individuals with these benefits. 

This plan shall be effective as of November 5, 1989.




                                 ARTICLE II


                                DEFINITIONS

     For the purposes of this Plan, the following words and phrases shall

have the meanings indicated, unless the context clearly indicates

otherwise:


     2.1  (a)  Account.  "Account" means the Retirement Account and the
               -------

          Termination Account maintained by the Employer with respect to

          each Participant's deferred compensation pursuant to Article IV,

          including 












          accounts transferred from the Holiday Corporation Executive

          Deferred Compensation Plan.  The existence of these accounts

          shall not require any segregation of assets.

          (b)  Pre-1996 Retirement Account.  "Pre-1996 Retirement Account"
               ---------------------------

          means the Retirement Account for deferrals of Compensation during

          Plan years through 1995.


          (c)  Post-1995 Retirement Account.  "Post-1995 Retirement
               ----------------------------

          Account" means the Retirement Account for deferrals of

          Compensation for Plan years after 1995.


          (d)  Pre-1996 Termination Account.  "Pre-1996 Termination
               ----------------------------

          Account" means the Termination Account for deferrals of

          Compensation during Plan years through 1995.


          (e)  Post-1995 Termination Account.  "Post-1995 Termination
               -----------------------------

          Account" means the Termination Account for deferrals of

          Compensation during the Plan years after 1995.


     2.2  Beneficiary.  "Beneficiary" means the person, persons or entity
          -----------

designated by the Participant, or as provided in Article VI, to receive any

Plan benefits payable after the Participant's death.


     2.3  Board.  "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company or
          -----

the Human Resources Committee (or its successor committee) of such Board of

Directors, or any other Committee designated by the Board of Directors of

the Company.



                                        2







     2.4  Change of Control.  A "Change of Control" shall be deemed to have
          -----------------

occurred, subject to subparagraph (iv) hereof, if any of the events in

subparagraphs (i), (ii) or (iii) occur:

               (i)       Any "person" (as such term is used in Section

               13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as

               amended (the "Exchange Act")), other than an employee

               benefit plan of the Company, or a trustee or other fiduciary

               holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the

               Company, is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in

               Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly,

               of 25% or more of the Company's then outstanding voting

               securities carrying the right to vote in elections of

               persons to the Board of Directors, regardless of comparative

               voting power of such voting securities, and regardless of

               whether or not the Board of Directors shall have approved

               such Change in Control; or


               (ii)      During any period of two consecutive years,

               individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute

               the Board of Directors and any new director (other than a

               director designated by a person who shall have entered into

               an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction

               described in subparagraphs (i) or (iii) of this paragraph)

               whose election by the Board of Directors or nomination for

               election by the Company's stockholders was approved by a

               vote of at least two-thirds of 






                                       3







               the directors then still in office who either were directors

               at the beginning of the period or whose election or

               nomination for election was previously so approved, cease

               for any reason to constitute a majority thereof; or 

               (iii)     The holders of securities of the Company entitled

               to vote thereon approve the following:


                         (A)  A merger or consolidation of the Company with

                         any other corporation regardless of which entity

                         is the surviving company, other than a merger or

                         consolidation which would result in the voting

                         securities of the Company carrying the right to

                         vote in elections of persons to the Board of

                         Directors outstanding immediately prior thereto

                         continuing to represent (either by remaining

                         outstanding or by being converted into voting

                         securities of the surviving entity) at least 80%

                         of the Company's then outstanding voting

                         securities carrying the right to vote in elections

                         of persons to the Board of Directors, or such

                         securities of such surviving entity outstanding

                         immediately after such merger or consolidation, or

                         (B)  A plan of complete liquidation of the Company

                         or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the

                         Company of all or substantially all of the

                         Company's assets.










                                        4







               (iv)      Notwithstanding the definition of a "Change in

               Control" of the Company as set forth in this paragraph 2.4,

               the Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors (the

               "Committee") shall have full and final authority, which

               shall be exercised in its discretion, to determine

               conclusively whether a Change in Control of the Company has

               occurred, and the date of the occurrence of such Change in 

               Control and any incidental matters relating thereto, with 

               respect to a transaction or series of transactions which have

               resulted or will result in a substantial portion of the assets

               or business of the Company (as determined immediately prior to

               the transaction  or series of transactions by the Committee in 

               its sole discretion which determination shall be final and

               conclusive) being held by a corporation at least 80% of

               whose voting securities are held, immediately following such

               transaction or series of transactions, by holders of the

               voting securities of the Company (determined immediately

               prior to such transaction or series of transactions).  The

               Committee may exercise such discretionary authority without

               regard to whether one or more of the transactions in such

               series of transactions would otherwise constitute a Change

               in Control of the Company under the definition set forth in

               this paragraph 2.4.

     2.5  EDCP Committee.  "EDCP Committee" means the Executive Deferred
          --------------

Compensation Committee appointed to administer the Plan pursuant to Article

VII.

























                                     5







     2.6  Compensation.  "Compensation" means the base salary and annual
          ------------

bonus or director's fees paid to the Participant by the Employer during the

calendar year, before reduction for amounts deferred pursuant to this Plan

or any other Plan.  Compensation does not include expense reimbursements,

or any form of non-cash compensation and benefits.  For directors,

Compensation does not include fees payable for Board service after April

30, 1996.

     2.7  Deferral Commitment.  
          -------------------

          (a)  "Deferral Commitment" means a Salary Deferral Commitment, a

          Bonus Deferral Commitment, or a Fee Deferral Commitment made by

          the Participant pursuant to Article III and for which a

          Participation Agreement has been filed.  A Deferral Commitment

          shall include any deferral commitment made by a Participant for

          1990 and years prior thereto under the predecessor Holiday

          Corporation plan.  

          (b)  Pre-1996 Deferrals means the deferral of Compensation during

          Plan years through 1995.

          (c)  Post-1995 Deferrals means the deferral of Compensation

          during Plan years after 1995.

     2.8  Deferral Period.  "Deferral Period" means the single calendar
          ---------------

year for which the Participant has made a Deferral Commitment.  The initial

Deferral Period shall commence as soon as administratively feasible after

the effective date of this Plan.

     2.9  Determination Date.  "Determination Date" means the last day of
          ------------------

each calendar month.




                                     6







     2.10 Employer.  "Employer" means the Company, and directly or
          --------

indirectly affiliated or subsidiary corporations, any other affiliate

designated by the Board, or any successors to the businesses thereof.

     2.11 Employment.  "Employment," in the case of an employee, means the
          ----------

period of time that a Participant is on the Employer's payroll.  A leave of

absence approved by the Committee shall not be deemed a termination of

Employment.  A Participant who enters salary continuation status shall not

be deemed to have terminated Employment.  In the case of a director,

Employment means the active service on the Board by the Participant.

     2.12 Hardship.  "Hardship" means the immediate and heavy financial
          --------

need of the Participant as determined by the EDCP Committee.  Financial

needs shall be limited to the following situations:

          (a)  Financial obligations incurred by the Participant because of

          sickness, accident, death, disability, or other medial need in

          the Participant's immediate family which the Participant is not

          able to pay out of liquid assets or current cash flow.

          (b)  Financial requirements to purchase necessary shelter and

          related necessities for the Participant and the Participant's

          immediate family which the Participant is unable to purchase out

          of liquid assets or current cash flow or otherwise reasonably

          finance.

          (c)  Financial requirements for education for the Participant or

          a member of the Participant's immediate family which the

          Participant is unable to pay out of liquid assets or current cash

          flow.
















                                     7







     For purposes of this definition, the term "immediate family" means

wife, husband, child, father, mother, or a related dependent residing with

the Participant.

     2.13 Interest.
          --------

          (a)  Termination Account Interest.  (1) The interest rate applied
               ----------------------------

          to a Pre-1996 Termination Account on each monthly Determination

          Date shall be the greater of one twelth (1/12) of 8.5% or one-

          twelfth (1/12) of the rate announced by Citibank, N.A. as its

          prime rate ("Citibank Prime Rate") at the beginning of each

          calendar quarter during the Plan year.  (2)  The interest rate

          applicable to a Post-1995 Termination Account on each monthly

          Determination Date shall be the greater of one-twelfth (1/12) of

          the rate approved by the Board prior to January 1 of each Plan

          year or one-twelfth (1/12) of the Citibank Prime Rate at the

          beginning of each calendar quarter during the Plan year.  The

          rate to be approved by the Board shall be submitted by Company

          management to the Board for review and approval prior to January

          1 of each Plan year.

               If the Citibank Prime rate is no longer available, the

          Committee shall select a substantially similar index.  


          (b)  Retirement Account Interest.  (1) For Plan years through
               ---------------------------

          1995, the effective annual yield applicable to a Pre-1996

          Retirement Account shall be determined prior to January 1 of each

          year and be effective for the calendar year following the date it

          is determined; such rate 



























                                     8







          shall be submitted by Company management for review and approval

          by the Board prior to January 1 each year.  For all calendar

          years after 1995, such rate shall be and is hereby fixed at 15.5%

          for all Pre-1996 Retirement Accounts, provided that the annual

          yield under this paragraph 2.13(b)(1) for each calendar year for

          a Pre-1996 Retirement Account shall not be less than one hundred

          fifty percent (150%) of the annual average of Moody's for such

          year.  If a Participant or Beneficiary receives payment in full

          prior to a calendar year end, the foregoing minimum annual yield

          for such year will be the Moody's average for the full months the

          funds were held by the Plan during the calendar year (or during

          the prior year if the payment occurs before one full month has

          been calculated in a calendar year).  The term "Moody's" refers

          to Moody's Average Corporate Bond Yield as published by Moody's

          Investors Service, Inc. (or any successor thereto) or, if such

          index is no longer published, a substantially similar index

          selected by the EDCP Committee.

               (2)       The effective annual yield applicable to a Post-

          1995 Retirement Account shall be determined prior to January 1 of

          each year and be effective for the calendar year following the

          date it is determined; such rate shall be submitted by Company

          management for review and approval by the Board prior to January

          1 each year, provided that the annual yield under this paragraph
                       --------

          2.13(b)(2) for each calendar year for a Post-1995 Retirement

          Account shall not in any event be less than 150% of the annual

          average of Moody's for such 










                                     9







          year.  If a Participant or Beneficiary receives payment in full

          prior to a calendar year end, the foregoing minimum annual yield

          for such year will be the Moody's average for the full months the

          funds were held by the Plan during the calendar year (or during

          the prior year if the payment occurs before one full month has

          been calculated in a calendar year).

     2.14 Participant.  "Participant" means any individual who is
          -----------

participating or has participated in this Plan as provided in Article III

including a director Participant and employee Participant.

     2.15 Participation Agreement.  "Participation Agreement" means the
          -----------------------

agreement filed by the Participant prior to the beginning of the Deferral

Period.  A new Participation Agreement shall be filed by the Participant

for each Deferral Period.

     2.16 Plan Benefit.  "Plan Benefit" means the benefit payable to the
          ------------

Participant as calculated in Article V.

     2.17 Retirement.  "Retirement" for an employee Participant means
          ----------

termination of Employment with the Employer on or after the earlier of the

date the Participant attains age fifty five (55) with ten (10) years of

credited service or on or after the date the Participant attains age sixty

(60).  For purposes of this definition, years of credited service will be

credited in accordance with the provisions of the Company's Savings and

Retirement Plan.  The Board reserves the right to provide different

retirement requirements for different Participants.

     2.18 Total and Permanent Disability.  "Total and Permanent Disability"
          ------------------------------

means that due to sickness or accidental bodily injury the Participant is

completely

                                     10







unable to perform any and every duty pertaining to his occupation with the

Employer, and such disability is expected to last at least 24 months.

     For purposes of this Plan, the EDCP Committee shall determine whether

or not a condition renders the Participant to be Totally and Permanently

Disabled based on evidence satisfactory to the EDCP Committee.  Such

determination by the EDCP Committee shall be final and binding.




                                ARTICLE III


                   PARTICIPATION AND DEFERRAL COMMITMENTS

     3.1  Eligibility and Participation.
          -----------------------------

          (a)  Eligibility.  Eligibility to participate in the Plan is
               -----------

          limited to directors of the Board for their fees payable through

          April 30, 1996 and those employees of the Employer who are:


               (i)       in Job Grades 26 and above (or equivalent grades)

               or in other Job Grades which may be declared eligible by the

               Board's Human Resources Committee, and 

               (ii)      designated as a Participant by the Chief Executive

               Officer of the Company.


          (b)  Participation.  An eligible employee or director may elect
               -------------

          to participate in the Plan with respect to any Deferral Period by

          filing a Participation Agreement with the Company by a date set

          by the Company but not later than December 31 of the calendar

          year immediately preceding the Deferral Period.  In the event

          that an 








                                     11







          individual first becomes eligible to Participate during a

          calendar year, a Participation Agreement must be filed no later

          than thirty (30) days following notification of the individual by

          the EDCP Committee or the Company of his eligibility to

          Participate, and such Participation Agreement shall be effective

          only with regard to Compensation earned and payable following the

          filing of the Participation Agreement with the Company.

          (c)  Salary Continuation.  Unless an exception is specifically
               -------------------

          made by the Committee, in its sole discretion, and except for the

          purpose described in paragraph 5.4(b) below, a Participant shall

          not be permitted to defer under this Plan amounts payable to the

          Participant after (i) the Participant's death; or (ii) if a

          Participant is placed on salary continuation during a Deferral

          Period, the earlier of the date the Participant ceases to receive

          a continuation of salary or the commencement of a new Deferral

          Period; or (iii) the Employer has terminated future deferrals

          pursuant to paragraph 9.2 of this Plan.


     3.2  Form of Deferral; Maximum and Minimum Deferral.  The Participant
          ----------------------------------------------

may elect in the Participation Agreement any of the following Deferral

Commitments:

          (a)  Salary and Bonus Commitment.  For the Deferral Period
               ---------------------------

          following the calendar year in which the Participation Agreement

          is filed, the Participant may elect to defer, except as provided

          in (b) below, (1) up to twenty-five percent (25%) of base salary

          payable 








                                     12







          during the Deferral Period, and (2) for Plan years through 1990,

          up to one hundred per cent (100%) of bonus (fifty percent (50%)

          of bonus for Job Grades 26-29 or equivalent grades) payable

          during the Deferral Period.  Commencing with the 1991 Deferral

          Period with respect to bonus deferrals, all Participants will be

          limited to deferring a maximum of 50% of bonus.

          (b)  Savings and Retirement Plan Exception.  In addition to the
               -------------------------------------

          deferral permitted under (a) above, any Participant that

          participates at the maximum before-tax percentage allowed by the

          Employer's Savings and Retirement Plan maintained by the Employer

          shall be deemed to have elected to defer under this Plan that

          portion of eligible Savings and Retirement Plan earnings which

          the Participant elected to defer under the Savings and Retirement

          Plan, up to six percent (6%) (or such other maximum before-tax

          percentage allowed by the Savings and Retirement Plan), which

          could not be deferred on a before-tax basis under the Savings and

          Retirement Plan due to any law or regulation as determined by the

          EDCP Committee, but excluding any amount which was actually

          deferred into the Savings and Retirement Plan but distributed

          back to the employee in a following Plan year.


          (c)  Fee Deferral Commitment.  A director Participant may elect
               -----------------------

          to defer a minimum of fifteen percent (15%) and up to a maximum

          of one hundred percent (100%) of fees payable in the calendar

          year following the calendar year in which the Participation

          Agreement is 






                                     13







          filed.  For calendar year 1985, the maximum a director

          Participant may elect to defer shall be one hundred percent

          (100%) of remaining fees.  For Plan years after 1995, a director

          Participant may defer fees for services through April 30, 1996. 

          Fees payable to a director after April 30, 1996, will not be

          deferrable under this Plan.

          (d)  Other Deferral Provisions.  Notwithstanding anything herein,
               -------------------------

          for Plan years through 1995: (i) an employee who has five (5)

          years of active deferrals of salary and/or bonus into this Plan

          including deferrals under the predecessor Holiday Corporation

          plan shall not be permitted to defer any further bonus into this

          Plan payable in Plan years through 1995, and (ii) a director on

          the Board of Directors of the Company who has ten (10) full years

          of active deferrals of director's fees into this Plan including

          deferrals under the predecessor Holiday Corporation plan shall

          not be permitted to defer any further director's fees into this

          Plan payable in Plan years through 1995.  For Plan years after

          1995, an employee Participant may defer up to 25% of base salary

          and 50% of bonus payable during a Deferral Period, provided the

          Board reserves the right to modify or terminate further deferrals

          into the Plan for any Plan year.


     3.3  Modification of Deferral Commitment.  A Deferral Commitment shall
          -----------------------------------

be irrevocable except that the EDCP Committee may reduce the amount to be

deferred or waive the remainder of the Deferral Commitment upon a finding,

based 











                                     14







upon the uniform standards established by the EDCP Committee, that the

Participant has suffered a Hardship or that a bona fide mistake occurred in

filling out a form or responding to instructions.




                                 ARTICLE IV

                       DEFERRED COMPENSATION ACCOUNTS


     4.1  Elective Deferred Compensation.  The amount of Compensation that
          ------------------------------

the Participant elects to defer shall be withheld and credited to the

Participant's Account as the Compensation becomes payable.  Any withholding

of taxes or other amounts with respect to deferred Compensation which is

required by state, federal or local law may be withheld from the

Participant's non-deferred Compensation.

     4.2  Types of Account.  For record-keeping purposes only, the
          ----------------

following accounts shall be maintained for each Participant:

               Pre-1996 Retirement Account

               Pre-1996 Termination Account
               Post-1995 Retirement Account
               Post-1995 Termination Account


The amount of Compensation elected to be deferred shall be credited to both

the Retirement Accounts and the Termination Accounts subject to the

provisions of this Plan.

     4.3  Matching Contributions.
          ----------------------

          (a)  Eligibility.  Matching contributions shall be credited to
               -----------

          Participants in this Plan who are eligible to participate in the

          Employer's Savings and Retirement Plan and elect to make a Basic 








                                     15







          Contribution equal to the maximum rate at which a Participant may

          elect before-tax contributions under the Employer's Savings and

          Retirement Plan and such before-tax contribution is limited due

          to any law or regulation.

          (b)  Amount.  The Employer shall credit to each employee
               ------

          Participant's Account a matching contribution for each calendar

          year equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Participant's

          Compensation elected to be deferred under this Plan for the year,

          such Compensation being limited for purposes of this calculation

          to a maximum of six percent (6%) of the Participant's eligible

          Savings and Retirement Plan earnings (which shall for this

          purpose include the Participant's salary deferrals but shall not

          include bonus amounts or board fees).  The matching contribution

          amount shall be offset by the actual matching contribution

          allocated to the Participant for the year under the Employer's

          Savings and Retirement Plan.


          (c)  Time of Credit.  The Employer matching contribution shall be
               --------------

          credited to a Participant's Account as of the last day of the

          calendar year or the date the Participant's employment ends, if

          earlier.

     4.4  Vesting of Accounts.  Each Participant shall be vested in the
          -------------------

amounts credited to such Participant's Account and earnings thereon as

follows:


          (a)  Amounts Deferred.  A Participant shall be one hundred
               ----------------

          percent (100%) vested at all times in the amount of Compensation

          elected to be deferred under this Plan and the earnings thereon

          (either at the Termination Rate or Retirement Rate).







                                     16







          (b)  Employer Matching Contributions.  A Participant who
               -------------------------------

          terminates Employment for reasons other than Retirement, Total

          and Permanent Disability or Death shall be vested in the Employer

          matching contributions (and earnings thereon) made for any

          particular year in accordance with the vesting provisions in the

          Employer's Savings and Retirement Plan and as it may be amended

          from time to time.

          (c)  Retirement, Disability or Death.  A Participant shall be one
               -------------------------------

          hundred percent (100%) vested in all amounts at Retirement or

          upon Total and Permanent Disability or Death during employment

          with the Company or its direct or indirect majority owned

          subsidiaries.  For this purpose, "during employment" includes

          death or disability occurring after such employment termination

          if the death or disability is primarily caused (as determined by

          the EDCP Committee) by the sickness or injury that resulted in

          the termination of employment.


     4.5  Determination of Accounts.  Each Participant's Retirement Account
          -------------------------

(Pre-1996 and Post-1995) and Termination Account (Pre-1996 and Post-1995)

as of each Determination Date shall consist of the balance of the

Participant's Account as of the immediately preceding Determination Date,

plus the Participant's elective deferred Compensation credited, matching

contributions and Interest earned, minus the amount of any distributions

made since the immediately preceding Determination Date.  Interest earned

shall be calculated as of each Determination Date based upon the average

daily balance of the account since the preceding Determination Date. 

Interest earned on each of the Retirement Accounts shall be calculated so

as to achieve the annual yield provided by paragraph 2.13(b).






                                     17







     4.6  Statement of Accounts.  The Company shall submit to each
          ---------------------

Participant, within one hundred twenty (120) days after the close of each

calendar year and at such other times as determined by the Company, a

statement setting forth the balance to the credit of each Account

maintained for the Participant.




                                 ARTICLE V

                               PLAN BENEFITS


     5.1  Pre-Termination Withdrawals.
          ---------------------------

          (a)  Amount.  At the time the Participation Agreement is filed,
               ------

          the Participant may elect to receive fifty percent (50%) of the

          Deferral Commitment during each of the 8th, 9th, 10th and 11th

          years prior to termination after the year during which the

          Participation Agreement is filed.  The total Pre-Termination

          Withdrawal shall be limited to the Termination Account balance at

          the time of the withdrawal.

          (b)  Remaining Account Balance.  The amount of the withdrawal
               -------------------------

          shall reduce the respective Pre-1996 or Post-1995 Retirement

          Account and respective Pre-1996 or Post-1995 Termination Account 

          balances.  Any remaining account balances shall continue to be 

          credited with Interest in accordance with paragraph 4.5.  Any 

          amounts remaining in the respective Pre-1996 or Post-1995 Retirement 

          Account or Termination Account after all Pre-Termination Withdrawals

          shall be paid in accordance with this Article V.










                                     18







     5.2  Retirement Benefit.  The Employer shall pay a Plan Benefit equal
          ------------------

to the amount of the Participant's respective Pre-1996 and/or Post-1995

Retirement Account to each Participant who terminates Employment:

          (a)  by reason of Retirement,


          (b)  by reason of Total and Permanent Disability,

          (c)  within a twenty-four (24) month period after a Change in

          Control,


          (d)  while participating as a director Participant and terminates

          from Employment on the Employer's Board due to:

               (i)       not being re-elected as a director,

               (ii)      Total and Permanent Disability, or


               (iii)     termination within a twenty-four (24) month period

               after a Change in Control.

          (e)  for Participants who are entitled to the Retirement Account

          rate and who retired or terminated active service after October

          29, 1992 and on or before December 31, 1992, such rate will be

          locked-in at 16.5% until such Participant's account is fully

          distributed.


          (f)  for Participants who are entitled to the Retirement Account

          rate who retired or terminated active service during 1993, such

          rate will be locked-in at 16% until such Participant's account is

          fully distributed.

          (g)  for Participant's who are entitled to the Retirement Account

          rate and who retired or terminated active service during 1994 or

          1995, such rate will be locked-in at the retirement rate approved

          for that year (15.5%) until such Participant's account is fully

          distributed.



                                    19







          (h)  for Participants whose active service ceased before October

          29, 1992, and at that time were already receiving the Retirement

          Account rate, the rate each such Participant will receive in

          1993, 1994 and 1995 will be the approved retirement rate for each

          such year, provided that for years after 1995 the retirement rate

          will be locked-in at the rate approved for 1995 (15.5%) until

          such Participant's account is fully distributed.

     5.3  Termination Benefit.  The Employer shall pay a Plan Benefit equal
          -------------------

to the amount of the Participant's Termination Account to each Participant

who terminates Employment for all reasons other than those for which a

Retirement Benefit or Death Benefit shall be paid.


     A Participant or Beneficiary shall receive either the Termination

Account or Retirement Account as provided in this Plan but not both.

     5.4  Death Benefit.  Upon the death of the Participant, the Employer
          -------------

shall pay to the Participant's Beneficiary an amount determined as follows:


          (a)  If the Participant dies prior to termination of Employment

          with the Employer, the amount payable under this paragraph shall

          be in lieu of any other benefit payment under this Plan and shall

          equal:

               (i)       the Participant's Retirement Account Balance, plus;

               (ii)      three (3) times the sum of all amounts deferred by

               the Participant under this Plan (not including interest or

               earnings thereon) until the date of death.


          (b)  For purposes of calculating the Death Benefit under

          paragraph 5.4(a):




                                    20








               (i)       "amounts deferred" shall include salary, bonus,

               and any other Compensation that the Participant may be

               permitted to defer hereunder which the Participant shall

               have elected in writing to defer under this Plan from

               inception of the Plan (including the predecessor Holiday

               Corporation plan) to the date of death including any

               deferred bonus or other deferred Compensation hereunder

               which would be payable to the Participant or to the

               Participant's estate or beneficiary after the Participant's

               death, except that "amounts deferred" shall not include any

               salary elected to be deferred under this Plan but not yet

               payable at the time of the Participant's death.

               (ii)      the Participant's Retirement Account Balance shall

               not include any Compensation which is not payable on the day

               before the Participant's death even if such amounts become

               payable on or after the Participant's death and even if the

               Participant had elected in writing to defer such amounts

               under this Plan.


               (iii)     the Plan's pre-termination death benefit of 3 x

               deferrals under paragraph 5.4(a)(ii) will only be payable to

               Participants whose death occurs during active employment (or

               if such Participant's death occurs after active employment

               has ceased by reason of a sickness or injury which

               thereafter results in the Participant's death).  The 3 x

               deferrals Death Benefit under 










                                    21







               paragraph 5.4(a)(ii) will not be payable to Participants who

               commence salary continuation after October 29, 1992 (unless

               such Participant's salary continuation commences in

               connection with a sickness or injury which thereafter

               results in the Participant's death).

          (c)  If the Participant dies after termination of Employment with

          the Employer, the amount payable shall be equal to the remaining

          unpaid balance of the Participant's appropriate Account.


     5.5  Disability Benefits.  If the Participant terminates Employment by
          -------------------

reason of Total and Permanent Disability, the amount payable shall equal

the Retirement Account balance.

     5.6  Hardship Distributions.  Upon a finding that the Participant has
          ----------------------

suffered a Hardship, the EDCP Committee may, in its sole discretion, allow

distributions from the Participant's Account prior to the time otherwise

specified for payment of benefits under the Plan.  The amount of such

distribution shall be limited to the amount reasonably necessary to meet

the Participant's requirements during the Hardship.  The amount of such

distribution shall reduce the Termination Account balance and Retirement

Account balance.


     5.7  Form of Benefit Payment.  The Plan Death Benefit payable under
          -----------------------

paragraph 5.4(a)(ii) of this Plan shall be paid within 90 days of death in

a lump sum with no interest accruing from the date of death until the date

of payment.  The Plan Retirement Benefit, Death Benefit payable under

paragraph 5.4(a)(i) or 5.4(c), Disability Benefits, and Termination Benefit

shall be paid in one of the following forms as elected by the Participant

in the Participation Agreement:






                                    22







          (a)  Installments.  Equal monthly installments of the Account and
               ------------

          Interest amortized over a period of time elected by the

          Participant and approved by the Company.  Interest shall be

          credited to the remaining portion of the Account Balance in

          accordance with paragraph 4.5.  If the Participant is receiving a

          Retirement Account, Interest shall be equal to an amount in

          accordance with paragraph 2.13(b).  If the Participant is

          receiving the Termination Account, Interest shall be equal to an

          amount in accordance with paragraph 2.13(a); and/or 

          (b)  A lump sum payment.

          (c)  Any other form selected by the Participant, which has

          written approval of the EDCP Committee.

          (d)  If the Participant fails to elect the form of benefit

          payment, the benefits shall be paid in accordance with 5.7(a)

          over a period of fifteen (15) years.  However the EDCP Committee

          may, in its sole discretion, provide for an alternate form of

          benefit payment to the Participant, if payment is made pursuant

          to paragraph 5.2(c) or 5.2(d)(iii).


          (e)  If a Plan Death Benefit is payable in installments under

          paragraph 5.4(a)(i), the EDCP Committee may, in its sole

          discretion, determine that payment of the Death Benefit shall be

          accelerated and paid in a lump sum to the Beneficiary.

     5.8  Withholding; Payroll Taxes.  The Employer shall withhold from
          --------------------------

payments made hereunder any taxes required to be withheld from the

Participant's wages for the federal or any state or local government.



                                    23







     5.9  Commencement of Payments.  Payment shall commence at the
          ------------------------

discretion of the Company, but not later than sixty (60) days after the end

of the month in which the Participant Retires, dies, becomes Totally and

Permanently Disabled or otherwise terminates Employment with the Employer

and is entitled to payment pursuant to his or her Participation Agreement. 

For purposes of this paragraph 5.9, termination of Employment shall include

when a Participant is no longer entitled to any payments of salary or

salary continuation.

     5.10 Full Payment of Benefits.  Notwithstanding any other provision of
          ------------------------

this Plan, all benefits shall be paid no later than the date the

Participant attains age eight five (85).


     5.11 Payment to Guardian.  If a Plan benefit is payable to minor or a
          -------------------

person declared incompetent or to a person incapable of handling the

disposition of property, the Company may direct payment of such Plan

benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care and

custody of such minor or incompetent person.  The Company may require proof

of incompetency, minority, incapacity or guardianship as it may deem

appropriate prior to distribution of the Plan benefit.  Such distribution

shall completely discharge the EDCP Committee and the Employer from all

liability with respect to such benefit.

     5.12 Spin-Off Transactions.  Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to
          ---------------------

the contrary, in the event any business of the Company or its subsidiaries

is spun-off and a Participant becomes an employee or director of the

company owning the spun-off business (the "Spin-Off Company") which adopts

a deferred compensation 



                                    24







plan that is substantially the same as the Plan, then the Human Resources

Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company in its discretion may

determine as follows prior to the spin-off: 

          (a)  any director Participant who resigns as a director of the

          Company and who, within 90 days, commences service as a director

          of the Spin-Off Company will not be treated as having terminated

          service or employment as a director for purposes of paying Plan

          benefits, and his or her entire Account balance and all

          obligations associated therewith will be transferred to the

          corresponding Plan of the Spin-Off Company;  


          (b)  a transfer of employment of a Participant to the Spin-Off

          Company in connection with the spin-off will not be considered a

          termination of employment for purposes of paying Plan benefits or

          of forfeiting matching contributions and interest thereon; 

          (c)  a transferred Participant's Account balance as of the

          effective date of the spin-off and all obligations related

          thereto will be transferred to the corresponding plan of the

          Spin-Off Company;

          (d)  any Participant who will immediately after the effective

          date of the spin-off continue to be employed by the Company (or a

          subsidiary thereof) and will also be employed by the Spin-Off

          Company (or a subsidiary thereof) will have the right to

          designate in writing (to be signed prior to the effective date of

          the spin-off) a  percentage (from zero to 100%) of his or her

          Account Balance as of such effective date 



                                   25







          that will be transferred to the Spin-Off Company (such percentage

          being applied to the balances attributable to each year of

          deferral) which transfer will include the transfer of all

          obligations associated therewith.  (To the extent such

          designation is not made, the Participant's Account will remain in

          the Plan pursuant to its terms.);

          (e)  Any employee or director transferring to the Spin-Off

          Company will receive credit for and will be vested in the

          Retirement Account Interest Rate under the Plan and under the

          Spin-Off Company's corresponding plan if such Rate is earned or

          otherwise vested or credited under the Plan on or prior to the

          effective date of the spin-off; and


          (f)  Except to the extent related to that portion of a

          Participant's Account balance that is retained in the Plan

          pursuant to the above Section 5.12(d), no benefits will be

          payable under the Plan to a Participant whose Account balance (or

          portion thereof) is transferred to the Spin-Off Company.




                                 ARTICLE VI

                          BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

     6.1  Beneficiary Designation.  Each Participant shall have the right,
          -----------------------

at any time, to designate any person or persons as his Beneficiary or

Beneficiaries (both principal or contingent) to whom payment under this

Plan shall be paid in the event of his death prior to complete distribution

to the Participant of the benefits due him 



























                                    26







under the Plan.  Each beneficiary designation shall be in a written form

prescribed by the Company and will be effective only when filed with the

Company during the Participant's lifetime.  If the Participant's

Compensation is community property, any Beneficiary Designation shall be

valid or effective only as permitted under applicable law.

     6.2  Amendments.  Any Beneficiary designation may be changed by the
          ----------

Participant without the consent of any designated Beneficiary by the filing

of a new Beneficiary Designation with the Company.  The filing of a new

Beneficiary Designation form will cancel all Beneficiary Designations

previously filed.


     6.3  No Beneficiary Designation.  If any Participant fails to
          --------------------------

designate a Beneficiary in the manner provided above, or if the Beneficiary

designated by a deceased Participant dies before the Participant or before

complete distribution of the Participant's benefits, the Company, in its

discretion, may direct the Employer to distribute such Participant's

benefits (or the balance thereof) to either:

          (a)  The surviving spouse;

          (b)  The Participant's children, except that if any of the

          children predecease the Participant but leave issue surviving,

          then such issue shall take by right of representation the share

          the parent would have taken if living;

          (c)  The Participant's estate.

     6.4  Effect of Payment.  The payment to the Beneficiary shall
          -----------------

completely discharge the Employer's obligations under this Plan.





                                    27







                                ARTICLE VII

                               ADMINISTRATION


     7.1  Committee; Duties.  This Plan shall be administered by the
          -----------------

Employer's Executive Deferred Compensation Committee (EDCP Committee),

which shall consist of not less than three (3) individuals selected by the

Chief Executive Officer of the Company.  Members of the EDCP Committee may

be Participants under this Plan.

     7.2  Agents.  The EDCP Committee shall appoint an individual to be the
          ------

Committee's agent with respect to the day-to-day administration of the

Plan.  In addition, the EDCP Committee may, from time to time, employ other

agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit, and

may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to the

Employer.


     7.3  Binding Effect of Decisions.  The decision or action of the EDCP
          ---------------------------

Committee in respect of any question arising out of or in connection with

the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan and the

rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive

and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Plan.

     7.4  Indemnity of EDCP Committee.  The Employer shall indemnify and
          ---------------------------

hold harmless the members of the EDCP Committee or any agents or employees

of the Employer against any and all claims, loss, damage, expense, or

liability arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this

Plan, except in the case of willful misconduct by the EDCP Committee, EDCP

Committee member, or such agent or employee of the Employer.





 
                                 28







                                ARTICLE VIII

                              CLAIMS PROCEDURE


     8.1  Claim.  Any Participant, former Participant, Beneficiary, or
          -----

legal representative thereof, may file a claim for benefits under the Plan

by submitting to the EDCP Committee a written statement describing the

nature of the claim and requesting a determination of its validity under

the terms of the Plan.  The EDCP Committee shall issue a ruling and written

notice with respect to the claim within 30 days after such claim is

received.  If the claim is wholly or partially denied, written notice shall

be furnished to the claimant, which notice shall set forth in a manner

calculated to be understood by the claimant;

          (a)  the specific reason or reasons for denial;

          (b)  specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which the

          denial is based;

          (c)  a description of any additional materials or information

          necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an

          explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and

          (d)  an explanation of the claims review procedures.

     8.2  Denial of Claim.  Any Participant, former Participant, or
          ---------------

Beneficiary (or their authorized representatives) whose claim for benefits

has been denied, may appeal such denial by resubmitting to the EDCP

Committee a written statement requesting a further review of the decision

within sixty (60) days of the date the claimant receives notice of such

denial.  The statement shall set forth the reasons supporting the claim,

the reasons such claim should not have been denied, and any 





                                   29







other issues or comments which the claimant deems appropriate with respect

to the claim.  The EDCP Committee shall, if requested, make copies of the

Plan documents available for examination by the claimant.  The EDCP

Committee shall issue a ruling and written notice within sixty (60) days

after the date the claim is resubmitted.  Such written notice shall include

specific reasons for the decision, written in a manner calculated to be

understood by the claimant, with specific references to the pertinent Plan

provisions on which the decision is based.  The EDCP Committee's decision

of the appeal may be reviewed by the Board, which shall have the right to

overrule the EDCP Committee.




                                 ARTICLE IX

                     AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN


     9.1  Amendment.
          ---------

          (a)  The Board may at any time amend the Plan in whole or in

          part, and may impose different requirements for different

          Participants, provided, however, that (i) no amendment shall be

          effective to decrease or restrict the amount accrued to that date

          on any Account maintained pursuant to any existing Deferral

          Commitment under the Plan; and (ii) on amounts that have been

          deferred up to the date of amendment, no amendment shall be

          effective to reduce the minimum interest credited or to be

          credited to Termination Accounts until their payment date or

          reduce the minimum interest credited or to be credited to

          Retirement Accounts until their payment date as provided in

          paragraph 2.13, without the consent of all Participants (or a 





                                    30







          Beneficiary in case a Participant is then deceased ) who may be

          affected by such change; and (iii) no amendment shall be

          effective to alter the form of payment as elected by a

          Participant in any Participation Agreement.

          (b)  The EDCP Committee may make administrative amendments to the

          Plan including but not limited to amendments to clarify the Plan

          language and to simplify and implement various administrative

          procedures, including matters relating to the calculation of

          death benefits and payments to Beneficiaries, which the EDCP

          Committee determines are consistent with the purpose and intent

          of the Plan.


     9.2  Employer's Right to Terminate Future Deferrals.  The Board may at
          ----------------------------------------------

any time terminate further deferrals into the Plan by any person and may

reject additional Participants in the Plan, if, in its sole judgment, such

termination would be in the best interest of the Employer.  Benefits from

deferrals up to the point of termination of further deferrals shall be paid

in the form elected by the Participant in his or her Participation

Agreement and otherwise in accordance with this Plan, including crediting

of interest, until all payments are complete.




                                 ARTICLE X

                               MISCELLANEOUS

     10.1 Unfunded Plan.  This Plan is an unfunded plan maintained
          -------------

primarily to provide Deferred Compensation benefits for a select group of

management employees or highly compensated employees.  This Plan is not

intended to create 







                                    31







an investment contract, but to provide tax planning opportunities and

retirement benefits to eligible individuals who have elected to participate

in the Plan.  Eligible individuals are select members of management who, by

virtue of their position with the Employer, are uniquely informed as to the

Employer's operations and have the ability to materially affect the

Employer's profitability and operations.

     10.2 Unsecured General Creditor.  The Participants and their
          --------------------------

Beneficiaries, heirs, successors, and assigns shall have no legal or

equitable rights, interest, or claims in any property or assets of the

Employer, nor shall they be Beneficiaries of, or have any rights, claims,

or interests in any life insurance policies, annuity contracts or the

proceeds therefrom owned or which may be acquired by the Employer

("Policies").  Such Policies or other assets of the Employer shall not be

held as collateral security for the fulfilling of the obligations of the

Employer under this Plan.  The Policies shall be the general, unpledged,

unrestricted assets of the Employer, and the Employer may transfer, assign,

sell, or use such policies without restriction.  The Employer's obligation

under the Plan shall be merely that of an unfunded and unsecured promise of

the Employer to pay money in the future.  No Employer shall have any

obligation under this Plan with respect to individuals other than that of

the Employer's employees or directors or Beneficiaries thereof.


     10.3 Nonassignability.  Neither the Participant nor any other person
          ----------------

shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge,

anticipate, mortgage, or otherwise encumber, transfer, hypothecate, or

convey in advance of actual receipt the amounts, if any, payable hereunder,

or any part thereof, which are, and all rights to which are, expressly

declared to be unassignable and non-transferable.  No part of the amounts

payable shall, prior to actual payment, be subject to seizure 






                                    32







or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony, or

separate maintenance owed by the Participant or any other person, nor be

transferable by operation of law in the event of the Participant's or any

other person's bankruptcy or insolvency.


     10.4 Not a Contract of Employment.  The terms and conditions of this
          ----------------------------

Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment between the

Employer and the Participant, and the Participant (or his Beneficiary)

shall have no rights against the Employer except as may otherwise be

specifically provided herein.  Moreover, nothing in this Plan shall be

deemed to give the Participant the right to be retained in the service of

the Employer or to interfere with the right of the Employer to discipline

or discharge the Participant at any time.


     10.5 Protective Provisions.  The Participant will cooperate with the
          ---------------------

Employer by furnishing any and all information requested by the Employer,

in order to facilitate the payment of benefits hereunder, and by taking

such physical examinations as the Employer may deem necessary and taking

such other action as may be requested by the Employer.  Notwithstanding the

other provisions of this Plan, no death benefits in excess of the

Retirement Account balance shall be paid if during the first two (2) years

of participation death occurs as a result of suicide.  The EDCP Committee

shall have sole discretion to determine whether death occurs as a result of

suicide.

     10.6 Terms.  Whenever any words are used herein in the masculine, they
          -----

shall be construed as through they were used in the feminine in all cases

where they would so apply; and wherever any words are used herein in the

singular or in 



                                    33







the plural, they shall be construed as through they were used in the plural

or the singular, as the case may be, in all cases where they would so

apply.

     10.7 Captions.  The captions of the articles, sections, and paragraphs
          --------

of this Plan are for convenience only and shall not control or affect the

meaning or construction of any of its provisions.


     10.8 Governing Law.  The provisions of this Plan shall be construed
          -------------

and interpreted according to the laws of the State of Tennessee.

     10.9 Validity.  In case any provision of this Plan shall be held
          --------

illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not

affect the remaining parts hereof, but this Plan shall be construed and

enforced as if such illegal and invalid provision had never been inserted

herein.

     10.10 Notice.  Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given
           ------

to the EDCP Committee or the Company under the Plan shall be sufficient if

in writing and hand delivered, or sent by registered or certified mail, to

any member of the EDCP Committee, the Chief Executive Officer of the

Employer, or the Employer's Statutory Agent.  Such notice shall be deemed

given as of the date of delivery or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the

date shown on the postmark on the receipt for registration or

certification.

     10.11 Successors.  The provisions of this Plan shall bind and inure to
           ----------

the benefit of the Employer and its successors and assigns.  The term

successors as used herein shall include any corporate or other business

entity which shall, whether by merger, consolidation, purchase or otherwise

acquire all or substantially all of the business and assets of the

Employer, and successors of any such corporation or other business entity.








                                    34







     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, and pursuant to resolution of the Board, this

instrument has been executed by its duly authorized officers.

                                   HARRAH'S ENTERTAINMENT, INC.



                                   By:  ________________________________
                                                Neil F. Barnhart

                                                 Vice President
                                        ________________________________
                                                     Title

                               Attest:  ________________________________


                                        _______________________________
                                                     Title




                                    35







                                                      EXHIBIT 10(53)



                   EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN (EDCP)
                        EXECUTIVE PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT

Agreement made this                            day of                          ,
                    --------------------------        -------------------------
19     , between                                 (Participant) and Harrah's
   ----          -------------------------------
Entertainment, Inc. (the Company) relating to the Company's Executive Deferred
Compensation Plan (the Plan), as it may be amended from time to time, for the
plan year beginning on January 1 and ending December 31 following the date
designated above (the Year of Deferral). This agreement relates to deferral of
compensation payable by the Company or its direct or indirect subsidiaries for
the Year of Deferral.

1.   Deferral Elections

     A.   Salary Deferral (maximum 25%; minimum 4%)

          I hereby elect to defer       % of my base salary payable to me 
                                 ------
          commencing January 1 of the Year of Deferral and ending December 31 
          of the Year of Deferral.

     B.   Annual Bonus Deferral (maximum 50% of bonus)

          I hereby elect to defer        % of my annual bonus payable to me in 
                                 -------
          the Year of Deferral.

2.   Method of Deferral for Salary
     (Deferrals for bonus will be withheld directly from the bonus cash
     payment.)

     I hereby elect to make my salary deferral for the coming Year of Deferral
     as follows (select one):

     A.          Entire salary deferral for the year will come out of salary
          ------
          pro-rata during the Year of Deferral.

     B.          Entire salary deferral for the year will come out as 100% of
          ------
          first available pay during the Year of Deferral and then from any
          annual bonus payable in that same year if necessary and available. If
          a salary increase occurs during the Year of Deferral, the indicated
          deferral percentage will also be deducted pro-rata during the balance
          of the year from the salary increase.

     C.          Entire salary deferral for the year will come out of annual
          ------
          bonus payable in the Year of Deferral, if available, and if my
          available bonus is insufficient to cover the deferral, the balance
          will come pro-rata out of paychecks received after the bonus payment
          date during that same year.

3.   Method of Benefit Payment

     I hereby elect to receive benefits from this election in the following form
     (select A or B):

     A.         I elect to receive benefits at the time I leave employment with
          -----
          the Company or its subsidiaries. The benefits should be paid in the
          following form (must total 100%):

                % Indicate percent of account balance desired in lump sum
          ------
          (payable within 60 days after termination).

                % Indicate percent of account balance to be paid in monthly
          ------
          payments over       years (maximum 15 years).
                        -----

     B.         I elect to receive 50% of the deferral amount during each of the
          -----
          8th, 9th, 10th, and 11th years following the year of this election. I
          realize that if I terminate prior to or during the 8th through 11th
          years, my entire account balance will be paid to me according to the
          method chosen below for payment of the balance of my account when I
          leave employment. The balance of any benefit to be payable in the
          following form when I leave employment (must total 100%):

                % Indicate percent of account balance desired in lump sum
          ------
          (payable within 60 days after termination).

                % Indicate percent of account balance to be paid in monthly
          ------
          payments over         years (maximum 15 years).
                        -------





I understand that leaving employment means discontinuation or removal from the
employee payroll of the Company or its subsidiaries unless otherwise agreed by
the Company.

Upon death, my beneficiary will receive payment according to plan rules.
Deferrals as elected may not be permitted if this signed agreement is not
received by the Company on or before December 31 of the year prior to the Year
of Deferral or such other date as may be designated by the Company.

I understand that, subject to the provisions of the Plan, my elections under
this agreement are irrevocable by me. For this election and all previous
elections and subject to any agreements applicable to me, I agree to be bound by
the terms of the Plan, as they may be amended from time to time, which are
incorporated herein by reference. This agreement and all previous EDCP election
agreements shall be governed by Tennessee law and by federal law as applicable.

Employee

Your Signature                               
               ------------------------------

Printed Name                                 
             --------------------------------

Address                                      
        -------------------------------------

                                             
- ---------------------------------------------

                                             
- ---------------------------------------------

Social Security Number                       
                       ----------------------


Harrah's Entertainment, Inc.

By                                           
   ------------------------------------------

Title                                        
      ---------------------------------------


Election Not To Participate

I do not wish to defer any base salary payable to me with respect to 
the Year of Deferral.

Date                                         
     ----------------------------------------

Employee's Signature                         
                     ------------------------




                   EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN (EDCP)
                        DIRECTOR PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT

                         FOR JANUARY 1 - APRIL 30, 1996

Agreement made this                            day of                          ,
                    --------------------------        -------------------------
19     , between                                 (Participant) and Harrah's
   ----          -------------------------------
Entertainment, Inc. (the Company) relating to the Company's Executive Deferred
Compensation Plan (the Plan), as it may be amended from time to time for part of
the plan year of 1996 (the Year of Deferral) beginning on January 1 and ending
April 30 following the date of this agreement.

1.   Deferral Election

     Fee Deferral (maximum 100%; minimum 15%)

     I hereby elect to defer        % of any fees paid to me for my Board
                             -------
     service commencing January 1 of the Year of Deferral and ending April 30 of
     the Year of Deferral.

2.   Form of Benefit Payment

     I hereby elect to receive benefits from this election in the following form
     (select A or B):

     A.         I elect to receive benefits at the time I leave my directorship
          -----
          with the Company. The benefits should be paid in the following form:

                Lump sum (payable within 60 days after directorship
          -----
          termination).

                Equal monthly payments over      years (maximum 15 years).
          -----                             ----

     B.         I elect to receive 50% of the deferral amount during the 8th,
          -----
          9th, 10th, and 11th years following the year of this election. If I
          terminate as a director prior to or during the 8th through 11th years,
          my entire account will be paid out according to the method chosen
          below for payment of the balance of my account when I leave my
          directorship. The balance of any benefit to be payable in the
          following form when I leave my directorship:

                Lump sum (payable within 60 days after directorship
          -----
                termination).

                Equal monthly payments over      years (maximum 15 years).
          -----                             ----

Deferrals as elected may not be permitted if this signed agreement is not
received by the Company prior to the commencement of the Year of Deferral or on
or before a designated date prior to the Year of Deferral. 




I understand that, subject to the provisions of the Plan, my elections under
this agreement are irrevocable by me. For this election and all previous
elections, I agree to be bound by the terms of the Plan, as amended from time to
time, which are incorporated herein by reference. This agreement and all
previous EDCP election agreements shall be governed by Tennessee law and by
federal law as applicable.

Director

Your Signature                               
               ------------------------------

Printed Name                                 
             --------------------------------

Address                                      
        -------------------------------------

                                             
- ---------------------------------------------

                                             
- ---------------------------------------------

Social Security Number                       
                       ----------------------


Harrah's Entertainment, Inc.

By                                           
   ------------------------------------------

Title                                        
      ---------------------------------------


I do not wish to defer fees payable with respect to 1996.

Date                                         
     ----------------------------------------

Participant's Signature                      
                        ---------------------









                                                                      EXHIBIT 11
 
                          HARRAH'S ENTERTAINMENT, INC.
                       COMPUTATIONS OF PER SHARE EARNINGS
 
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, -------------------------------------------- 1995 1994 1993 ------------ ------------ ------------ Income from continuing operations............... $ 78,810,000 $ 49,984,000 $ 74,867,000 Discontinued operations Earnings from hotel operations, net........... 21,230,000 36,319,000 16,926,000 Spin-off transaction expenses, net............ (21,194,000) Extraordinary loss, net......................... - - (5,447,000) Cumulative effect of change in accounting policy, net................................... - (7,932,000) - ------------ ------------ ------------ Net income...................................... $ 78,846,000 $ 78,371,000 $ 86,346,000 ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ PRIMARY EARNINGS PER SHARE Weighted average number of common shares outstanding................................... 102,340,763 101,604,698 100,678,398 Common stock equivalents Additional shares based on average market price for period applicable to: Restricted stock...................... 90,996 461,408 1,045,704 Stock options......................... 756,364 744,205 838,272 ------------ ------------ ------------ Average number of primary common and common equivalent shares outstanding................. 103,188,123 102,810,311 102,562,374 ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ PRIMARY EARNINGS PER COMMON AND COMMON EQUIVALENT SHARE Income from continuing operations........... $ 0.76 $ 0.49 $ 0.73 Discontinued operations Earnings from hotel operations, net....... 0.21 0.35 0.16 Spin-off transaction expenses, net........ (0.21) - - Extraordinary loss, net..................... - - (0.05) Change in accounting policy, net............ - (0.08) - ------------ ------------ ------------ Net income.................................. $ 0.76 $ 0.76 $ 0.84 ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ FULLY DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE Average number of primary common and common equivalent shares outstanding................. 103,188,123 102,810,311 102,562,374 Additional shares based on period-end price applicable to: Restricted stock........................ - 89,655 11,497 Stock options........................... - - 107,454 ------------ ------------ ------------ Average number of fully diluted common and common equivalent shares outstanding.......... 103,188,123 102,899,966 102,681,325 ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ FULLY DILUTED EARNINGS PER COMMON AND COMMON EQUIVALENT SHARE Income from continuing operations........... $ 0.76 $ 0.49 $ 0.73 Discontinued operations Earnings from hotel operations, net....... 0.21 0.35 0.16 Spin-off transaction expenses, net........ (0.21) - - Extraordinary loss, net..................... - - (0.05) Change in accounting policy, net............ - (0.08) - ------------ ------------ ------------ Net income.................................. $ 0.76 $ 0.76 $ 0.84 ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
                                                                      EXHIBIT 12
 
                          HARRAH'S ENTERTAINMENT, INC.
                             COMPUTATIONS OF RATIOS
                      (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT RATIO AMOUNTS)
 
1995 1994 1993 1992 1991 ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -------- RETURN ON REVENUES-CONTINUING Income from continuing operations.................. $ 78,810 $ 49,984 $ 74,867 $ 49,577 $ 34,499 Revenues...................... 1,550,076 1,339,406 1,020,645 894,384 863,385 Return...................... 5.1% 3.7% 7.3% 5.5% 4.0% RETURN ON AVERAGE INVESTED CAPITAL Income from continuing operations.................. $ 78,810 $ 49,984 $ 74,867 $ 49,577 $ 34,499 Add: Interest expense after tax......................... 56,650 46,993 43,848 46,543 55,301 ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -------- $ 135,460 $ 96,977 $ 118,715 $ 96,120 $ 89,800 ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -------- Average invested capital...... $1,377,354 $1,229,524 $1,060,641 $ 909,011 $861,653 ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -------- Return...................... 9.8% 7.9% 11.2% 10.6% 10.4% ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -------- RETURN ON AVERAGE EQUITY Income before extraordinary items and cumulative effect of change in accounting policy...................... $ 78,846 $ 86,303 $ 91,793 $ 51,418 $ 30,011 Average equity................ 618,778 606,009 474,733 395,212 289,361 Return...................... 12.7% 14.2% 19.3% 13.0% 10.4% CURRENT RATIO Current assets................ $ 188,836 $ 171,835 $ 139,842 $ 114,670 $ 91,289 Current liabilities........... 201,566 295,083 188,258 122,935 178,433 Ratio....................... 0.9 0.6 0.7 0.9 0.5 RATIO OF BOOK EQUITY TO DEBT Book equity as of December 31................. $ 585,549 $ 623,427 $ 536,037 $ 427,930 $365,494 Total debt.................... 755,743 919,727 841,964 881,325 887,468 Ratio....................... 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 RATIO OF MARKET EQUITY TO DEBT Market equity as of December 31................. $2,489,840 $3,161,681 $4,678,304 $1,867,828 $743,369 Total debt.................... 755,743 919,727 841,964 881,325 887,468 Ratio....................... 3.3 3.4 5.6 2.1 0.8
EXHIBIT 12 (CONTINUED) HARRAH'S ENTERTAINMENT, INC. COMPUTATIONS OF RATIOS (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT RATIO AMOUNTS)
1995 1994 1993 1992 1991 ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -------- RATIO OF EBITDA TO INTEREST PAID Income from continuing operations.................. $ 78,810 $ 49,984 $ 74,867 $ 49,577 $ 34,499 Add/(less): Income tax provision........ 60,677 75,391 59,394 35,479 24,566 Interest expense............ 94,416 78,322 73,080 77,571 92,169 Interest expense of nonconsolidated affiliates (20,526) (1,959) - - - Depreciation and amortization.............. 95,388 86,644 70,207 63,826 67,233 Deferred finance charge amortization.............. (3,626) (2,844) (3,261) (4,661) (5,330) Amortization of debt discounts and premiums.... (53) (176) (172) (194) (252) Net losses of and distributions from nonconsolidated affiliates 51,182 12,398 (37) 167 118 ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -------- Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization................ $ 356,268 $ 297,760 $ 274,078 $ 221,765 $213,003 ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -------- Interest expense.............. $ 94,416 $ 78,322 $ 73,080 $ 77,571 $ 92,169 Add/(less): Interest expense of nonconsolidated affiliates (20,526) (1,959) - - - Deferred finance charge amortization.............. (3,626) (2,844) (3,261) (4,661) (5,330) Amortization of debt discounts and premiums.... (53) (176) (172) (194) (252) Capitalized interest........ 3,636 3,764 3,107 2,297 1,558 ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -------- Interest paid............... $ 73,847 $ 77,107 $ 72,754 $ 75,013 $ 88,145 ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -------- Ratio of EBITDA to interest paid........................ 4.8 3.9 3.8 3.0 2.4 ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- --------
EXHIBIT 12 (CONTINUED) HARRAH'S ENTERTAINMENT, INC. COMPUTATIONS OF RATIOS (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT RATIO AMOUNTS)
1995 1994 1993 1992 1991 ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -------- RATIO OF DEBT TO EBITDA Total debt.................... $ 755,743 $ 728,529 $ 666,161 $ 662,915 $655,174 ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -------- Income from continuing operations.................. $ 78,810 $ 49,984 $ 74,867 $ 49,577 $ 34,499 Add/(less): Income tax provision........ 60,677 75,391 59,394 35,479 24,566 Interest expense............ 94,416 78,322 73,040 77,571 92,169 Interest expense of nonconsolidated affiliates (20,526) (1,959) - - - Depreciation and amortization.............. 95,388 86,644 70,207 63,826 67,233 Deferred finance charge amortization.............. (3,626) (2,844) (3,261) (4,661) (5,330) Amortization of debt discounts and premiums.... (53) (176) (172) (194) (252) Net losses of and distributions from nonconsolidated affiliates 51,182 12,398 (37) 167 118 ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -------- Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization................ $ 356,268 $ 297,760 $ 274,078 $ 221,765 $213,003 ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -------- Ratio of total debt to EBITDA...................... 2.1 2.4 2.4 3.0 3.1 ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- --------
EXHIBIT 12 (CONTINUED) HARRAH'S ENTERTAINMENT, INC. COMPUTATIONS OF RATIOS (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT RATIO AMOUNTS)
1995 1994 1993 1992 1991 ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -------- RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES(a) Income from continuing operations.................. $ 78,810 $ 49,984 $ 74,867 $ 49,577 $ 34,499 Add: Provision for income taxes..................... 60,677 75,391 59,394 35,479 24,566 Interest expense............ 94,416 78,322 73,080 77,571 92,169 Interest included in rental expense................... 6,738 5,244 7,207 3,648 3,801 Amortization of capitalized interest.................. 580 628 892 311 1,655 (Income) or loss from equity investments............... - - (89) 167 - Adjustment to include 100% of nonconsolidated majority-owned subsidiary(b)............. (54,019) (9,397) - - - ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -------- Earnings as defined........... $ 187,202 $ 200,172 $ 215,351 $ 166,753 $156,690 ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -------- Fixed charges: Interest expense............ $ 94,416 $ 78,322 $ 73,080 $ 77,571 $ 92,169 Capitalized interest........ 3,636 3,764 3,107 2,297 1,558 Interest included in rental expense................... 6,738 5,244 7,207 3,648 3,801 Adjustment to include 100% of nonconsolidated majority-owned subsidiary(b)............. 37,408 15,110 - - - ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -------- Total fixed charges......... $ 142,198 $ 102,440 $ 83,394 $ 83,516 $ 97,528 ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -------- Ratio of earnings to fixed charges................... 1.3 2.0 2.6 2.0 1.6 ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- --------
- ------------ (a) As discussed in Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 1995 Harrah's Entertainment Annual Report, the Company has guaranteed certain third party loans in connection with its casino development activities. The above ratio computation excludes $6.8 million of estimated fixed charges for 1995 associated with these guarantees. (b) Prior to November 1995, the Company owned a majority interest in Harrah's Jazz Company. However, voting control was shared equally among three partners. As a result, Harrah's Jazz was not consolidated into the Company's financial statements. As required by Item 503(d)(2), the Company's ratio of earnings to fixed charges ratio computation has been adjusted to include Harrah's Jazz financial results as if this entity were consolidated.


                                                                    EXHIBIT 13


Harrah's Entertainment, Inc. Financial and Statistical Highlights (in millions, except stock data and statistical data) (See Notes 1 and 2) Compound Growth 1995(a) 1994(b) 1993 1992 1991 Rate -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- Operating Data Continuing operations Revenues..................... $ 1,550.1 $ 1,339.4 $ 1,020.6 $ 894.4 $ 863.4 15.8% Operating income............. 229.9 269.2 210.0 161.0 142.2 12.8% Income before income taxes and minority interest...... 151.6 139.3 139.0 85.1 59.1 26.6% Income from continuing operations................. 78.8 50.0 74.9 49.6 34.5 22.9% Net income (c)................. 78.8 78.4 86.3 52.5 30.0 27.3% Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA)(d)..... 356.3 297.8 274.1 221.8 213.0 13.7% Common Stock Data Earnings (loss) per share Continuing operations........ $ 0.76 $ 0.49 $ 0.73 $ 0.49 $ 0.39 18.2% Discontinued hotel operations 0.21 0.35 0.16 0.02 (0.06) N/M Net income (c)............... 0.76 0.76 0.84 0.52 0.33 23.2% Market price of common stock at December 31 (c)........... 24.25 30.88 45.75 18.33 7.33 34.9% Common shares outstanding at year-end (in thousands)...... 102,674 102,403 102,258 101,882 101,368 0.3% Financial Position Total assets (c)............... $ 1,636.7 $ 1,738.0 $ 1,528.0 $1,297.3 $1,226.0 7.5% Total assets of continuing operations................... 1,636.7 1,595.0 1,347.5 1,085.1 1,034.3 12.2% Current portion of long-term debt......................... 2.0 1.0 1.0 2.2 40.7 N/M Long-term debt................. 753.7 727.5 665.2 660.7 614.5 5.2% Stockholders' equity (c)....... 585.5 623.4 536.0 427.9 365.5 12.5% Cash Flows Provided by (used in) Operating activities......... $ 213.7 $ 227.3 $ 198.2 $ 108.8 $ 81.9 27.1% Investing activities......... (209.2) (331.4) (225.8) (99.3) (40.5) 50.8% Financing activities......... 47.7 69.8 (7.0) (2.2) (47.6) N/M Capital expenditures........... 231.8 301.8 234.5 101.9 46.8 49.2% Financial Percentages and Ratios Return on revenues-continuing.. 5.1% 3.7% 7.3% 5.5% 4.0% Return on average invested capital...................... 9.8% 7.9% 11.2% 10.6% 10.4% Return on average equity (e)... 12.7% 14.2% 19.3% 13.0% 10.4% Ratio of earnings to fixed charges...................... 1.3 2.0 2.6 2.0 1.6 Current ratio.................. 0.9 0.6 0.7 0.9 0.5 Ratio of book equity to total debt (f)..................... 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 Ratio market equity to total debt (f)..................... 3.3 3.4 5.6 2.1 0.8 Ratio of EBITDA to interest paid......................... 4.8 3.9 3.8 3.0 2.4 Ratio of debt to EBITDA........ 2.1 2.4 2.4 3.0 3.1 Selected Statistical Data as of Year end Casino square footage.......... 547,200 521,400 436,400 333,100 330,500 Number of slot machines........ 15,335 14,808 12,504 9,100 9,090 Number of table games.......... 801 789 641 465 512 Number of hotel rooms.......... 5,736 5,367 5,348 5,242 4,542 Gaming volume (in millions)(g). $20,649.0 $14,726.0 $10,810.1 $9,336.0 $8,529.8 Overall win percentage (g)..... 7.3% 7.8% 7.6% 7.6% 8.0%
(a) 1995 includes $93.3 million in pre-tax charges for project write-downs (see Note 8). (b) 1994 includes a $53.4 million provision for settlement of litigation and related costs (see Note 13). (c) 1995 amounts reflect the impact of the June 30, 1995 dividend of PHC common stock to the Company's stockholders. (d) EBITDA, consisting of Income from continuing operations plus interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and net losses of/distributions from nonconsolidated affiliates, is a supplemental financial measurement used by management, as well as by industry analysts, to evaluate Harrah's operations. However, EBITDA should not be construed as an alternative to Operating income (as an indicator of Harrah's operating performance) or to Cash flows from operating activities (as a measure of liquidity) as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and presented in the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements. EBITDA, excluding project write-downs, preopening costs and the provision for settlement of litigation and related costs in both 1994 and 1995, rose 22.8% to $450.1 million in 1995. (e) Ratio computed based on Income before extraordinary items and cumulative effect of change in accounting policy. (f) For purposes of computing these ratios, total debt includes debt allocated to discontinued hotel operations for periods prior to the PHC Spin-off. (g) Gaming volume and overall win percentage calculations include both owned and managed properties. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS Harrah's Entertainment, Inc. (referred to herein, together with its subsidiaries where the context requires, as "Harrah's" or the "Company"), is one of the world's premier names in casino entertainment, currently operating casino entertainment facilities in 14 markets. On June 30, 1995, the Company, formerly known as The Promus Companies Incorporated (Promus), completed a spin-off that split Promus into two independent public corporations, one for conducting its casino entertainment business and one for conducting its hotel business. Promus was renamed Harrah's Entertainment, Inc. and retained ownership of the casino entertainment business. Promus' hotel operations were transferred to a new entity, Promus Hotel Corporation (PHC), the stock of which was distributed to Promus' stockholders on a one-for-two basis (the PHC Spin-off). As a result of the PHC Spin-off, Harrah's financial statements reflect the hotel business as discontinued operations. RESULTS OF OPERATIONS - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- OVERALL - ------- Percentage (in millions, except Increase/(Decrease) ------------------- earnings per share) 1995 1994 1993 95 vs 94 94 vs 93 -------------------------------------------------- Revenues............... $ 1,550.1 $ 1,339.4 $ 1,020.6 15.7% 31.2% Operating income....... 229.9 269.2 210.0 (14.6)% 28.2% Income from continuing operations........... 78.8 50.0 74.9 57.6% (33.2)% Earnings from discontinued hotel operations.... 21.2 36.3 16.9 (41.6)% 114.8% Net income............. 78.8 78.4 86.3 0.5% (9.2)% Earnings per share Continuing operations......... 0.76 0.49 0.73 55.1% (32.9)% Discontinued operations......... 0.21 0.35 0.16 (40.0)% 118.8% Net income.......... 0.76 0.76 0.84 -- (9.5)% Operating margin....... 14.8% 20.1% 20.6% (5.3)pts (0.5)pts In 1995 Harrah's achieved record revenues, as several casino properties completed their first full year of operations and existing properties saw continued growth. A major component of this revenue growth resulted from slot revenue growth over 1994. Total slot revenue grew 36% in 1995 over 1994; year-over-year slot revenue at properties open both years grew 6%. This growth in slot revenue can be attributed to customer preference and focused marketing efforts made possible by player tracking technology. This popularity has resulted in slot revenue now accounting for over 71% of Harrah's total casino revenue. Because slot revenues typically have fewer direct costs, property operating margins have improved. Harrah' s overall operating margin, exclusive of project write-downs, increased 0.8 points to 20.9% in 1995 as compared to 1994. The following table summarizes operating profit before project write-downs, preopening costs and corporate expense for 1995, 1994, and 1993 in millions of dollars and as a percent of the total for each of Harrah's divisions: Contribution for Year Ended December 31, --------------------------------------------- In Millions of Dollars Percent of Total ----------------------- ----------------------- 1995 1994 1993 1995 1994 1993 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- Riverboat.......... $172 $127 $ 28 49% 40% 12% Atlantic City...... 86 74 68 24 24 28 Southern Nevada.... 73 75 79 21 24 33 Northern Nevada.... 66 76 77 18 24 33 New Orleans........ (28) (9) - (8) (3) - Development costs.. (17) (22) (10) (5) (7) (4) Other.............. 2 (8) (5) 1 (2) (2) ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- Total Harrah's $354 $313 $237 100% 100% 100% ==== ==== ==== ==== ==== ==== RIVERBOAT DIVISION - ------------------ Percentage Increase/(Decrease) ------------------- (in millions) 1995 1994 1993 95 vs 94 94 vs 93 ------------------------------------------------------ Casino revenues..... $ 557.2 $ 388.8 $ 82.3 43.3% 372.4% Total revenues ..... 593.5 415.0 90.8 43.0% 357.0% Operating profit.... 172.2 126.8 28.0 35.8% 352.9% Operating margin.... 29.0% 30.6% 30.8% (1.6)pts (0.2)pts 1993 represented Harrah's first year with riverboat casino operations, as Harrah's Joliet opened in May 1993, followed by Harrah's Vicksburg and Harrah's Tunica in November 1993. 1994 included the operating results of Harrah's second Joliet riverboat, added in January 1994, and operating results for Harrah's Shreveport and Harrah's North Kansas City from April 1994 and September 1994, their respective opening dates. 1995 included a full year of operations for all six riverboat facilities. [GRAPH] GAMING REVENUE BY TYPE 25 MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 1995 casino revenues increased 43.3% over 1994, resulting from the full year's operations for all six operating casinos within the Division. Operating income increased in 1995 over 1994, due to the increased revenues. The Division's 1995 operating margin declined to 29.0% from 1994's margin of 30.6%, due to decreased operating margins at the Company's Mississippi casinos, particularly Tunica, where competition increased. Harrah's Mississippi casinos operated initially in markets of limited competition and, as a result, achieved unusually high operating margins. Though management believes Harrah's Mississippi properties have now stabilized at appropriate performance levels, operating margins at the Mississippi properties are not expected to return to the levels achieved during their startup periods. Generally, the overall operating margin for the Riverboat Division is higher than margins for other divisions due to some of the operational differences between a riverboat facility and a conventional land-based property and lesser levels of competition in some of the riverboat markets. ATLANTIC CITY - ------------- Percentage Increase/(Decrease) ------------------- (in millions) 1995 1994 1993 95 vs 94 94 vs 93 --------------------------------------------- Casino revenues .... $314.7 $287.8 $281.2 9.3% 2.3% Total revenues .... 341.5 316.6 312.1 7.9% 1.4% Operating profit ... 85.6 74.5 68.0 14.9% 9.6% Operating margin ... 25.1% 23.5% 21.8% 1.6pts 1.7pts Harrah's Atlantic City's 1995 casino revenues increased primarily due to a 12% growth in slot revenues over 1994. This increase in casino revenues, along with modest increases in nongaming revenues, led to record 1995 revenues which, combined with improved nongaming margins and lower incremental expenses, resulted in near record operating income for the year and higher operating margins. Atlantic City's revenue increase in 1994 over 1993 was also a result of slot volume growth, resulting from highly focused marketing efforts, as well as to a casino renovation substantially completed during the year. Cost management initiatives kept 1994 operating expenses consistent with those of 1993, resulting in improved 1994 operating margins. SOUTHERN NEVADA DIVISION - ------------------------ Percentage Increase/(Decrease) ------------------- (in millions) 1995 1994 1993 95 vs 94 94 vs 93 ---------------------------------------------- Casino revenues .... $198.3 $198.5 $200.5 (0.1)% (1.0)% Total revenues .... 297.2 293.8 294.3 1.2% (0.2)% Operating profit ... 72.8 74.9 79.4 (2.8)% (5.7)% Operating margin ... 24.5% 25.5% 27.0% (1.0)pts (1.5)pts Total revenues for the Division grew 1.2% in 1995 over prior year levels, with casino revenues remaining consistent and nongaming revenues, particularly lodging in Las Vegas, growing 8% over 1994. Operating income and margins declined in 1995 at both properties versus the prior year as revenues shifted to nongaming sources, which have lower margins, and due to continued intense competition, which increased marketing costs. As a result of capacity increases in both the Las Vegas and Laughlin markets, 1994 casino revenue for the Division decreased from 1993 levels. The decreased casino revenue was offset by higher Las Vegas nongaming revenue, particularly lodging. Operating income and margins decreased from 1993 due to higher promotional costs and the lower margins inherent in nongaming revenue. NORTHERN NEVADA DIVISION - ------------------------ Percentage Increase/(Decrease) ------------------- (in millions) 1995 1994 1993 95 vs 94 94 vs 93 ----------------------------------------------- Casino revenues.... $243.6 $243.0 $248.1 0.2% (2.1)% Total revenues .... 315.6 310.3 315.6 1.7% (1.7)% Operating profit... 66.4 75.7 76.6 (12.3)% (1.2)% Operating margin... 21.0% 24.4% 24.3% (3.4)pts 0.1pt 1995 casino revenue for the Division remained consistent with that of 1994, despite severe weather conditions during first quarter 1995 and increased competition during the last half of the year. The increase in 1995 revenues over 1994 was primarily due to nongaming sources. 1995 operating income and margins decreased from 1994 due to increasing costs and competitive adjustments at Harrah's Reno in response to the July 1995 market entry of a major new competitor and to the lower margins inherent in nongaming revenues. 1994 casino revenues and operating income declined slightly from 1993 due primarily to the trial by traditional Northern Nevada customers of the new "mega" properties in the Las Vegas market, which opened in the fall of 1993, and severe weather experienced during fourth quarter 1994. Despite lower gaming volume in 1994, the Division achieved a slight improvement in its operating margin over 1993 by continuing its emphasis on cost savings and operating efficiencies. 26 [GRAPH] INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES AND MINORITY INTERESTS HARRAH'S NEW ORLEANS - -------------------- Operating income includes losses of $27.7 million and $8.5 million in 1995 and 1994, respectively, representing Harrah's share of pre-interest losses incurred by Harrah's Jazz Company, the partnership which holds the right to develop the sole land-based casino in Orleans Parish, Louisiana. During fourth quarter 1995, Harrah's also recorded a one-time pre-tax charge of $75.5 million, representing Harrah's write-off of its remaining investment in Harrah's Jazz, Harrah's advances to Harrah's Jazz in its role as manager of the temporary New Orleans casino and other related costs (see Other Factors Affecting Income Per Share). OTHER - ----- 1995 operating results include management fee income from Harrah's Phoenix Ak-Chin, the Company's first managed Indian property, which opened in late December 1994. Operations at Harrah's Skagit Valley, the Company's second managed Indian facility, began on December 17, 1995, and 1995 fees from this property were not significant. Development costs decreased in 1995 from 1994 levels, as a decrease in the number of jurisdictions currently considering gaming has limited the number of development opportunities. 1994 development costs were significantly higher than 1993 costs due to several costly ballot initiatives which accompanied the November 1994 elections. Other support costs remained level in 1994 as the number of operating properties stabilized. These costs had increased in 1994 over 1993 due to growth within the Company and the support needed by additional riverboat properties. OTHER FACTORS AFFECTING INCOME PER SHARE - ---------------------------------------- Percentage (income)/expense (Increase/(Decrease) -------------------- (in millions) 1995 1994 1993 95 vs 94 94 vs 93 ------------------------------------------------ Project write-downs ... $ 93.3 $ - $ - N/M N/M Preopening costs ...... 0.5 15.3 - (96.7)% N/M Corporate expense ..... 30.3 28.9 26.7 4.8% 8.2% Interest expense, net.. 73.9 76.4 73.1 (3.3)% 4.5% Interest expense, net, from nonconsolidated affiliates .......... 20.5 2.0 - N/M N/M Provision for settlement of litigation and related costs ....... - 53.4 0.4 N/M N/M Other income .......... (16.1) (1.9) (2.5) N/M (24.0)% Effective tax rate..... 40.0% 54.1% 42.7% (14.1)pts 11.4pts Minority interests .... $ 12.1 $ 13.9 $ 4.8 (12.9)% 189.6% Discontinued operations Hotel earnings, net of tax ............ (21.2) (36.3) (16.9) (41.6)% 114.8% Spin-off transaction costs, net of tax.. 21.2 - - N/M N/M Cumulative effect of change in accounting policy, net of tax... - 7.9 - N/M N/M Extraordinary loss, net of tax .......... - - 5.4 N/M N/M Project write-downs in 1995 relate to Harrah's write-offs of investments in and advances to nonconsolidated affiliates, including Harrah's investment in Harrah's Jazz Company, and the write-down of impaired and abandoned assets. Preopening costs for 1995 represent those costs charged to expense upon the opening of a Hampton Inn hotel in Reno during October 1995. 1994 amounts represented those costs charged to expense upon the opening of Harrah's Shreveport and Harrah's North Kansas City, as well as the write-off of costs related to Harrah's Maryland Heights project (see Capital Spending and Development section). Corporate expense increased slightly in 1995 over 1994, due to higher information technology costs; 1994 costs exceeded 1993 levels due to higher legal fees. Interest expense fluctuations for the three year period were primarily attributable to the overall interest rate environment, as rates on Harrah's variable rate debt rose slightly during 1994 and declined in 1995. Interest expense from nonconsolidated affiliates primarily reflects Harrah's share of interest expense from the Harrah's Jazz partnership. 27 MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS The provision for settlement of litigation and related costs includes the fourth quarter 1994 charge of $49.2 million to record the settlement of certain litigation associated with the 1990 Spin-off of Promus and the acquisition of the Holiday Inn business by Bass PLC, along with related legal fees and other expenses of $4.3 million and $0.4 million in 1994 and 1993, respectively. Other income in 1995 increased primarily as a result of an $11.7 million gain on the sale of a portion of Harrah's investment in the corporation which owns a casino entertainment facility in Auckland, New Zealand, along with a gain on the 1995 sale of certain nonoperating property. The effective tax rates for all years are higher than the federal statutory rate due to state income taxes. Additionally, the 1994 tax rate is higher due to the inclusion in Harrah's 1994 operating results of the provision for settlement of litigation, which is not deductible for federal income tax purposes. Minority interests reflect joint venture partners' shares of income at joint venture riverboat casinos. Minority interests fell slightly in 1995 from 1994, due to the impact of increased competition in Tunica and Harrah's purchase of an additional ownership percentage in its Shreveport joint venture. Minority interests increased in 1994 over 1993 as additional joint venture casinos opened. As a result of the PHC Spin-off, the operating results of the Company's hotel business prior to July 1, 1995 have been segregated and reported as discontinued operations in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. 1995 operating results include the earnings of discontinued operations through June 30, 1995. 1995 also includes a one-time charge of $21.2 million, or $0.21 per share, net of tax, representing costs to complete the PHC Spin-off transaction. Operating results for 1994 reflect a net cumulative charge against earnings of $7.9 million, or $0.08 per share, associated with Harrah's change in its accounting policy related to preopening costs (see Note 10 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements). The extraordinary loss recorded in 1993 represents write-offs of unamortized deferred finance charges due to early retirements of debt. HARRAH'S JAZZ COMPANY - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- A Harrah's subsidiary owns an approximate 47% interest in a partnership named Harrah's Jazz Company (Harrah's Jazz). On November 22, 1995, Harrah's Jazz and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Harrah's Jazz Finance Corp., filed for reorganization under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. Prior to the filing, Harrah's Jazz was operating a temporary casino in the New Orleans, Louisiana Municipal Auditorium (the Temporary Casino) and constructing a new permanent casino facility on the site of the former Rivergate Convention Center in downtown New Orleans (the Permanent Casino). Harrah's Jazz ceased operation of the Temporary Casino and construction of the Permanent Casino on November 22, 1995 prior to the bankruptcy filings. On November 19, 1995, representatives of the Harrah's Jazz bank syndicate informed Harrah's Jazz that the bank syndicate would not disburse funds to Harrah's Jazz under the terms of Harrah's Jazz's $175 million bank credit facility (the Jazz Credit Facility). Faced with an absence of funding, on November 21, 1995, Harrah's Jazz decided to cease Temporary Casino operations and construction on the Permanent Casino, as well as to file for bankruptcy protection. The Jazz Credit Facility was accelerated and terminated by the bank lenders on November 21, 1995. Thereafter, on November 22, 1995, the bankruptcy filings were made. In connection with the closing in November 1994 of the 14.25% First Mortgage Notes due 2001 of Harrah's Jazz (the Public Debt) and the Jazz Credit Facility, the Company delivered completion guaranties to the trustee under the Public Debt (under which the City of New Orleans (the City) was an express third-party beneficiary), the bank lenders under the Jazz Credit Facility and the Louisiana Economic Development and Gaming Corporation (the state agency regulating Harrah's Jazz (LEDGC)). Each completion guaranty was subject to certain conditions, exceptions and qualifications. The Company believes that the failure of Harrah's Jazz to obtain the funds under the Jazz Credit Facility and the acceleration of the loan by the bank syndicate terminated the Company's obligations under the completion guaranties. The Company made total capital contributions to the project of approximately $90 million and has outstanding advances to the project of approximately $25 million. In addition, in December 1995, the Company acquired from a commercial bank a $16 million loan to a Harrah's Jazz partner in satisfaction of the Company's obligations under a preexisting agreement with the bank. The Company has written off these investments and other related costs in the project. The Company currently owns approximately 47% of the general partnership interests of Harrah's Jazz. Harrah's Jazz is not consolidated into the Company's financial statements for accounting purposes. Harrah's Jazz has until March 21, 1996, which date may be extended by the Bankruptcy Court, the exclusive right under the bankruptcy laws to submit a plan of reorganization. Discussions concerning the reorganization plan have occurred among certain interested parties, but a number of issues remain to be resolved and there can be no assurance that such discussions will lead to an agreement among all necessary parties. The Company has offered to invest an additional $75 million in the project and deliver a new completion guaranty if a reorganization plan approved by the Company is consummated. The Company has also offered to invest, prior to plan consummation, up to $10 million in the form of debtor-in-possession financing (such financing would be repaid or converted into equity (and count toward the $75 million investment referred to above) upon consummation of a reorganization plan approved by the Company) if the Company and other interested parties reach an agreement in principle as to the key elements of the plan. There can be no assurance that any agreements will be reached or a reorganization plan con- 28 summated. Additionally, ongoing litigation costs related to the Harrah's Jazz bankruptcy, which could be significant, will have a corresponding impact on Harrah's future earnings and cash flows. On March 4, 1996, Harrah's Jazz entered into a preliminary agreement with the City which provides for, among other things, an immediate $4.3 million cash payment by Harrah's Jazz to the City, of which $2.5 million is being funded by the Company as debtor-in-possession financing and the balance is being funded from Harrah's Jazz's assets. Although the $2.5 million loan is an administrative priority claim in the bankruptcy, there can be no assurance that the loan will be repaid. In exchange for these agreements by Harrah's Jazz, the City agreed to waive any requirements to reopen the Temporary Casino and negotiate in good faith numerous specified issues relating to the lease of the Permanent Casino site. CAPITAL SPENDING AND DEVELOPMENT - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Harrah's continues to pursue development opportunities within the casino entertainment industry. These opportunities include traditional land-based casinos, riverboat casinos, Indian gaming projects and international casino projects. EXISTING LAND-BASED PROPERTIES - ------------------------------ During August 1995, Harrah's announced plans for major expansions at its Las Vegas and Atlantic City casino properties. Each project includes the addition of a hotel tower and casino space, as follows: Projected Estimated Incurred Additional Opening Dates Project as of Casino Additional ------------------ Cost Dec. 31 Square Hotel Casino Hotel Location (millions) (millions) Feet Rooms Expansion Addition - -------------- ---------- ---------- ------ ----- --------- -------- Las Vegas $150.0 $0.9 17,000 688 Sept 96 Oct 97 Atlantic City 80.7 4.8 13,500 416 July 96 July 97 [GRAPH] GAMING VOLUME BY STATE On October 1, 1995, the Company opened a 408-room, 26-story Hampton Inn hotel on the site of Harrah's Reno. The hotel, which was completed on schedule and on budget, is company-owned and is being operated under a license agreement with Promus Hotels, Inc. RIVERBOAT CASINO DEVELOPMENT - ---------------------------- In March 1995, Harrah's announced plans to form a joint venture with Players International, Inc., to jointly develop a riverboat casino entertainment complex in Maryland Heights, Missouri, a suburb of St. Louis. Formation of the partnership was completed in November 1995 upon execution of the definitive agreements. Pursuant to the agreements, each company will operate two separately branded riverboat casinos and Harrah's, in partnership with Players, will develop the shoreside facility which will include a 291-room Harrah's hotel. Construction has begun on the project, which is expected to open during first quarter 1997, subject to receipt of all regulatory approvals. Harrah's investment in the Maryland Heights development project is expected to total approximately $166 million, of which approximately $58 million had been spent at December 31, 1995. In connection with the formation of the joint venture in November 1995, Harrah's contributed certain assets from its original Maryland Heights project and an additional $20 million in cash. In July 1995, a Harrah's affiliate purchased at a bankruptcy auction the former Southern Belle casino property, located near the existing Harrah's casino in Tunica County, Mississippi, for $34.2 million. In addition to the purchase price, the Harrah's affiliate is spending up to $53 million to renovate the facility, including the addition of a hotel with approximately 200 rooms. The renovated facility will feature 50,000 square feet of casino space and is expected to open during second quarter 1996. Harrah's currently operates 27,000 square feet of casino space in its present Harrah's Tunica property which, under current plans, will remain open and be operated with certain common management elements. During fourth quarter 1995, Harrah's began construction of a $78 million expansion of Harrah's North Kansas City to include, a 200-room hotel, parking garage, additional shoreside amenities and, subject to regulatory approval, a second riverboat casino. The facility, to be completed in second quarter 1996, is expected to result in 77% more gaming positions. 29 MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS In February 1995, a 30,000 square foot riverboat casino was moved to Shreveport, Louisiana, replacing the Shreveport Rose, which contained 19,500 square feet. This exchange resulted in approximately 27% more gaming positions at Harrah's Shreveport. The Shreveport Rose was then refurbished at a cost of approximately $5 million, and transferred in November 1995 to Joliet as a replacement for the Southern Star. The Southern Star has been moved to a dockyard for storage, where it will be maintained for future use. The costs associated with exchanging boats and with maintaining them until returned to service are not material. In addition to the replacement of the Joliet Southern Star during 1995, Harrah's began a project to expand Joliet's shoreside facilities. The $8 million project will be completed during second quarter 1996. INDIAN LANDS - ------------ Harrah's opened a second gaming facility on Native American lands on December 17, 1995. The facility, which is owned by the Upper Skagit tribe and operated by Harrah's for a fee under terms of a five-year management contract, is located approximately 70 miles north of Seattle, Washington. 1995 represented the first full year of operations for Harrah's first Indian facility, Harrah's Ak-Chin Phoenix, which opened on December 27, 1994. Though Harrah's did not fund these developments, it has guaranteed the related bank financing. Harrah's is awaiting approval from the National Indian Gaming Commission of development and management agreements with the Eastern Band of Cherokees for a proposed casino development at Cherokee, North Carolina. Harrah's has also signed definitive development and management agreements with the Pokagon Band of Potawatomi Indians for future casino developments in Michigan and Indiana. Harrah's has previously announced agreements with other Indian tribes, which are in various stages of negotiation and are subject to certain conditions, including approval from appropriate government agencies. Upon the receipt of necessary approvals, Harrah's will likely guarantee the related bank financing for the projects, which could be significant. For all existing guarantees of Indian debt, Harrah's has obtained a first lien on the personal property (tangible and intangible) of the casino enterprise. Additionally, Harrah's has received limited waivers from the Indian tribes of their sovereign immunity to allow Harrah's to pursue its rights under the contracts between the parties and to enforce collection efforts as to any assets in which a security interest is taken. INTERNATIONAL - ------------- Harrah's opened its first international casino entertainment facility in Auckland, New Zealand, on February 2, 1996. The facility, containing 45,000 square feet of casino space, 1,042 slot machines and 97 table games, is owned by a corporation in which Harrah's owns a 12.5% equity interest, and is managed by Harrah's for a fee. Construction of the US$340 million facility was funded through a combination of equity contributions and non-recourse debt. In July 1995, Harrah's sold a portion of its interest, resulting in a pre-tax gain of $11.7 million. OVERALL - ------- In addition to the specific projects discussed above, the Company continues to perform on-going refurbishment and maintenance at its existing casino entertainment facilities in order to maintain Harrah's quality standards. Harrah's also continues to pursue casino entertainment development opportunities in possible jurisdictions across the United States and abroad. Until necessary approvals to proceed with development of a project are obtained from the relevant regulatory bodies, the costs of pursuing casino entertainment projects are expensed as incurred. Construction-related costs incurred after the receipt of necessary approvals are capitalized and depreciated over the estimated useful life of the resulting asset. Preopening costs incurred during the construction period are deferred and expensed at the respective property's opening. A number of these projects, if they go forward, may require, individually and in the aggregate, a significant capital commitment and, if completed, may result in significant additional revenues. The commitment of capital, the timing of completion and the commencement of operations of casino entertainment development projects are contingent upon, among other things, negotiation of final agreements and receipt of approvals from the appropriate political and regulatory bodies. Cash needed to finance projects currently under development as well as additional projects being pursued by Harrah's will be made available from operating cash flows, the Facility (see Debt and Liquidity section), joint venture partners, specific project financing, guaranties by Harrah's of third party debt and, if necessary, Harrah's debt and/or equity offerings. Harrah's capital spending totalled $232 million and $302 million during 1995 and 1994, respectively. Anticipated 1996 capital expenditures are estimated at $375 million to $425 million, including the projects discussed in this Capital Spending and Development section, refurbishment of existing facilities and other projects. 30 DEBT AND LIQUIDITY - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- BANK FACILITY - ------------- In connection with the PHC Spin-off, Harrah's negotiated changes to its reducing revolving and letter of credit facility (the Facility), which became effective June 30, 1995. Among the modifications were an increase in total capacity from $650 million to $750 million, an extension of the maturity to July 31, 2000, reduced borrowing costs and favorable modifications to certain financial covenants. The amended credit facility consists of a five-year $600 million reducing revolving and letter of credit facility and a separate $150 million revolving credit facility which is renewable annually, at the lenders' option, for a five-year period. Reductions of the borrowing capacity under the $600 million facility are as follows: $50 million, July 1998; $75 million, January 1999; $75 million, July 1999; $100 million, January 2000; and $300 million, July 2000. As of December 31, 1995, $346.5 million in borrowings were outstanding under the Facility, with an additional $25.1 million committed to back letters of credit, resulting in $378.4 million of available Facility capacity as of December 31, 1995. During October 1995, Harrah's senior implied debt rating was upgraded by Standard and Poor's and, in accordance with the Facility agreement, borrowing costs under the Facility were reduced to the Eurodollar rate plus 50 basis points. [GRAPH] SCHEDULED DEBT MATURITIES As part of the PHC Spin-off, the Company obtained a new $350 million bank facility (the PHC Facility), which was assumed by PHC at the time of the PHC Spin-off. Immediately prior to the PHC Spin-off, approximately $218 million was drawn on the PHC Facility and used to retire a portion of the Company's existing outstanding debt. Prior to the PHC Spin-off, Harrah's corporate debt was not specifically related to either its casino entertainment or hotel segment. However, corporate debt service requirements were met using cash flows provided by both segments. Therefore, for all periods prior to the PHC Spin-off, a portion of the Company's corporate debt balance, unamortized deferred finance charges and interest expense were allocated to discontinued hotel operations based on the percentage of Harrah's existing corporate debt which was expected to be retired using proceeds from the new PHC bank facility. Net assets of discontinued hotel operations at December 31, 1994, included allocations to discontinued hotel operations of corporate debt and unamortized deferred finance charges of $187.9 million and $3.2 million, respectively, together with debt specifically related to PHC of $3.3 million. Interest expense of $9.5 million, $17.2 million and $17.0 million for 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively, was allocated to discontinued hotel operations. In February 1995, Harrah's 9% Notes, previously backed by a letter of credit issued under the Facility, matured and were retired using Facility funds. In May 1995, Harrah's redeemed the $18.1 million principal amount outstanding of the 11% Subordinated Debentures due 1999. The cost of this redemption was not material. INTEREST RATE AGREEMENTS - ------------------------ To manage the relative mix of its debt between fixed and variable rate instruments, Harrah's enters into interest rate swap agreements to modify the interest characteristics of its outstanding debt without an exchange of the underlying principal amount. As of December 31, 1995, Harrah's was a party to the following interest rate swap agreements on certain fixed rate debt: Effective Next Semi- Swap Rate at Annual Rate Associated Rate December 31, Adjustment ------------ Debt (LIBOR+) 1995 1994 Date Swap Maturity - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10 7/8% Notes $200 million 4.73% 10.74% 10.68% April 16 Oct 1997 8 3/4% Notes $50 million 3.42% 9.23% 9.58% May 15 May 1998 $50 million 3.22% 9.10% 8.71% January 16 July 1998 In accordance with the terms of the interest rate swap agreements, the effective interest rate on $50 million of the 8 3/4% Notes was adjusted on January 16, 1996, to 8.72%. 31 MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS During 1995, Harrah's entered into nine additional interest rate swap agreements to effectively convert variable rate debt to a fixed rate. Two of these swap agreements, with a combined notional amount of $100 million, were transferred to PHC at the time of the PHC Spin-off. The following table summarizes the terms of the remaining seven swap agreements, all of which reset on a quarterly basis, as of December 31, 1995: Swap Rate Received Swap Rate (Variable) at Swap Notional Amount Paid (Fixed) Dec. 31, 1995 Maturity - --------------- ------------ ------------- ------------- $50 million 7.910% 5.938% January 1998 $50 million 6.985% 5.813% March 2000 $50 million 6.951% 5.668% March 2000 $50 million 6.945% 5.668% March 2000 $50 million 6.651% 5.875% May 2000 $50 million 5.788% 5.813% June 2000 $50 million 5.785% 5.813% June 2000 In accordance with the terms of the above $50 million swap which matures in January 1998, the variable rate was adjusted on January 26, 1996 to 5.500%. During fourth quarter 1995, the Company replaced two swap agreements it had entered into earlier in the year with new agreements which have longer terms and lower fixed interest rates. The replacement swaps were entered into at no cost to the Company and will reduce the Company's future cash requirements for interest payments. The effect on the current year's consolidated financial statements was immaterial. The table above reflects the terms of the new swap agreements. An interest rate collar on $140 million of Harrah's variable rate bank debt expired in June 1995 and was not renewed. The differences to be paid or received by Harrah's under the terms of the interest rate swap agreements are accrued as interest rates change and recognized as an adjustment to interest expense for the related debt. Changes in the variable interest rates to be paid or received by Harrah's pursuant to the terms of its interest rate agreements will have a corresponding effect on its future cash flows. These agreements contain a credit risk that the counterparties may be unable to meet the terms of the agreements. Harrah's minimizes that risk by evaluating the creditworthiness of its counterparties, which are limited to major banks and financial institutions, and does not anticipate nonperformance by the counterparties. As part of a transaction whereby Harrah's effectively secured an option to a site for a potential casino, Harrah's has guaranteed a third party's $24.7 million variable rate bank loan. Harrah's also has entered into an interest rate swap agreement in which Harrah's receives a fixed interest rate of 7% from the third party and pays the variable interest rate of the subject debt (LIBOR plus 1% at December 31, 1995) to the bank. The interest rate swap is marked to market by Harrah's, with the adjustment recorded in interest expense. The market value of the swap was a positive $0.3 million and a negative $1.1 million at December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively. Harrah's swap agreement expires December 1, 1996, and is also subject to earlier termination upon the occurrence of certain events. The underlying guaranty contains an element of risk that the borrower may be unable to retire the loan when it matures in December 1996. If that occurs, the Company could become responsible for repayment of at least a portion of the obligation. Harrah's has reduced this exposure by obtaining a security interest in certain assets of the third party. SHELF REGISTRATION - ------------------ To provide for additional financing flexibility, Harrah's, together with its wholly-owned subsidiary Harrah's Operating Company, Inc. (HOC), has registered up to $200 million of Harrah's common stock or HOC preferred stock or debt securities pursuant to a shelf registration declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 11, 1995. The terms and conditions of the HOC preferred stock or debt securities, which will be unconditionally guaranteed by Harrah's, will be determined by market conditions at the time of issuance. The shelf registration is available until October 1997. INCOME TAX MATTERS - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- In connection with the PHC Spin-off, Harrah's entered into a Tax Sharing Agreement with PHC wherein each company is obligated for those taxes associated with their respective businesses. Additionally, Harrah's is obligated for all taxes of the Company for periods prior to the PHC Spin-off date which are not specifically related to PHC operations and/or PHC hotel locations. Harrah's obligations under this agreement are not expected to have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial position or results of operations. EQUITY TRANSACTIONS - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- As a component of the PHC Spin-off, the Company distributed to its stockholders the stock of PHC as a dividend. To reflect this distribution, the $139.6 million book value of the net assets of discontinued operations as of the spin-off date has been charged against Harrah's retained earnings. The final allocations related to the PHC Spin-off were recorded in fourth quarter 1995. The amount of such adjustments was not material. EFFECTS OF CURRENT ECONOMIC AND POLITICAL CONDITIONS - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The casino entertainment industry has experienced widespread expansion in new jurisdictions over the past several years as governments seeking additional tax revenues and employment have legalized casino gaming. The number of states which allow legalized gaming has grown from two in 1990 to ten today. Growth in the casino industry has also been furthered by the Indian Gaming Regulatory Act of 1988. Although a 32 number of states are considering legislation in additional jurisdictions, the rapid growth which existed during the early 1990's has slowed and, as a result, future new market potential is difficult to predict. Of those new markets which have opened to the gaming industry, certain jurisdictions have restricted market entry, which limits capacity and competition within those markets. Other jurisdictions have no limits on market entry, other than restrictions on locations, which can impact operating performance and cash flows. In addition to growth in new markets, significant development has occurred in recent years in the traditional gaming markets of Nevada and New Jersey, resulting in increased competition in these markets. Several large properties have opened in Las Vegas in recent years, and others are both planned and under development. In July 1995, a major new development opened in Reno, Nevada, representing the first major entry to that market in years. New developments and expansions are also planned for Atlantic City, New Jersey. Over the last several years, the Laughlin, Nevada market has been impacted by increasing competition from markets in and around Las Vegas and neighboring Indian properties. Though the traditional casino markets have seen little overall impact from the recent spread of gaming to other markets, continuing growth within the industry could ultimately cause decreased market share for these markets, which would have a corresponding effect on the cash flow provided by these facilities. The casino industry's market focus has also undergone a transformation over the past several years as a result of the spread of gaming. Whereas traditional markets were limited, drawing primarily long-distance travelers, the newer casino properties are geographically dispersed, resulting in casino entertainment being within a reasonable driving distance for many Americans. Harrah's has participated in this industry transformation, developing casinos in many new markets. As a result, Harrah's is an extremely diverse gaming company, both geographically and categorically, with properties in nine states as of December 31, 1995, representing a mix of traditional land-based, riverboat, Indian and limited stakes facilities. Furthering its diversification, Harrah's opened its first international casino facility in Auckland, New Zealand on February 2, 1996. Harrah's is not able to determine the long-term impact, whether favorable or unfavorable, that these events will have on the markets in which it currently operates. However, management believes that the current mix of its operations among its divisions as discussed above, combined with the further geographic diversification and the continuing pursuit of the Harrah's national brand strategy, has well-positioned the Company to face the challenges present within the industry. EFFECTS OF INFLATION - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Inflation has had little effect on Harrah's historical operations. Generally, Harrah's has not experienced any significant negative impact on gaming volume or on the wagering propensity of its customers as a result of inflationary pressures. Further, Harrah's has been successful in increasing the amount of wagers and playing time of its casino customers through effective marketing programs. Casino management has also, from time to time, adjusted its required minimum bets at table games and changed the relative mix of slot machines in favor of machines with higher denominations. These strategies supplemented by effective cost management programs have offset the impact of inflation on Harrah's operations. Inflation tends to increase the underlying value of Harrah's casino entertainment properties. INTERCOMPANY DIVIDEND RESTRICTION - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Agreements governing the terms of its debt require Harrah's to abide by covenants which, among other things, limit HOC's ability to pay dividends and make other restricted payments, as defined, to Harrah's. The amount of HOC's restricted net assets, as defined, computed in accordance with the most restrictive of these covenants regarding restricted payments, was approximately $591.4 million at December 31, 1995. Harrah's principal asset is the stock of HOC, a wholly-owned subsidiary. HOC holds, directly and through subsidiaries, the principal assets of Harrah's businesses. Given this ownership structure, these restrictions should not impair Harrah's ability to conduct its business through its subsidiaries or to pursue its development plans. RECENT PRONOUNCEMENTS - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- During 1996, Harrah's will adopt the provisions of two Statements of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) recently issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board. SFAS 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of," requires that long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles be reviewed for impairment periodically. The implementation of SFAS 121 is not expected to have a material impact on Harrah's financial statements. SFAS 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation," defines a fair value based method of measuring compensation costs for employee stock compensation programs. This new standard permits companies to follow the intrinsic value based method presently required by Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, with pro forma footnote disclosure of the effect that the fair value based method would have had on net income and earnings per share, had that method of implementation been adopted. Management intends to adopt the disclosure alternative; accordingly, Harrah's will include the pro forma effects of this statement in its notes to financial statements for the year ending December 31, 1996. 33 HARRAH'S ENTERTAINMENT, INC. CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (In thousands, except share amounts) December 31, ---------------------------- 1995 1994 ----------- ----------- ASSETS - ------ Current assets Cash and cash equivalents ................... $ 96,345 $ 84,968 Receivables, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $10,910 and $9,551 .... 37,751 33,051 Deferred income tax benefits (Note 9) ....... 21,425 18,979 Prepayments and other ....................... 21,275 23,374 Supplies .................................... 12,040 11,463 ----------- ----------- Total current assets ....................... 188,836 171,835 ----------- ----------- Land, buildings, riverboats and equipment Land and land improvements .................. 236,540 228,232 Buildings, riverboats and improvements ...... 1,054,758 981,647 Furniture, fixtures and equipment ........... 432,416 392,741 ----------- ----------- 1,723,714 1,602,620 Less: accumulated depreciation .............. (518,824) (472,779) ----------- ----------- 1,204,890 1,129,841 Net assets of discontinued hotel operations (Notes 1 and 2) ............................. -- 143,008 Investments in and advances to non- consolidated affiliates (Note 15) ........... 71,939 116,932 Deferred income tax benefits (Note 9) ........ 4,532 -- Deferred costs and other (Note 5) ............ 166,537 176,349 ----------- ----------- $ 1,636,734 $ 1,737,965 =========== =========== LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY - ------------------------------------ Current liabilities Accounts payable ............................ $ 46,178 $ 54,621 Construction payables ....................... 4,718 10,879 Accrued expenses (Note 5) ................... 148,632 156,446 Current portion of long-term debt (Note 6) .. 2,038 1,036 Accrued litigation settlement and related costs (Note 13) ........................... -- 72,101 ----------- ----------- Total current liabilities .................. 201,566 295,083 Long-term debt (Note 6) ...................... 753,705 727,493 Deferred credits and other ................... 72,006 66,735 Deferred income taxes (Note 9) ............... -- 7,138 ----------- ----------- 1,027,277 1,096,449 ----------- ----------- Minority interests ........................... 23,908 18,079 ----------- ----------- Commitments and contingencies (Notes 7 and 12 through 15) Stockholders' equity (Notes 4, 14 and 15) Common stock, $0.10 par value, authorized 360,000,000 shares, outstanding - 102,673,828 and 102,402,619 shares (net of 19,026 and 37,172 shares held in treasury) ............ 10,267 10,240 Capital surplus ............................. 362,783 350,196 Unrealized gain on marketable equity securities ................................ 10,552 -- Retained earnings ........................... 204,838 265,574 Deferred compensation related to restricted stock .......................... (2,891) (2,573) ----------- ----------- 585,549 623,437 ----------- ----------- $ 1,636,734 $ 1,737,965 =========== =========== The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these consolidated balance sheets. 34 HARRAH'S ENTERTAINMENT, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (In thousands, except per share amounts)
Year Ended December 31, --------------------------------------------- 1995 1994 1993 ----------- ----------- ----------- Revenues Casino ................................. $ 1,313,910 $ 1,118,107 $ 812,081 Food and beverage ...................... 181,312 162,413 139,522 Rooms .................................. 109,036 105,642 102,024 Management fees ........................ 12,762 914 150 Other .................................. 87,158 80,151 67,588 Less: casino promotional allowances .... (154,102) (127,821) (100,720) ----------- ----------- ----------- Total revenues ...................... 1,550,076 1,339,406 1,020,645 ----------- ----------- ----------- Operating expenses Direct Casino ................................ 620,438 497,686 369,335 Food and beverage ..................... 91,495 82,825 76,498 Rooms ................................. 32,915 33,430 33,124 Depreciation of buildings, riverboats and equipment ............. 80,416 70,632 54,631 Development costs ...................... 17,428 22,015 10,175 Project write-downs (Note 8) ........... 93,348 -- -- Preopening costs ....................... 450 15,313 -- Other .................................. 353,318 319,411 240,113 ----------- ----------- ----------- Total operating expenses ............ 1,289,808 1,041,312 783,876 ----------- ----------- ----------- Operating profit before corporate expense ...................... 260,268 298,094 236,769 Corporate expense ........................ (30,347) (28,907) (26,736) ----------- ----------- ----------- Operating income ......................... 229,921 269,187 210,033 Interest expense, net of interest capitalized (Note 3) ................... (73,890) (76,363) (73,080) Interest expense, net, from nonconsolidated affiliates ............. (20,526) (1,959) -- Provision for settlement of litigation and related costs (Note 13) . -- (53,449) (400) Other income, including interest income .. 16,078 1,867 2,462 ----------- ----------- ----------- Income before income taxes and minority interests ..................... 151,583 139,283 139,015 Provision for income taxes (Note 9) ...... (60,677) (75,391) (59,394) Minority interests ....................... (12,096) (13,908) (4,754) ----------- ----------- ----------- Income from continuing operations ........ 78,810 49,984 74,867 Discontinued operations (Note 2) Earnings from hotel operations, net of tax provisions of $15,434, $26,798 and $13,869 ............................ 21,230 36,319 16,926 Spin-off transaction expenses, net of tax benefit of $5,134 ........... (21,194) -- -- ----------- ----------- ----------- Income before extraordinary loss and cumulative effect of change in accounting policy ...................... 78,846 86,303 91,793 Extraordinary loss on early extinguishment of debt, net of tax benefit of $3,415 .. -- -- (5,447) Cumulative effect of change in accounting policy, net of tax benefit of $4,317 (Note 10) .................... -- (7,932) -- ----------- ----------- ----------- Net income ............................... $ 78,846 $ 78,371 $ 86,346 =========== =========== =========== Earnings (loss) per share Continuing operations .................... $ 0.76 $ 0.49 $ 0.73 Discontinued operations Earnings from hotel operations, net ... 0.21 0.35 0.16 Spin-off transaction expenses, net .... (0.21) -- -- Extraordinary loss, net ................ -- -- (0.05) Cumulative effect of change in accounting policy, net ................ -- (0.08) -- ----------- ----------- ----------- Net income ........................... $ 0.76 $ 0.76 $ 0.84 =========== =========== =========== Average common shares outstanding ........ 103,188 102,810 102,562 =========== =========== ===========
The acompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these consolidated statements. 35 HARRAH'S ENTERTAINMENT, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (Notes 4, 14 and 15) (In thousands)
Unrealized Deferred Common Stock Gain on Compensation ------------------- Marketable Related to Shares Capital Equity Retained Restricted Outstanding Amount Surplus Securities Earnings Stock Total ----------- ------ ------- ---------- -------- ---------- ----- Balance - December 31, 1992 ............... 101,882 $10,188 $321,607 $ - $ 100,857 $(4,722) $ 427,930 Net income ............................... 86,346 86,346 Pro rata share of proceeds from equity investee's initial public offering, less tax provision of $2,662 ............ 3,752 3,752 Net shares issued under incentive compensation plans, including income tax benefit of $10,467 ........... 376 38 18,838 (867) 18,009 ------- ------- -------- ------- --------- -------- --------- Balance - December 31, 1993 ............... 102,258 10,226 344,197 - 187,203 (5,589) 536,037 Net income ............................... 78,371 78,371 Net shares issued under incentive compensation plans, including income tax benefit of $3,252 ............ 145 14 5,999 3,016 9,029 ------- ------- -------- ------- --------- -------- --------- Balance - December 31, 1994 ............... 102,403 10,240 350,196 - 265,574 (2,573) 623,437 Net income ............................... 78,846 78,846 Spin-off of Promus Hotel Corporation (Notes 1 and 2).............. (139,582) (139,582) Unrealized gain on available- for-sale securities, less tax provision of $6,746. .................... 10,552 10,552 Net shares issued under incentive compensation plans, including income tax benefit of $6,616 ............ 271 27 12,587 (318) 12,296 ------- ------- -------- ------- --------- -------- --------- Balance - December 31, 1995 ............... 102,674 $10,267 $362,783 $10,552 $ 204,838 $ (2,891) $ 585,549 ======= ======= ======== ======= ========= ======== =========
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these consolidated statements. 36 HARRAH'S ENTERTAINMENT, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Note 11) (In thousands) Year Ended December 31, ----------------------------- 1995 1994 1993 -------- -------- -------- CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES - ------------------------------------ Net income ................................... $ 78,846 $ 78,371 $ 86,346 Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash flows from operating activities Discontinued operations Earnings from hotel operations ............ (21,230) (36,319) (16,926) Spin-off transaction expenses, before income taxes ...................... 26,328 -- -- Project write-downs ........................ 93,348 -- -- Extraordinary loss, before income taxes .... -- -- 8,862 Cumulative effect of change in accounting policy, before income taxes ............... -- 12,249 -- Depreciation and amortization .............. 95,388 86,644 70,207 Provision for settlement of litigation and related costs ............................. -- 49,158 -- Other noncash items ........................ 17,088 10,348 23,945 Minority interests share of net income ..... 12,096 13,908 4,754 Equity in losses (income) of nonconsolidated affiliates ................ 51,182 12,398 (37) Net (gains) losses from asset sales ........ (13,156) 570 196 Net change in long-term accounts ........... (18,144) (4,447) 595 Net change in working capital accounts ..... (36,576) 30,883 28,718 Net change in accrued litigation settlement and related costs ......................... (43,438) -- -- Tax indemnification payments to Bass ....... (28,000) (26,466) (8,459) -------- -------- -------- Cash flows provided by operating activities ................................ 213,732 227,297 198,201 -------- -------- -------- CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES - ------------------------------------ Land, buildings, riverboats and equipment additions ................................... (186,233) (219,139) (219,042) (Decrease) increase in construction payables .................................... (6,161) (15,466) 26,345 Proceeds from sale of equity investments ..... 20,745 -- -- Proceeds from asset sales .................... 10,850 4,192 8,248 Investments in and advances to nonconsolidated affiliates .................. (45,603) (82,705) (15,463) Other ........................................ (2,844) (18,291) (25,909) -------- -------- -------- Cash flows used in investing activities .... (209,246) (331,409) (225,821) -------- -------- -------- CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES - ------------------------------------ Net borrowings under Revolving Credit Facility, net of financing costs of $2,322 in 1995 and $11,547 in 1993 ................. 274,172 118,550 158,453 Debt retirements ............................. (219,614) (40,320) (366,134) Minority interests contributions, net of distributions ............................ (6,360) (8,434) 4,548 Other ........................................ (543) -- -- Proceeds from issuance of senior subordinated notes, net of issue costs of $3,819 ......... -- -- 196,181 -------- -------- -------- Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities ..................... 47,655 69,796 (6,952) -------- -------- -------- CASH FLOWS FROM DISCONTINUED HOTEL OPERATIONS - --------------------------------------------- Net transfers (to) from discontinued hotel operations ........................... (14,840) 60,975 51,367 Payment of spin-off transaction expenses .... (25,924) -- -- -------- -------- -------- Cash flows provided by (used in) discontinued operations .................. (40,764) 60,975 51,367 -------- -------- -------- Net increase in cash and cash equivalents .... 11,377 26,659 16,795 Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year . 84,968 58,309 41,514 -------- -------- -------- Cash and cash equivalents, end of year ....... $ 96,345 $ 84,968 $ 58,309 ======== ======== ======== The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these consolidated statements. 37 HARRAH'S ENTERTAINMENT, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise stated) 1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND ORGANIZATION - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Harrah's Entertainment, Inc. (Harrah's or the Company, together with its subsidiaries where the context requires), a Delaware corporation, is one of America's leading casino companies and currently operates casino entertainment facilities in 14 markets. On June 30, 1995, Harrah's, formerly The Promus Companies Incorporated (Promus), completed a spin-off that split the Company into two independent public corporations, one for conducting its casino entertainment business and one for conducting its hotel business. Harrah's retained ownership of the casino entertainment business. The Company's hotel operations were transferred to a new entity, Promus Hotel Corporation (PHC), the stock of which was distributed to Promus' stockholders on a one-for-two basis (the PHC Spin-off). As a result of the PHC Spin-off, Harrah's financial statements reflect the hotel business as discontinued operations (see Note 2). Harrah's operates casino entertainment facilities in nine states, including casino hotels in all five major Nevada and New Jersey gaming markets: Reno, Lake Tahoe, Las Vegas and Laughlin, Nevada; and Atlantic City, New Jersey. Harrah's riverboat casinos are in Joliet, Illinois; Shreveport, Louisiana; Tunica and Vicksburg, Mississippi; and North Kansas City, Missouri. In addition, Harrah's has a minority ownership interest in and manages two limited stakes casinos in Black Hawk and Central City, Colorado, and manages casinos on Indian lands near Phoenix, Arizona and Seattle, Washington. Subsequent to December 31, 1995, Harrah's began managing a casino in Auckland, New Zealand in which the Company has a 12.5% ownership interest. 2. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- As discussed in Note 1, on June 30, 1995, Harrah's completed a spin-off of its hotel operations. Accordingly, results of operations and cash flows of the Company's hotel business have been reported as discontinued operations for all periods presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements. The Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 1994, also reflects the Company's hotel business as discontinued operations. Summarized financial information of the discontinued operations is presented in the following tables: Net assets of discontinued hotel operations: December 31, 1994 ----------- Current assets ................................................ $ 25,565 Current liabilities ........................................... (34,461) --------- Net current liabilities ..................................... (8,896) Land, buildings and equipment, net ............................ 322,140 Other assets .................................................. 72,860 Long-term debt, including allocated debt (Note 6) ............. (189,943) Other liabilities and deferred taxes .......................... (53,153) --------- Net assets of discontinued hotel operations ................. $ 143,008 ========= As of the date of the PHC Spin-off, the net assets of discontinued hotel operations were $139.6 million. This amount has been charged against the Company's retained earnings in the accompanying December 31, 1995 Consolidated Balance Sheet to reflect the distribution of PHC's stock to Promus stockholders on June 30, 1995. Earnings from discontinued hotel operations: Six months Ended Year Ended December 31, June 30, ------------------------ 1995 1994 1993 --------- --------- --------- Revenues .......................... $ 132,785 $ 242,724 $ 231,210 Costs and expenses ................ (79,652) (148,470) (163,758) --------- --------- --------- Operating income .................. 53,133 94,254 67,452 Interest expense .................. (16,742) (31,148) (33,482) Other income (expense) ............ 273 11 (3,175) --------- --------- --------- Income before income taxes ........ 36,664 63,117 30,795 Provision for income taxes ........ (15,434) (26,798) (13,869) --------- --------- --------- Earnings from discontinued hotel operations ................ $ 21,230 $ 36,319 $ 16,926 ========= ========= ========= In addition to the earnings of its discontinued hotel operations, Harrah's operating results for the year ended December 31, 1995, include a charge of $21.2 million, net of tax, for expenses of the PHC Spin-off transaction. 3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION. The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Harrah's and its majority-owned subsidiaries after elimination of all significant intercompany accounts and transactions. Harrah's investments in 20% to 50% owned companies and joint ventures over which Harrah's has the ability to exercise significant influence are accounted for using the equity method. Harrah's reflects its share of income before interest expense of these nonconsolidated affiliates in revenues. Harrah's proportionate share of interest expense of such nonconsolidated affiliates is reported as Interest expense, net, from nonconsolidated affiliates. (See Note 15.) CASH EQUIVALENTS. Cash equivalents are highly liquid investments with a maturity of less than three months and are stated at the lower of cost or market value. SUPPLIES. Supplies inventories, which consist primarily of food, beverage and operating supplies, are stated at average cost. LAND, BUILDINGS, RIVERBOATS AND EQUIPMENT. Land, buildings, riverboats and equipment are stated at cost. Land includes land held for future development or disposition which totaled $32.0 million and $45.9 million at December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively. Improvements and extraordinary repairs that extend the life of the asset are capitalized. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Interest expense is capitalized. 38 on internally constructed assets at Harrah's overall weighted average borrowing rate of interest. Capitalized interest amounted to $3.6 million, $3.8 million and $3.1 million in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively. Depreciation of buildings, riverboats and equipment is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the asset or over the related lease term, as follows: Buildings and improvements ..................................... 10 to 40 years Riverboats ..................................................... 30 years Furniture, fixtures and equipment .............................. 2 to 15 years TREASURY STOCK. Shares of Harrah's common stock held in treasury are reflected in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity as if they were retired. REVENUE RECOGNITION. Casino revenues consist of net gaming wins. Food and beverage and rooms revenues include the aggregate amounts generated by those departments at all company-owned casinos and casino hotels. Casino promotional allowances consist principally of the retail value of complimentary food and beverages, accommodations, admission and entertainment provided to casino patrons. The estimated costs of providing such complimentary services, classified as casino expenses through interdepartmental allocations, were as follows: 1995 1994 1993 ------- ------- ------- Food and beverage .............. $72,400 $63,414 $52,057 Rooms .......................... 15,098 13,875 13,140 Other .......................... 10,856 2,634 1,541 ------- ------- ------- $98,354 $79,923 $66,738 ======= ======= ======= AMORTIZATION. The excess of costs over net assets of businesses acquired and other intangibles are amortized on a straight-line basis over periods up to 40 years. Deferred financing charges are amortized using the interest method over the terms of the related debt agreements. PREOPENING COSTS. Preopening costs, representing primarily direct salaries and other operating costs incurred prior to the opening of new facilities, are deferred as incurred and expensed upon the opening of the related facility (see Note 10). EARNINGS PER SHARE. Earnings per share is computed by dividing Net income by the number of weighted average common shares outstanding during the year, including common stock equivalents. RECLASSIFICATIONS. Certain amounts for prior years have been reclassified to conform with the presentation for 1995. OTHER. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. 4. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- In addition to its common stock, Harrah's has the following classes of stock authorized but unissued: Preferred stock, $100 par value, 150,000 shares authorized Special stock, 5,000,000 shares authorized - Series B, $1.125 par value On June 30, 1995, the PHC Spin-off was completed and the Company distributed to its stockholders the stock of PHC as a dividend. To reflect this distribution, the $139.6 million book value of the net assets of discontinued operations as of the Spin-off date has been charged against the Company's retained earnings. (See Notes 1 and 2.) On April 29, 1994, Harrah's stockholders approved an amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation which increased the number of authorized common shares from 120 million to 360 million and reduced the par value per common share from $1.50 to $0.10. As a result, amounts reported in the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for periods prior to this amendment have been restated to reclassify amounts from common stock to capital surplus to retroactively reflect the impact of the change in par value. Under the terms of employee compensation programs previously approved by the stockholders, Harrah's has reserved shares of its common stock for issuance under the Restricted Stock and Stock Option Plans. (See Note 14 for a description of the plans.) The following table summarizes the total number of shares authorized for issuance under each of these plans and the remaining unissued shares as of December 31, 1995: Restricted Stock Stock Plan Option Plan ---------- ----------- Total shares authorized for issuance under the plans ................................ 5,300,000 10,350,000 Shares issued and options granted ................ (4,361,462) (6,702,126) ---------- ----------- Shares held in reserve for issuance or grant under the plans as of December 31, 1995 ........................ 938,538 3,647,874 ========== ========== Harrah's Board of Directors has authorized that one-third of a special right be attached to each outstanding share of common stock. These rights entitle the holders to purchase, under certain conditions, units consisting of fractional shares of special stock - series B at a purchase price of $125 per unit, subject to adjustment. The rights also, under certain conditions, entitle the holders to purchase $250 worth of common stock for $125. These rights expire on October 5, 1996, unless Harrah's decides to redeem them earlier at $0.05 per right or upon the occurrence of certain other events. 39 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise stated) 5. DETAIL OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Deferred costs and other consisted of the following: 1995 1994 -------- -------- Excess of cost over net assets of businesses acquired ........................................... $ 47,041 $ 48,880 Cash surrender value of life insurance (Note 14) .......................................... 41,061 44,243 Deposits ............................................. 15,944 15,642 Deferred finance charges ............................. 14,153 12,265 Other ................................................ 48,338 55,319 -------- -------- $166,537 $176,349 ======== ======== Accrued expenses consisted of the following: 1995 1994 -------- -------- Insurance claims and reserves ........................ $ 49,821 $ 49,448 Payroll and other compensation ....................... 46,251 41,937 Accrued interest payable ............................. 12,543 12,884 Deposits and customer funds .......................... 6,765 6,179 Taxes, including income taxes ........................ (2,411) (4,419) Other accruals ....................................... 35,663 50,417 -------- -------- $148,632 $156,446 ======== ======== 6. LONG-TERM DEBT - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Long-term debt consisted of the following: 1995 1994 --------- --------- Secured Bank Facilities Revolving Credit Facility, 6.06%-8.50% at December 31, 1995, maturity 2000 .............. $ 346,500 $ 288,550 9% Notes, backed by letter of credit ............... -- 199,977 Unsecured Senior Subordinated Notes 8 3/4%, maturity 2000 .............................. 200,000 200,000 10 7/8%, maturity 2002 ............................. 200,000 200,000 Unsecured Notes Payable 8.38%-12.67%, maturities to 2001 ................... 8,489 27,862 Capitalized lease obligations, 4.9%-5.2%, maturities to 1998 ............................... 754 -- Debt allocated to discontinued hotel operations ......................................... -- (187,860) --------- --------- 755,743 728,529 Current portion of long-term debt .................... (2,038) (1,036) --------- --------- $ 753,705 $ 727,493 ========= ========= Harrah's outstanding corporate debt, comprised primarily of the Secured Bank Facilities and Unsecured Senior Subordinated Notes, has been issued by its wholly-owned subsidiary, Harrah's Operating Company, Inc. (HOC). Prior to the PHC Spin-off, the Company's corporate debt was not specifically related to either its casino entertainment or hotel segment. However, corporate debt service requirements had been met using cash flows provided by both segments. Therefore, in anticipation of the PHC Spin-off, HOC (formerly Embassy Suites, Inc.) obtained a new $350 million bank facility (Hotel Facility), secured by the stock of PHC's material subsidiaries. Immediately prior to the PHC Spin-off, HOC drew approximately $218 million on the Hotel Facility, $215 million of which was used to retire a portion of the Company's existing corporate debt. Upon consummation of the PHC Spin-off, HOC was released from liability under the Hotel Facility. Therefore, in anticipation of the PHC Spin-off, a portion of the Company's corporate debt balance, unamortized deferred finance charges and interest expense were allocated to discontinued hotel operations for periods prior to the PHC Spin-off, based on the percentage of the Company's outstanding corporate debt expected to be retired using proceeds from the Hotel Facility. Net assets of discontinued hotel operations at December 31, 1994, included allocations to discontinued hotel operations of corporate debt and unamortized deferred finance charges of $187.9 million and $3.2 million, respectively, together with debt specifically related to PHC of $3.3 million. Interest expense of $9.5 million, $17.2 million and $17.0 million for 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively, was allocated to discontinued hotel operations. As of December 31, 1995, annual principal requirements for the four years subsequent to 1996 were: 1997, $1.8 million; 1998, $1.8 million; 1999, $1.3 million; and 2000, $548.0 million. REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY. In connection with the PHC Spin-off, Harrah's negotiated changes to its reducing revolving and letter of credit facility which became effective June 30, 1995. Among the modifications were an increase in total capacity from $650 million to $750 million, an extension of the maturity to July 31, 2000, reduced borrowing costs and modifications to certain financial covenants. The amended credit facility consists of a five-year $600 million reducing revolving and letter of credit facility and a separate $150 million revolving credit facility which is renewable annually, at the lenders' option, for a five-year period (collectively, the Facility). Reductions of the borrowing capacity available under the $600 million facility are as follows: $50 million, July 1998; $75 million, January 1999; $75 million, July 1999; $100 million, January 2000; and $300 million, July 2000. Of the $750 million available under the Facility, there is a sub-limit of $50 million for letters of credit. At December 31, 1995, the Facility provided for 40 borrowings at a base rate of either Eurodollar plus 50 basis points or the prime lending rate. The weighted-average annual fees on letters of credit and commitment fees on the unutilized portion under the Facility, at December 31, 1995, were 0.63% and 0.14%, respectively. The Facility is secured by the assets of Harrah's Nevada and New Jersey casino properties, the stock of its principal subsidiary, HOC, and certain other subsidiaries and certain casino entertainment trademarks. The Facility agreement contains financial covenants requiring Harrah's to maintain a specific tangible net worth and to meet other financial ratios. Its covenants limit Harrah's ability to pay dividends and to repurchase its outstanding shares. As of December 31, 1995, Harrah's borrowings under the Facility were $346.5 million and an additional $25.1 million was committed to back certain letters of credit. After consideration of these borrowings, $378.4 million of the Facility was available to Harrah's at December 31, 1995. INTEREST RATE AGREEMENTS. To manage the relative mix of its debt between fixed and variable rate instruments, Harrah's enters into interest rate swap agreements to modify the interest characteristics of its outstanding debt without an exchange of the underlying principal amount. At December 31, 1995 and 1994, Harrah's was a party to the following interest rate swap agreements pursuant to which it pays a variable interest rate in exchange for receiving a fixed interest rate. The average variable rate paid by Harrah's was 5.9% and 5.8% at December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively, and the average fixed interest rate received was 5.9% at both dates. The impact of these interest rate swap agreements on the effective interest rates of the associated debt was as follows: Effective Rate at Next Semi- Swap December 31, Annual Rate Rate ---------------- Adjustment Associated Debt (LIBOR+) 1995 1994 Date Swap Maturity - --------------- ------- ------ ------ ----------- ------------- 10 7/8% Notes $200 million 4.73% 10.74% 10.68% April 16 Oct 1997 8 3/4% Notes $50 million 3.42% 9.23% 9.58% May 15 May 1998 $50 million 3.22% 9.10% 8.71% January 16 July 1998 In accordance with the terms of the interest rate swap agreements, the effective interest rate on $50 million of the 8 3/4% Notes was adjusted on January 16, 1996 to 8.72%. During 1995, Harrah's entered into nine additional interest rate swap agreements to effectively convert variable rate debt to a fixed rate. Two of these swap agreements, with a combined notional amount of $100 million, were transferred to PHC at the time of the PHC Spin-off. Pursuant to the terms of these swaps, Harrah's receives variable payments tied to LIBOR in exchange for its payments at a fixed interest rate. The fixed rates to be paid by Harrah's and variable rates to be received by Harrah's are summarized in the following table: Swap Rate Received Swap Rate (Variable) at Notional Amount Paid (Fixed) Dec. 31, 1995 Swap Maturity - --------------- ------------ ------------- ------------- $50 million 7.910% 5.938% January 1998 $50 million 6.985% 5.813% March 2000 $50 million 6.951% 5.668% March 2000 $50 million 6.945% 5.668% March 2000 $50 million 6.651% 5.875% May 2000 $50 million 5.788% 5.813% June 2000 $50 million 5.785% 5.813% June 2000 In accordance with the terms of the above $50 million swap which matures in January 1998, the variable interest rate was adjusted on January 26, 1996 to 5.500%. During fourth quarter 1995, the Company replaced two swap agreements it had entered into earlier in the year with new agreements which have longer terms and lower fixed interest rates. The replacement swaps were entered into at no cost to the Company and will reduce the Company's future cash requirements for interest payments. The effect on the current year's consolidated financial statements was immaterial. The table above reflects the terms of the new swap agreements. An interest rate collar on $140 million of Harrah's variable rate bank debt expired in June 1995 and was not renewed. The differences to be paid or received under the terms of the interest rate swap agreements are accrued as interest rates change and recognized as an adjustment to interest expense for the related debt. Changes in the variable interest rates to be paid or received by Harrah's pursuant to the terms of its interest rate agreements will have a corresponding effect on its future cash flows. These agreements contain a credit risk that the counterparties may be unable to meet the terms of the agreements. Harrah's minimizes that risk by evaluating the creditworthiness of its counterparties, which are limited to major banks and financial institutions, and does not anticipate nonperformance by the counterparties. SHELF REGISTRATION. To provide for additional financing flexibility, Harrah's, together with its wholly-owned subsidiary HOC, has registered up to $200 million of Harrah's common stock or HOC preferred stock or debt securities pursuant to a shelf registration declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 11, 1995. The terms and conditions of the HOC preferred stock or debt securities, which will be unconditionally guaranteed by Harrah's, will be determined by market conditions at the time of issuance. The shelf registration is available until October 1997. 41 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise stated) FAIR MARKET VALUE. Based on the borrowing rates currently available for debt with similar terms and maturities and market quotes of its publicly traded debt, the fair value of Harrah's long-term debt, including the interest rate agreements and excluding debt allocated to the discontinued hotel operations, at December 31, 1995 and 1994, was as follows: December 31, ----------------------------------------- 1995 1994 ------------------- ------------------- Carrying Market Carrying Market Value Value Value Value -------- ------ -------- ------ (in millions) Outstanding debt ................... $ (755.7) $ (782.7) $ (728.5) $ (723.0) Interest rate agreements (used for hedging purposes) Interest rate swaps ............ (0.3) (12.2) -- (17.9) Interest rate collar ........... -- -- (0.3) (0.8) The amounts reflected as the "carrying value" of the interest rate agreements represent the accrual balance as of the date reported. The "market value" of the interest rate agreements represents the estimated amount, considering the prevailing interest rates, that Harrah's would pay to terminate the agreements as of the date reported. 7. LEASES - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Harrah's leases both real estate and equipment used in its operations through operating and capital leases. Leases which transfer substantially all benefits and risks incidental to the ownership of property are capitalized. In addition to minimum rentals, some leases provide for contingent rents based on percentages of revenue. Real estate operating leases range from five to 10 years with various automatic extensions totalling up to 30 years. The average remaining term for other operating leases, which generally contain renewal options, extends approximately five years. The costs of leased assets are amortized over periods not in excess of the lease terms. Rental expense associated with operating leases included in the Consolidated Statements of Income was as follows: 1995 1994 1993 -------- -------- -------- Noncancelable Minimum ................... $ 17,097 $ 9,919 $ 9,052 Contingent ................ -- -- 122 Sublease .................. (53) (11) (4) Other ....................... 2,001 2,195 5,297 -------- -------- -------- $ 19,045 $ 12,103 $ 14,467 ======== ======== ======== The future minimum rental commitments as of December 31, 1995, were as follows: Noncancelable Operating Leases ------------- 1996 .................................................. $ 14,028 1997 .................................................. 10,196 1998 .................................................. 8,672 1999 .................................................. 8,312 2000 .................................................. 8,139 Thereafter ............................................ 86,185 -------- Total minimum lease payments........................... $135,532 ======== Minimum rental commitments exclude contingent rentals, which may be paid under certain leases based on a percentage of revenues in excess of specified amounts. 8. PROJECT WRITE-DOWNS - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Included in Harrah's 1995 operating results are one-time charges related to write-offs of various projects as follows: Harrah's Jazz-related Write-off of investment in and advances to affiliate ................................................... $54,349 Acquisition of partner loan ................................... 16,000 Estimated legal and severance costs ........................... 5,100 ------- 75,449 Write-off of investment in and advances to nonconsolidated affiliate ..................................... 9,638 Write-off of abandoned design and related costs ................. 8,261 ------- $93,348 ======= 9. INCOME TAXES - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Harrah's federal and state income tax provision (benefit) allocable to identified income statement and balance sheet line items was as follows: 1995 1994 1993 -------- -------- -------- Income before income taxes and minority interests .................... $ 60,677 $ 75,391 $ 59,394 Discontinued operations Earnings from hotel operations ........ 15,434 26,798 13,869 Spin-off transaction costs, including $3,956 of deferred tax benefit ......................... (5,134) -- -- Extraordinary loss ...................... -- -- (3,415) Cumulative effect of change in accounting policy ..................... -- (4,317) -- Stockholders' equity Compensation expense for tax purposes in excess of amounts recognized for financial reporting purposes .................. (6,616) (3,252) (10,467) Unrealized gain on marketable equity securities ................... 6,746 -- -- Pro rata share of proceeds from equity investee's initial public offering ....................... -- -- 2,662 -------- -------- -------- $ 71,107 $ 94,620 $ 62,043 ======== ======== ======== 42 Income tax expense attributable to Income before income taxes and minority interests consisted of the following: 1995 1994 1993 --------- --------- --------- Current Federal ............................... $ 60,850 $ 103,264 $ 44,557 State ................................. 9,987 4,992 4,424 Deferred ................................ (10,160) (32,865) 10,413 --------- --------- --------- $ 60,677 $ 75,391 $ 59,394 ========= ========= ========= The differences between the statutory federal income tax rate and the effective tax rate expressed as a percentage of Income before income taxes and minority interests were as follows: 1995 1994 1993 ---- ---- ---- Statutory tax rate ...................... 35.0% 35.0% 35.0% Increases (decreases) in tax resulting from: State taxes, net of federal tax benefit ............................. 4.3 3.2 2.4 Provision for settlement of litigation and related costs (Note 13) ........................... -- 13.3 0.1 Minority interests in partnership earnings ............................ (2.8) (3.5) (1.2) Adjustment of valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities due to change in tax rate ............................ -- -- 0.7 Employee wage related credit .......... (0.9) (1.0) (0.6) Goodwill amortization ................. 0.4 0.5 0.4 Other ................................. 4.0 6.6 5.9 ---- ---- ---- 40.0% 54.1% 42.7% ==== ==== ==== The components of Harrah's net deferred tax balance included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets were as follows: 1995 1994 -------- -------- Deferred tax assets Compensation ..................................... $ 21,067 $ 19,478 Investments in nonconsolidated affiliates ........ 15,978 4,967 Self-insurance reserves .......................... 9,231 10,346 Preopening expenses .............................. 8,994 8,136 Bad debt reserve ................................. 4,163 4,051 Debt consent costs ............................... 3,956 -- Deferred income .................................. 1,474 908 Other ............................................ 10,595 2,346 -------- -------- 75,458 50,232 -------- -------- Deferred tax liabilities Property ......................................... (45,334) (38,391) Other ............................................ (4,167) -- -------- -------- (49,501) (38,391) -------- -------- Net deferred tax asset ......................... $ 25,957 $ 11,841 ======== ======== 10. CHANGE IN ACCOUNTING POLICY - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Effective January 1, 1994, Harrah's changed its accounting policy for its consolidated casinos relating to preopening costs to capitalize such costs as incurred prior to opening and to expense them upon opening of each project. Previously, the Company had capitalized preopening costs and amortized them to expense over 36 months from the date of opening. As a result of this change, operating results for the year ended December 31, 1994, reflect the cumulative charge against earnings, net of income taxes, of $7.9 million, or $0.08 per share, to write-off the unamortized preopening costs balances related to projects opened in prior years. 11. SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- The increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents due to the changes in long-term and working capital accounts was as follows: 1995 1994 1993 -------- -------- -------- Long-term accounts Deferred costs and other assets ....... $ (4,746) $ 1,413 $ (2,534) Deferred credits and other long-term liabilities ............... (13,398) (5,860) 3,129 -------- -------- -------- Net change in long-term accounts ........................ $(18,144) $ (4,447) $ 595 ======== ======== ======== Working capital accounts Receivables ........................... $(27,616) $(15,256) $ (5,185) Supplies .............................. (565) 369 (1,319) Prepayments and other ................. (94) (1,868) (885) Other current assets .................. -- (798) (7,545) Accounts payable ...................... (10,279) 22,552 7,988 Accrued expenses ...................... 1,978 25,884 35,664 -------- -------- -------- Net change in working capital accounts ........................ $(36,576) $ 30,883 $ 28,718 ======== ======== ======== SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH PAID FOR INTEREST AND TAXES. The following table reconciles Harrah's Interest expense, net of interest capitalized, per the Consolidated Statements of Income, to cash paid for interest: 1995 1994 1993 -------- -------- -------- Interest expense, net of amount capitalized (Note 3) .................. $ 73,890 $ 76,363 $ 73,080 Adjustments to reconcile to cash paid for interest: Net change in accruals .............. 10,739 (4,923) (10,708) Amortization of deferred finance charges ........................... (3,626) (2,844) (3,261) Net amortization of discounts and premiums ...................... (53) (176) (172) -------- -------- -------- Cash paid for interest, net of amount capitalized .................... $ 80,950 $ 68,420 $ 58,939 ======== ======== ======== 43 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise stated) Cash payments, net of refunds, for income taxes, including amounts paid on behalf of the discontinued hotel operations, amounted to $85,001, $116,093 and $49,771 for 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively (see Note 9). 12. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CONTRACTUAL COMMITMENTS. Harrah's is pursuing additional casino development opportunities that may require, individually and in the aggregate, significant commitments of capital, up-front payments to third parties, guaranties by Harrah's of third party debt and development completion guaranties. As of December 31, 1995, Harrah's has guaranteed third party loans and leases of $48 million, which are secured by certain assets, and has other contractual commitments, primarily construction-related, of $180 million, excluding amounts previously recorded. In addition, as part of a transaction whereby Harrah's effectively secured an option to a site for a potential casino, Harrah's has guaranteed a third party's $24.7 million variable rate bank loan. Harrah's also has entered into an interest rate swap agreement in which Harrah's receives a fixed interest rate of 7% from the third party and pays the variable interest rate of the subject debt, which is currently LIBOR plus 1.0%. The interest rate swap is marked to market by Harrah's with the adjustment recorded in interest expense. The market value of the swap was a positive $0.3 million and a negative $1.1 million at December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively. The interest rate swap agreement expires December 1, 1996 and is also subject to earlier termination upon the occurrence of certain events. The underlying guaranty contains an element of risk that the borrower may be unable to retire the loan when it matures in December 1996. If that occurs, the Company could become responsible for repayment of at least a portion of the obligation. Harrah's has reduced this exposure by obtaining a security interest in certain assets of the third party. See Note 15 for discussion of the completion guaranties issued by Harrah's related to development of the New Orleans' casino. GUARANTEE OF INSURANCE CONTRACT. Harrah's has guaranteed the value of a guaranteed investment contract with an insurance company held by Harrah's defined contribution savings plan. Harrah's has also agreed to provide non-interest-bearing loans to the plan to fund, on an interim basis, withdrawals from this contract by retired or terminated employees. Harrah's maximum exposure on this guarantee as of December 31, 1995, was $6.7 million. SELF-INSURANCE. Harrah's is self-insured for various levels of general liability, workers' compensation and employee medical coverage. Insurance claims and reserves include accruals of estimated settlements for known claims, as well as accruals of actuarial estimates of incurred but not reported claims. SEVERANCE AGREEMENTS. At December 31, 1995, Harrah's had severance agreements with 16 of its senior executives, which provide for payments to the executives in the event of their termination after a change in control, as defined, of Harrah's. These agreements provide, among other things, for a compensation payment equal to 2.99 times the average annual compensation paid to the executive for the five preceding calendar years, as well as for accelerated payment or accelerated vesting of any compensation or awards payable to the executive under any of Harrah's incentive plans. The estimated amount, computed as of December 31, 1995, that would have been payable under the agreements to these executives based on earnings and stock options aggregated approximately $28.0 million. TAX SHARING AGREEMENTS. In connection with the PHC Spin-off, Harrah's entered into a Tax Sharing Agreement with PHC wherein each Company is obligated for those taxes associated with their respective businesses. Additionally, Harrah's is obligated for all taxes of the Company for periods prior to the PHC Spin-off date which are not specifically related to PHC operations and/or PHC hotel locations. Harrah's obligations under this agreement are not expected to have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial position or results of operations. 13. LITIGATION - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Harrah's is involved in various inquiries, administrative proceedings and litigation relating to contracts, sales of property and other matters arising in the normal course of business. While any proceeding or litigation has an element of uncertainty, management believes that the final outcome of these matters will not have a material adverse effect upon Harrah's consolidated financial position or its results of operations. In addition to the matters described above, Harrah's and certain of its subsidiaries have been named as defendants in a number of lawsuits arising from the suspension of development of a land-based casino, and the closing of the temporary gaming facility, in New Orleans, Louisiana, by Harrah's Jazz Company, a partnership in which the Company owns an approximate 47% interest and which has filed for protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (see Note 15). The ultimate outcomes of these lawsuits cannot be predicted at this time, and no provisions for the claims are included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The Company intends to defend these actions vigorously. 44 In March 1995, the Company entered into a settlement agreement (the Settlement) with Bass PLC (Bass) of all claims related to the Merger Agreement and Tax Sharing Agreement arising from the 1990 Spin-off of Promus and acquisition of the Holiday Inn business by Bass. As a result of the Settlement, a charge of $49.2 million was recorded in 1994 to accrue for the cost of the Settlement, related legal fees and other associated expenses. In addition to these costs, legal fees and other expenses incurred related to the Company's defense of this litigation were included in the Provision for settlement of litigation and related costs in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Such costs amounted to $4.3 million and $0.4 million in 1994 and 1993, respectively. All amounts due under the Settlement were paid in 1995. 14. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SAVINGS AND RETIREMENT PLAN. Harrah's maintains a defined contribution savings and retirement plan, which, among other things, allows pre-tax and after-tax contributions to be made by employees to the plan. Under the plan, participating employees may elect to contribute up to 16 percent of their eligible earnings, the first six percent of which Harrah's will match fully. Amounts contributed to the plan are invested, at the participant's option, in a Harrah's company stock fund, a diversified stock fund, an aggressive stock fund, a long-term bond fund, an income fund and a treasury fund. Participants become vested in Harrah's matching contribution over seven years of credited service. Harrah's contribution expense for this plan was $12.9 million, $11.4 million and $10.2 million in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively. EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN. Harrah's has an employee stock ownership plan, which is a noncontributory stock bonus plan covering employees of Harrah's and its affiliates. Harrah's contributions to the plan are discretionary and are made only if approved by the Human Resources Committee of Harrah's Board of Directors. Contributions were approved for each of the plan years 1995, 1994 and 1993. The expense recognized in each year as a result of these contributions was not material. DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLANS. Harrah's maintains deferred compensation plans under which certain employees and members of its Board of Directors may defer a portion of their compensation. Amounts deposited into these plans are unsecured liabilities of Harrah's and earn interest at rates approved by the Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors. The total liability included in Deferred credits and other liabilities for these plans at December 31, 1995 and 1994 was $38.7 million and $35.9 million, respectively. In connection with the administration of one of these plans, Harrah's has purchased company-owned life insurance policies insuring the lives of certain directors, officers and key employees. RESTRICTED STOCK AND STOCK OPTION PLANS. As a component of Harrah's retention and long-term compensation packages, key employees may be granted shares of common stock under the Harrah's Restricted Stock Plan (RSP) and/or options to purchase shares of Harrah's common stock under the Harrah's Stock Option Plan (SOP). Shares granted under the RSP are restricted as to transfer and subject to forfeiture during a specified period or periods prior to vesting. The shares generally vest over a period of four years. No awards of RSP shares may be made under the current plan after November 1999. The deferred compensation related to the RSP shares is generally amortized to expense over the vesting period. This expense totaled $1.2 million, $4.4 million and $4.8 million in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively. Harrah's SOP allows an option holder to purchase Harrah's common stock over specified periods of time, generally ten years, at a fixed price equal to the market value at the date of grant. No options may be granted under the SOP after November 1999. In connection with the PHC Spin-off, the option price and number of shares of all outstanding stock options were adjusted as of June 30, 1995, to preserve their approximate value to the employee immediately before the PHC Spin-off. A summary of stock option transactions during 1995 follows: Number of Common Shares Option Price ---------------------- Range Options Available (Per Share) Outstanding for Grant ------------- ----------- --------- Balance - January 1, 1995 ............ $ 3.94-$50.00 2,268,294 2,491,965 Granted .............................. $31.69-$41.75 1,473,290 (1,473,290) Exercised ............................ $ 3.94-$37.33 (111,807) -- Canceled ............................. $ 3.94-$50.00 (843,700) 843,700 --------- --------- Balance - June 30, 1995 .............. $ 3.94-$50.00 2,786,077 1,862,375 Adjustment to reflect PHC Spin-off ........................... N/A 1,136,463 (1,136,463) --------- --------- Adjusted balance - June 30, 1995 ...................... $ 2.80-$35.59 3,922,540 725,912 Additional shares authorized ......... N/A -- 4,500,000 Granted .............................. $24.75-$26.81 1,836,563 (1,836,563) Exercised ............................ $ 2.80-$26.57 (81,752) -- Canceled ............................. $ 2.80-$35.59 (258,525) 258,525 --------- --------- Balance - December 31, 1995 .......... $ 2.80-$35.59 5,418,826 3,647,874 ========= ========= Exercisable at December 31, 1995 .................. $ 2.80-$35.59 725,961 ========= 45 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise stated) MULTI-EMPLOYER PENSION PLAN. Approximately 2,500 of Harrah's employees are covered by union sponsored, collectively bargained multi-employer pension plans. Harrah's contributed and charged to expense $1.9 million, $1.9 million and $2.0 million in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively, for such plans. The plans' administrators do not provide sufficient information to enable Harrah's to determine its share, if any, of unfunded vested benefits. 15. NONCONSOLIDATED AFFILIATES - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- HARRAH'S JAZZ COMPANY. A Harrah's subsidiary owns an approximate 47% interest in a partnership named Harrah's Jazz Company (Harrah's Jazz). On November 22, 1995, Harrah's Jazz and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Harrah's Jazz Finance Corp., filed for reorganization under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. Prior to the filing, Harrah's Jazz was operating a temporary casino in the New Orleans, Louisiana Municipal Auditorium (the Temporary Casino) and constructing a new permanent casino facility on the site of the former Rivergate Convention Center in downtown New Orleans (the Permanent Casino). Harrah's Jazz ceased operation of the Temporary Casino and construction of the Permanent Casino on November 22, 1995 prior to the bankruptcy filings. On November 19, 1995, representatives of the Harrah's Jazz bank syndicate informed Harrah's Jazz that the bank syndicate would not disburse funds to Harrah's Jazz under the terms of Harrah's Jazz's $175 millon bank credit facility (the Jazz Credit Facility). Faced with an absence of funding, on November 21, 1995, Harrah's Jazz decided to cease Temporary Casino operations and construction on the Permanent Casino, as well as to file for bankruptcy protection. The Jazz Credit Facility was accelerated and terminated by the bank lenders on November 21, 1995. Thereafter, on November 22, 1995, the bankruptcy filings were made. In connection with the closing in November 1994 of the 14.25% First Mortgage Notes due 2001 of Harrah's Jazz (the Public Debt) and the Jazz Credit Facility, the Company delivered completion guaranties to the trustee under the Public Debt (under which the City of New Orleans (the City) was an express third-party beneficiary), the bank lenders under the Jazz Credit Facility and the Louisiana Economic Development and Gaming Corporation (the state agency regulating Harrah's Jazz (LEDGC)). Each completion guaranty was subject to certain conditions, exceptions and qualifications. The Company believes that the failure of Harrah's Jazz to obtain the funds under the Jazz Credit Facility and the acceleration of the loan by the bank syndicate terminated the Company's obligations under the completion guaranties. The Company made total capital contributions to the project of approximately $90 million and has outstanding advances to the project of approximately $25 million. In addition, in December 1995, the Company acquired from a commercial bank a $16 million loan to a Harrah's Jazz partner in satisfaction of the Company's obligations under a preexisting agreement with the bank. The Company has written off these investments and other related costs in the project. The Company currently owns approximately 47% of the general partnership interests of Harrah's Jazz. Harrah's Jazz is not consolidated into the Company's financial statements for accounting purposes. Harrah's Jazz has until March 21, 1996, which date may be extended by the Bankruptcy Court, the exclusive right under the bankruptcy laws to submit a plan of reorganization. Discussions concerning the reorganization plan have occurred among certain interested parties, but a number of issues remain to be resolved and there can be no assurance that such discussions will lead to an agreement among all necessary parties. The Company has offered to invest an additional $75 million in the project and deliver a new completion guaranty if a reorganization plan approved by the Company is consummated. The Company has also offered to invest, prior to plan consummation, up to $10 million in the form of debtor-in-possession financing (such financing would be repaid or converted into equity (and count toward the $75 million investment referred to above) upon consummation of a reorganization plan approved by the Company) if the Company and other interested parties reach an agreement in principle as to the key elements of the plan. There can be no assurance that any agreements will be reached or a reorganization plan consummated. On March 4, 1996, Harrah's Jazz entered into a preliminary agreement with the City which provides for, among other things, an immediate $4.3 milllion cash payment by Harrah's Jazz to the City, of which $2.5 million is being funded by the Company as debtor-in-possession financing and the balance is being funded from Harrah's Jazz's assets. Although the $2.5 million loan is an administrative priority claim in the bankruptcy, there can be no assurance that the loan will be repaid. In exchange for these agreements by Harrah's Jazz, the City agreed to waive any requirements to reopen the Temporary Casino and negotiate in good faith numerous specified issues relating to the lease of the Permanent Casino site. 46 OTHER. Summarized balance sheet and income statement information of nonconsolidated gaming affiliates, including Harrah's Jazz, which Harrah's accounted for using the equity method, as of December 31, 1995 and 1994, and for the three years ended December 31, 1995, were as follows: 1995 1994 1993 --------- --------- --------- Combined Summarized Balance Sheet Information Current assets .................... $ 82,091 $ 454,295 Land, buildings and equipment, net ............................. 292,080 69,608 Other assets ...................... 270,146 141,488 --------- --------- Total assets .................... 644,317 665,391 --------- --------- Current liabilities ............... 106,999 23,894 Long-term debt .................... 465,386 510,000 --------- --------- Total liabilities ............... 572,385 533,894 --------- --------- Net assets .................... $ 71,932 $ 131,497 ========= ========= Combined Summarized Statements of Operations Revenues .......................... $ 118,798 $ 291 $ 19,678 ========= ========= ========= Operating income (loss) ........... $ (30,296) $ (23,891) $ 1,802 ========= ========= ========= Net income (loss) ................. $(139,200) $ (29,201) $ 1,105 ========= ========= ========= Condensed financial information relating to a restaurant subsidiary has not been presented since its operating results and financial position are not material to Harrah's. Harrah's share of nonconsolidated affiliates' net income (losses), including Harrah's Jazz operations through November 21, 1995, is reflected in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income as follows: 1995 1994 1993 -------- -------- ------ Pre-interest operating income (loss) (included in Revenue-other) .............. $(28,719) $(10,535) $89 ======== ======== === Harrah's share of nonconsolidated affiliates' combined interest expense is reflected as Interest expense from nonconsolidated affiliates in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Harrah's investments in and advances to nonconsolidated affiliates are reflected in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets as follows: 1995 1994 -------- -------- Harrah's Jazz (at equity) ...................... $ -- $ 74,385 Other nonconsolidated affiliates At equity .................................... 22,374 18,320 At cost ...................................... 49,565 24,227 -------- -------- $ 71,939 $116,932 ======== ======== During 1995, Harrah's sold a portion of its investment in a New Zealand casino property, reducing its ownership percentage from 20.0% to 12.5% and resulting in a pre-tax gain of approximately $11.7 million. As a result of this sale, this investment is now recorded using the cost method. Due to continued appreciation in the market value of the stock of an equity investee, during 1995 the Company adjusted the carrying value of the investment to include the unrealized gain in accordance with the provisions of Statement of Finanial Accounting Standards No. 115, "Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities." The amount of such unrealized gain in prior years was not material. A corresponding increase was recorded in the combination of Harrah's stockholders' equity and deferred income tax accounts. During 1993, an equity investee of Harrah's completed an initial public offering of its common stock. As required by equity accounting rules, Harrah's increased the carrying value of its investment by an amount equal to its pro rata share of the proceeds of the investee's offering, approximately $6.4 million. A corresponding increase was recorded in the combination of Harrah's capital surplus and deferred income tax liability accounts. As a result of this offering, Harrah's ownership interest fell below 20% and, accordingly, the investment is no longer accounted for under the equity method. 16. SUMMARIZED FINANCIAL INFORMATION - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- HOC is a wholly-owned subsidiary and the principal asset of Harrah's. Summarized financial information of HOC as of December 31, 1995 and 1994 and for each of the three years ended December 31, 1995, prepared on the same basis as Harrah's, was as follows: 1995 1994 1993 ---------- ---------- ---------- Current assets .................... $ 185,950 $ 171,445 Land, buildings, riverboats and equipment, net .............. 1,204,890 1,129,841 Net assets of discontinued hotel operations ................ -- 143,008 Other assets ...................... 242,773 293,015 ---------- ---------- 1,633,613 1,737,309 ---------- ---------- Current liabilities ............... 184,454 280,295 Long-term debt .................... 753,705 727,492 Other liabilities ................. 73,216 74,043 Minority interests ................ 23,908 18,267 ---------- ---------- 1,035,283 1,100,097 ---------- ---------- Net assets .................... $ 598,330 $ 637,212 ========== ========== Revenues .......................... $1,549,198 $1,337,110 $1,018,776 ========== ========== ========== Operating income .................. $ 226,169 $ 267,742 $ 207,931 ========== ========== ========== Income from continuing operations ...................... $ 76,370 $ 49,044 $ 74,867 ========== ========== ========== Net income ........................ $ 76,406 $ 77,430 $ 85,167 ========== ========== ========== The agreements governing the terms of Harrah's debt contain certain covenants which, among other things, place limitations on HOC's ability to pay dividends and make other restricted payments, as defined, to Harrah's. The amount of HOC's restricted net assets, as defined, computed in accordance with the most restrictive of these covenants regarding restricted payments, was approximately $591.4 million at December 31, 1995. 47 MANAGEMENT'S REPORT ON FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Harrah's is responsible for preparing the financial statements and related information appearing in this report. Management believes that the financial statements present fairly its financial position, its results of operations and its cash flows in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. In preparing its financial statements, Harrah's is required to include amounts based on estimates and judgments which it believes are reasonable under the circumstances. Harrah's maintains accounting and other control systems designed to provide reasonable assurance that financial records are reliable for purposes of preparing financial statements and that assets are properly accounted for and safeguarded. Compliance with these systems and controls is reviewed through a program of audits by an internal auditing staff. Limitations exist in any internal control system, recognizing that the system's cost should not exceed the benefits derived. The Board of Directors pursues its responsibility for Harrah's financial statements through its Audit Committee, which is composed solely of directors who are not Harrah's officers or employees. The Audit Committee meets from time to time with the independent public accountants, management and the internal auditors. Harrah's internal auditors report directly to the Audit Committee pursuant to gaming regulations. The independent public accountants have direct access to the Audit Committee, with and without the presence of management representatives. /s/ Michael D. Rose /s/ Michael N. Regan Michael D. Rose Michael N. Regan Chairman of the Board Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of Harrah's Entertainment, Inc.: We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Harrah's Entertainment, Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries (Harrah's) as of December 31, 1995 and 1994, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years ended December 31, 1995. These financial statements are the responsibility of Harrah's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Harrah's as of December 31, 1995 and 1994 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years ended December 31, 1995, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. As explained in Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements, effective January 1, 1994, Harrah's changed its method of accounting for preopening costs. /s/ Arthur Andersen LLP Memphis, Tennessee, March 5, 1996. 48 HARRAH'S ENTERTAINMENT, INC. QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Unaudited) (In thousands, except per share amounts)
First Second Third Fourth Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter Year -------- -------- -------- -------- ---------- 1995 - ---- Revenues .............................. $356,481 $389,337 $425,824 $378,434 $1,550,076 Operating income (loss) ............... 72,421 83,760 103,771 (30,031)(1) 229,921(1) Income (loss) from continuing operations .......................... 28,696 35,351 51,310 (36,547)(1) 78,810(1) Income from discontinued hotel operations .......................... 9,604 11,626 -- -- 21,230 Net income (loss) ..................... 23,102 40,981 51,310 (36,547)(1) 78,846(1) Earnings (loss) per share(3) Continuing operations ............... 0.28 0.35 0.50 (0.35)(1) 0.76(1) Discontinued operations ............. 0.09 0.11 -- -- 0.21 Net income (loss) ................... 0.22 0.40 0.50 (0.35)(1) 0.76(1) 1994 - ---- Revenues .............................. $290,232 $338,805 $366,811 $343,558 $1,339,406 Operating income ...................... 62,038 77,227 75,851 54,071 269,187 Income (loss) from continuing operations .......................... 22,085 29,669 30,591 (32,361)(2) 49,984(2) Income from discontinued hotel operations .......................... 6,131 10,207 13,592 6,389 36,319 Net income (loss) ..................... 20,284 39,876 44,183 (25,972)(2) 78,371(2) Earnings (loss) per share(3) Continuing operations ............... 0.22 0.29 0.30 (0.31)(2) 0.49(2) Discontinued operations ............. 0.06 0.10 0.13 0.06 0.35 Net income (loss) ................... 0.20 0.39 0.43 (0.25)(2) 0.76(2) (1) Fourth quarter 1995 includes $93.3 million in pre-tax charges for project write-downs (see Note 8). (2) 1994 includes a $53.4 million provision for settlement of litigation and related costs, of which $50.9 million was recorded in fourth quarter 1994 (see Note 13). (3) The sum of the quarterly per share amounts may not equal the annual amount reported, as per share amounts are computed independently for each quarter while the full year is based on the annual weighted average common and common equivalent shares outstanding.
49 APPENDIX TO MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS ("MDA") Page 25 of the MD&A contains a graph entitled "Gaming Revenue by Type" showing the following information: Slots Tables Other ----- ------ ----- 1993 68.6% 28.4% 3.0% 1994 69.4% 28.1% 2.5% 1995 71.8% 25.9% 2.3% Page 27 of the MD&A contains a graph entitled "Income Before Income Taxes and Minority Interests" (before preopening costs, project write-downs and provision for settlement of litigation) showing the following information (in millions of dollars): 1993 1994 1995 ----- ----- ----- First Quarter $12.8 $44.4 $52.4 Second Quarter 34.2 63.3 61.0 Third Quarter 57.6 67.8 89.8 Fourth Quarter 34.9 32.6 42.2 Page 29 of the MD&A contains a graph entitled "Gaming Volume by State" (for owned and managed properties) showing the following information (in millions of dollars): 1993 1994 1995 ----- ----- ----- Nevada $6,826 $6,709 $6,728 New Jersey 2,991 3,225 3,619 Illinois 658 1,953 2,711 Mississippi 164 1,508 1,468 Colorado 171 341 381 Louisiana - 818 2,878 Missouri - 172 1,760 Arizona - - 1,100 Washington - - 4 Page 31 of the MD&A contains a graph entitled "Scheduled Debt Maturities" showing the following (in millions of dollars): Due Due in Due in Due in Due in Due in After Year 1 Year 2 Years 3 Years 4 Years 5 Years 5 Years - ---- ------ ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- 1994 $1.0 $1.6 $1.6 $302.7 $19.4 $402.2 1995 2.0 1.8 1.8 1.3 548.0 200.8



                                                               EXHIBIT 21

                                                          February 27, 1996


                              HARRAH'S ENTERTAINMENT, INC. 
                                      SUBSIDIARIES


                                    Jurisdiction     Percentage     Date of
                                         of             of          Incorpo-
Name                               Incorporation      Ownership      ration
- ----                               -------------      ---------      ------

Aster Insurance Ltd.                  Bermuda             100%       02/06/90
Harrah's Operating Company, Inc.      Delaware            100%       08/08/83
      ESI-Air, Inc.                   Tennessee           100%       03/11/63
      Harrah South Shore Corporation  California          100%       10/02/59
      Harrah's - Holiday Inns of
          New Jersey, Inc.            New Jersey          100%       09/19/79
      Harrah's Alabama Corporation    Nevada              100%       09/09/93

      Harrah's Alberta Investment 
          Corporation                 Alberta             100%       04/05/95
      Harrah's Arizona Corporation    Nevada              100%       01/26/93
      Harrah's Atlantic City, Inc.    New Jersey          100%       02/13/79
      Harrah's California Corporation Nevada              100%       02/02/94
      Harrah's California SSR 
          Corporation                 Nevada              100%       10/12/94
      Harrah's Colorado Investment 
          Corporation                 Nevada              100%       06/23/93
      Harrah's Colorado Management 
          Company                     Nevada              100%       06/23/93
      Harrah's Colorado Standby 
          Corporation                 Nevada              100%       11/10/93
      Harrah's Connecticut 
          Corporation                 Nevada              100%       01/25/94
      Harrah's Huntington 
          Corporation                 W. Virginia         100%       03/03/95
      Harrah's Illinois Corporation   Nevada              100%       12/18/91
      Harrah's Indiana Investment 
          Corporation                 Nevada              100%       09/09/93
      Harrah's Indiana Management 
          Corporation                 Nevada              100%       09/09/93
      Harrah's Interactive 
          Entertainment Company       Nevada              100%       09/21/94
      Harrah's Interactive 
          Investment Company          Nevada              100%       09/21/94
      Harrah's Kansas Casino
          Corporation                 Nevada              100%       11/12/93
      Harrah's Kenner Corporation     Louisiana           100%       01/27/93
      Harrah's Las Vegas, Inc.        Nevada              100%       03/21/68
      Harrah's Laughlin, Inc.         Nevada              100%       07/10/87 
      Harrah's Management Company     Nevada              100%       04/07/83
      Harrah's Maryland Heights 
          Corporation                 Nevada              100%       07/30/93
      Harrah's Maryland Heights LLC*  Delaware             99%       10/16/95
      Harrah's Maryland Heights 
          Operating Company           Nevada              100%        6/20/95
      Harrah's Mexico Holding 
          Company                     Nevada              100%        4/11/95
      Harrah's de Mexico, S.A. 
          de C.V.**                   Mexico               50%
      Harrah's Michigan Corporation   Nevada              100%       06/15/93
      Harrah's Minnesota Corporation  Nevada              100%       10/20/92
      Harrah's NC Casino Company,  
          LLC***                      North Carolina       99%       04/21/95
      Harrah's New Jersey, Inc.       New Jersey          100%       09/13/78
      Harrah's New Orleans Investment 
          Company                     Nevada              100%       05/21/93
           Harrah's Jazz Finance 
               Corp.****              Delaware          47.07%       12/17/93
      Harrah's New Orleans 
          Management Company          Nevada              100%       05/21/93
      Harrah's New Zealand, Inc.      Nevada              100%       02/28/92
      Harrah's North Carolina Casino
          Corporation                 North Carolina      100%       12/22/94
      Harrah's-North Kansas City 
          Corporation                 Nevada              100%       02/23/93
      Harrah's Ohio Corporation       Nevada              100%       11/02/94
      Harrah's Ohio Management 
          Company                     Nevada              100%       11/02/94
      Harrah's Ontario, Inc.          Canada              100%       06/23/93
      Harrah's Pennsylvania 
          Development Co.             Nevada              100%       05/18/94
      Harrah's Pittsburgh
          Investment Company          Nevada              100%       05/26/94
      Harrah's Pittsburgh 
          Management Company          Nevada              100%       06/08/94










      Harrah's Pty. Limited           Australia           100%       04/21/75
      Harrah's Reno Holding 
          Company, Inc.               Nevada              100%       02/23/88
      Harrah's Riverboat Leasing
          Company                     Nevada              100%       06/20/95
      Harrah's Shreveport Investment 
          Company, Inc.               Nevada              100%       04/23/92
      Harrah's Shreveport Management  Nevada              100%       04/23/92
          Company, Inc.
      Harrah's Skagit Valley Agency 
          Corporation                 Nevada              100%       11/08/95
      Harrah's Southeast Washington 
          Casino Corporation          Nevada              100%       11/21/95
      Harrah's Southwest Michigan 
          Casino Corporation          Nevada              100%       04/06/95
      Harrah's Tunica Corporation     Nevada              100%       08/10/92
      Harrah's Vicksburg Corporation  Nevada              100%       07/13/92
      Harrah's Virginia Corporation   Nevada              100%       12/01/94
      Harrah's Washington 
          Corporation                 Nevada              100%       02/03/94
      Harrah's West Virginia 
          Corporation                 W. Virginia         100%       03/03/95
      Harrah's Wheeling Corporation   Nevada              100%       04/29/94
      Sodak Gaming, Inc.              South Dakota         14.1%
      The Restaurant Company*****     Delaware             32.5%     10/31/85
          (fka Tennessee Restaurant Company)
    

    *  99% Harrah's Operating Company, Inc., 1% Harrah Maryland Heights 
       Operating Company
   **  50% Harrah's Operating Company, Inc., 50% Harrah's Mexico Holding
       Company
  ***  99% Harrah's Operating Company, Inc., 1% Harrah's Management
       Company
 ****  47.07% Harrah's New Orleans Investment Company

*****  Owns 50% of Perkins Restaurants, Inc.





 

5 1,000 YEAR DEC-31-1995 DEC-31-1995 96,345 0 48,661 10,910 12,040 188,836 1,723,714 518,824 1,636,734 201,566 753,705 0 0 10,267 575,282 1,636,734 0 1,550,076 0 1,192,895 124,145 3,115 94,416 151,583 60,677 78,810 36 0 0 78,846 0.76 0.76